sv11za
As filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12,
2010
Registration
No. 333-162889
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-11
FOR REGISTRATION
UNDER
THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES
OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE
COMPANIES
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in governing instruments)
50 Cocoanut Row,
Suite 200
Palm Beach, Florida
33480
(561) 802-4477
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of registrants
principal executive offices)
Jeffrey H. Fisher
Chief Executive
Officer
50 Cocoanut Row,
Suite 200
Palm Beach, Florida
33480
(561) 802-4477
(Name, address, including zip
code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for
service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
David C. Wright
Hunton & Williams LLP
Riverfront Plaza, East Tower
951 E. Byrd Street
Richmond, Virginia
23219-4074
(804) 788-8200
(804) 788-8218
(Telecopy)
|
|
Julian T. H. Kleindorfer
Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
(213) 485-1234
(213) 891-8763 (Telecopy)
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the
effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the Securities registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following
box. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is
effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted.
|
Subjected to Completion, dated
February 12, 2010
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Common Shares
This is the initial public offering of the common shares of
beneficial interest, or common shares, of Chatham Lodging Trust.
We are
offering
common shares. No public market currently exists for our common
shares.
We expect to apply for listing of our common shares on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol
.
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, in a separate
private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the
Securities Act of 1933, we will
sell
common shares (representing proceeds of $10 million) to our
chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share
equal to the price to the public, and without payment by us of
any underwriting discount or commission.
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be
$ per share.
Investing in our common shares involves risks. See
Risk Factors beginning on page 9 of this
prospectus for a discussion of the following and other risks
that you should consider before investing in our common
shares:
|
|
|
We were recently formed and have no operating history. We have
entered into an agreement to acquire six hotels following
closing of this offering, although we have not identified any
other specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to any
other specific hotel property investment. Investors will not be
able to evaluate the economic merits of investments we make with
a substantial portion of the net proceeds prior to purchasing
common shares in this offering. We may be unable to invest the
proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
|
|
|
There can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition
of the six hotels that we currently have under contract to
purchase.
|
|
|
Our success will depend upon the efforts and expertise of our
management team. The loss of their services could have an
adverse impact on our business.
|
|
|
Failure of lodging industry fundamentals to improve may
adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
|
|
|
In order to qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT,
we will not be able to operate our hotels, and our returns will
depend on the management of our hotels by third-party hotel
management companies.
|
|
|
Our failure to qualify as a REIT would result in higher taxes
and reduced cash available for distribution to our shareholders
and may have significant adverse consequences on the market
price of our common shares.
|
|
|
Because our chief executive officer, Mr. Fisher, owns 90%
of Island Hospitality Management Inc., or IHM, a hotel
management company that we may engage to manage certain hotels
we acquire, conflicts of interest may arise as to the terms of
management agreements between us and IHM.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Price to the public
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and
commissions(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The underwriters will be entitled to receive
$ per share from us at closing.
The underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of the
additional $ per share until we
have purchased hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price
equal to at least % of the net
proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private
placement. See Underwriting. |
We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an
additional
common shares from us, at the offering price, less the
underwriting discount, within 30 days of the date of this
prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
Barclays Capital, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to
deliver the common shares on or
about ,
2010.
Barclays Capital
Prospectus
dated ,
2010
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
The names of the brands under which our hotels operate are
registered trademarks of the respective owners of those brands,
and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, agents,
employees, accountants or attorneys:
|
|
|
|
|
have approved any disclosure in which they or the names of their
brands appear; or
|
|
|
|
are responsible or liable for any of the content of this
document.
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or
information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the
underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide
you with different information. If anyone provides you with
different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on
it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to
sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information
appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on
the front cover of this prospectus or another date specified
herein. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have
changed since such dates.
Until ,
2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in our common shares, whether
or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver
a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers
obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters
and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
The following summary highlights information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and
does not contain all of the information that you should consider
before investing in our common shares. You should read the
entire prospectus, including Risk Factors before
making a decision to invest in our common shares. In this
prospectus, references to our company,
we, us, and our mean Chatham
Lodging Trust and our subsidiaries and references to our
operating partnership mean Chatham Lodging, L.P.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this
prospectus assumes (1) the common shares to be sold to the
public in this offering will be sold at
$ per share, (2) the sale in
a concurrent private placement to Jeffrey H. Fisher
of
common shares at a price per share equal to the initial public
offering price per share and without the payment of any
underwriting discount or commission by us and (3) no
exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option to
purchase up
to
additional common shares.
Overview
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in
October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay,
select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a
significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in
the upscale extended-stay category, including brands such as
Residence Inn by
Marriott®,
Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
and Summerfield Suites by
Hyatt®.
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service
hotels such as Courtyard by
Marriott®,
Hampton
Inn®
and Hampton Inn and
Suites®
and selectively invest in premium-branded full-service hotels.
We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25 largest
metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe that
current market conditions, including deteriorating industry
fundamentals, will create attractive opportunities to acquire
high quality hotels at cyclically low prices that will benefit
from an improving economy and our aggressive asset management.
Our management team, led by our chief executive officer, Jeffrey
H. Fisher, has extensive experience acquiring, developing,
financing, repositioning, managing and selling hotels. Prior to
forming Chatham Lodging Trust, Mr. Fisher served as
chairman, chief executive officer and president of Innkeepers
USA Trust, or Innkeepers, a New York Stock Exchange-listed hotel
real estate investment trust, or REIT, from its inception in
1994 through its sale in June 2007. Seven of the eight members
of the board of trustees of Innkeepers at the time of its sale
in June 2007 have agreed to serve as trustees of our company
effective upon closing of this offering.
We have entered into an agreement to purchase six high quality,
upscale all-suite extended stay hotels located in attractive
markets from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC
for an aggregate purchase price of $73.5 million. Each of
these initial hotels, which we refer to collectively in this
prospectus as the initial acquisition hotels, operates under the
Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand. The initial acquisition hotels contain an aggregate of
813 suites and are located in the major metropolitan statistical
areas, or MSAs, of Boston, Massachusetts; Minneapolis,
Minnesota; Nashville, Tennessee; Dallas, Texas; Hartford,
Connecticut and Orlando, Florida. The upscale all-suite
residential style Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand caters to travelers typically seeking home-like amenities
from a hotel when traveling for several days or more. Each
spacious suite typically offers separate living and sleeping
areas and a fully operational kitchen to satisfy guests
needs for comfort, flexibility and convenience.
We believe that our senior managements relationship and
successful past transaction history while at Innkeepers with RLJ
Development, LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the six
initial acquisition hotels, helped facilitate this attractive
off-market transaction. We believe that there are a limited
number of potential buyers currently able to compete for
acquisitions of portfolios such as the initial acquisition
hotels since there are no current public lodging REITs primarily
focused on acquiring and owning upscale extended-stay hotels and
many potential private buyers may not have access to sufficient
equity or debt capital to complete acquisitions of this size.
1
The initial acquisition hotels have a number of attractive
characteristics that make them an excellent fit with our
business strategy:
|
|
|
|
|
Our purchase price of $90,406 per room represents a substantial
discount to our estimate of replacement cost.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are located in major MSAs.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are attractively situated within their markets in
areas with high barriers to entry, since little comparable land
is available to build new competing hotels.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are located near multiple demand generators that
contribute both business and leisure guests, including major
office parks, universities, airports and leading regional and
international tourist attractions.
|
|
|
|
The hotels have the opportunity for significant performance
improvement when the economy recovers.
|
|
|
|
The hotels have potential to benefit from additional capital
investment at a time when we believe few competitors can afford
to reinvest in their properties.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are upscale extended-stay properties that operate
under the high quality Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand.
|
We believe this acquisition demonstrates our ability to execute
our business strategy of acquiring high quality upscale
extended-stay and premium-branded select service hotels located
in markets with strong growth potential and high barriers to
entry at attractive prices. The initial acquisition hotels will
provide us with a strong initial platform to faciliate the
future growth of our company.
We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple
and will lease the hotels to subsidiaries of our taxable REIT
subsidiary, or TRS, Chatham TRS Holding, Inc. We refer to our
TRS and its lessee subsidiaries as our TRS lessees. Our TRS
lessees will assume the existing management agreements with the
current manager, Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton
Hotels Corporation, or Hilton, which will continue to manage the
initial acquisition hotels following our acquisition. We expect
to close this acquisition shortly after completing this offering
and the concurrent private placement.
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private
placement to Mr. Fisher and following our purchase of the
initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately
$ million of cash available
to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no
debt.
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes.
Market
Opportunity
We believe current market conditions will create attractive
opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices that
represent significant discounts to replacement cost and that
provide potential for significant long-term value appreciation.
U.S. hotel industry operating performance has declined
substantially over the last year due to the challenging economic
conditions created by declining gross domestic product, or GDP,
high levels of unemployment, low consumer confidence, the
significant decline in home prices and a reduction in the
availability of credit. In addition to facing declining
operating results, hotel owners have been adversely impacted by
a significant decline in the availability of debt financing. We
believe that the combination of declining operating performance
and reduction in the availability of debt financing have caused
hotel values to decline and will lead to increased hotel loan
foreclosures and distressed hotel property sales. In addition,
we believe that the supply of new hotels is likely to remain low
for the next several years due to weak industry operating
fundamentals and limited availability of debt financing. Hotel
industry operating performance historically has correlated with
U.S. GDP growth, and a number of economists and government
agencies currently predict that the U.S. economy will
resume growth over the next several years. We believe that
U.S. GDP growth, coupled with limited supply of new hotels,
will lead to significant increases in lodging industry
2
revenue per available room, or RevPAR, a key industry operating
statistic, and hotel operating profits. We believe that our
management teams significant experience in acquiring
hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with no legacy
issues, and our focused business strategy will position us to
take advantage of hotel investment opportunities created by
current market conditions.
Competitive
Strengths
Experienced management team: We believe that
our senior executive officers, who have extensive lodging
industry experience, will help drive our companys growth.
Our management team is led by Mr. Fisher who has over
23 years of experience in the lodging industry, including
13 years as founder and chief executive officer of
Innkeepers. Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with
hotel owners (such as RLJ Development LLC, the parent company of
the sellers of the initial acquisition hotels), developers,
management companies, franchisors, brokers, financiers, research
analysts and institutional investors.
Strong acquisition and growth
record: Mr. Fisher formed Innkeepers through
a $46.9 million IPO in 1994 and served as its chairman and
chief executive officer until it was sold in 2007.
Prudent capital structure with no legacy
issues: We believe that many potential buyers of
hotel properties typically utilize significant levels of debt to
fund acquisitions and thus may be limited in their ability to
make acquisitions under current market conditions. In addition,
we believe many potential buyers of hotel properties already
have high leverage levels which could limit their ability to
acquire additional properties. At the close of this offering and
the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and
following our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we
will have approximately
$ million of cash available
to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no
debt. We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend
to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of
our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our
initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any
subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment
charges).
Longtime relationships with leading lodging franchise and
management companies: Mr. Fisher has longtime
relationships with several leading hotel franchise and
management companies, having acquired and developed a
significant number of hotels operated under Marriotts
Residence
Inn®
and Courtyard by
Marriott®
brands and Hiltons Hampton
Inn®
brand.
Strategy and
Investment Criteria
Our primary objective is to generate attractive returns for our
shareholders through investing in hotel properties at prices
that provide strong returns on invested capital, paying
dividends and generating long-term value appreciation. We
believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following
strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Disciplined acquisition of hotel
properties: We intend to invest primarily in
premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service and
full-service hotels in the 25 largest metropolitan markets in
the United States. We will focus on acquiring hotel properties
at prices below replacement cost in markets that have strong
demand generators and where we expect demand growth will outpace
new supply. We will also seek to acquire properties that we
believe are undermanaged or undercapitalized. We currently do
not intend to engage in new hotel development.
|
|
|
|
Opportunistic hotel repositioning: We intend
to employ value-added strategies, such as re-branding,
renovating, or changing management, when we believe such
strategies will increase the operating results and values of the
hotels we acquire.
|
|
|
|
Aggressive asset management: Although as a
REIT we cannot operate our hotels, we will proactively manage
our third-party hotel managers in seeking to maximize hotel
operating performance. Our asset management activities will seek
to ensure that our third-party hotel managers effectively
utilize franchise brands marketing programs, develop
effective sales
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
management policies and plans, operate properties efficiently,
control costs, and develop operational initiatives for our
hotels that increase guest satisfaction. As part of our asset
management activities, we will regularly review opportunities to
reinvest in our hotels to maintain quality, increase long-term
value and generate attractive returns on invested capital.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flexible selection of hotel management
companies: We intend to be flexible in our
selection of hotel management companies and select managers that
we believe will maximize the performance of our hotels. We
intend to utilize brand-affiliated management companies,
although we also may utilize independent management companies,
which may include IHM. We believe this strategy will increase
the universe of potential acquisition opportunities we can
consider because many hotel properties are encumbered by
long-term management contracts. An affiliate of Hilton Hotels
Corporation will manage the six initial acquisition hotels.
|
|
|
|
Selective Investment in Hotel Debt: We may
consider selectively investing in debt secured by hotel property
if we believe we can foreclose on or acquire ownership of the
underlying hotel property in the relative near term. We do not
intend to invest in any debt where we do not expect to gain
ownership of the underlying property or to originate any debt
financing.
|
Summary Risk
Factors
An investment in our common shares involves various risks. You
should carefully consider the matters discussed in Risk
Factors beginning on page 9 of this prospectus before
you decide whether to invest in our common shares. Some of the
risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We were organized in October 2009 and have no operating history.
|
|
|
|
We currently do not own any hotel properties. We have entered
into an agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels
following closing of this offering, although we have not
identified any other specific hotel properties to acquire or
committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this
offering to any other specific hotel property investment.
Accordingly, you will not be able to evaluate the merits of
investments we make with a substantial portion of the net
proceeds of this offering. We may be unable to invest the net
proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
|
|
|
|
The closing of our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels is
subject to customary closing conditions and there can be no
assurance that we will complete such purchase.
|
|
|
|
Our success will depend upon the efforts and expertise of our
management team. The loss of their services, and our inability
to find suitable replacements, could have an adverse impact on
our business.
|
|
|
|
A substantial part of our business strategy is based on our
belief that lodging industry fundamentals will improve. If these
fundamentals do not improve when or as we expect, or
deteriorate, our ability to execute our business strategy and
our financial condition, operating results and cash flow may be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
We will rely on third-party hotel management companies to
operate our hotel properties under the terms of hotel management
agreements. Even if we believe our hotel properties are being
operated inefficiently or in a manner that does not result in
satisfactory RevPAR or profits, we may not be able to force the
hotel management company to change its method of operating our
hotels.
|
|
|
|
Our hotel management agreements will require us to bear the
operating risks of our hotel properties. Any increases in
operating expenses or decreases in revenues may have a
significant adverse impact on our operating results and cash
flow.
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Because our chief executive officer, Mr. Fisher, owns 90%
of IHM, a hotel management company that we may engage to manage
certain hotels we acquire, conflicts of interest may arise as to
the terms of management agreements between us and IHM.
|
|
|
|
To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will be required
to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income,
determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid
and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our
shareholders and we will be subject to regular corporate income
taxes to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our
REIT taxable income each year. As a result, our ability to fund
capital expenditures, acquisitions and hotel redevelopment
through retained earnings will be very limited. We may not be
able to fund capital improvements or acquisitions solely from
cash provided from our operating activities. Consequently, after
investing the net proceeds of this offering, we will rely upon
the availability of debt or equity capital to fund investments
in hotel properties and capital improvements. There can be no
assurance that we will be able to obtain such financing on
favorable terms or at all. We also may not generate sufficient
cash flow to fund distributions required to maintain our
qualification as a REIT.
|
|
|
|
Funding distributions to shareholders from the net proceeds of
this offering could be dilutive to our financial results.
|
|
|
|
If we fail to qualify, or lose our qualification, as a REIT, we
will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income. Our
hotel properties leased by our TRS lessees must be operated by
eligible independent contractors, as defined in the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, in order
for our TRS lessees to qualify as such and for the rental income
from our TRS leases to qualify as rents from real property under
the applicable REIT income tests. Complex constructive ownership
rules under the Code apply in determining whether a person
qualifies as an eligible independent contractor.
|
|
|
|
We will incur a 100% excise tax on transactions with our TRSs,
including our TRS lessees, that are not conducted on an
arms-length basis.
|
|
|
|
Subject to certain exceptions, our declaration of trust provides
that no person may beneficially own more than 9.8% in value or
in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the
outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of
beneficial interest. In addition, our declaration of trust and
bylaws contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent
an acquisition of control of our company by a third party
without our board of trustees approval, even if our
shareholders believe the change of control is in their best
interests.
|
|
|
|
Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our
ability to promptly sell one or more hotel properties for
reasonable prices in response to changing economic, financial
and investment conditions will be limited. In addition, because
some of our hotel management agreements may be long-term and may
not terminate in the event of a sale, our ability to sell hotel
properties may be further limited.
|
Our
Organizational Structure
We were formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in
October 2009. We are the sole general partner of Chatham
Lodging, L.P., the subsidiary through which we will conduct
substantially all of our operations and make substantially all
of our investments and which we refer to as our operating
partnership. Upon completion of this offering, we will
contribute to our operating partnership the net proceeds of this
offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for
substantially all of the limited partnership interests in our
operating partnership. In the future we may issue limited
partnership interests in our operating partnership as
consideration for the purchase of hotel properties or in
connection with our Equity Incentive Plan.
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute
rents from real property for purposes of the gross
income tests required for REIT qualification under the Code, we
cannot directly
5
operate any of our hotel properties. Instead, we must lease our
hotel properties. Accordingly, we will lease each of our hotel
properties to one of our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned
by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to
us that can qualify as rents from real property,
provided that the TRS lessees engage eligible independent
contractors to manage our hotels. A TRS is a corporate
subsidiary of a REIT that jointly elects with the REIT to be
treated as a TRS of the REIT and that pays federal income tax at
regular corporate rates on its taxable income. We expect that
all of our hotel properties will be leased to one of our wholly
owned TRS lessees, which will be able to pay us rent out of the
revenue of the hotels and will engage multiple eligible
independent contractors to manage our hotels.
The following chart shows our structure following completion of
this offering:
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes grants
of
common shares to our initial independent trustees. |
|
(2) |
|
Upon completion of this offering, we will issue an aggregate
of
long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in our operating
partnership to certain officers. See Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
(3) |
|
May include IHM. |
Tax
Status
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending on
December 31, 2010. Our qualification as a REIT will depend
upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual
investment and operating results, various complex requirements
under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of
our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our
distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares
of beneficial interest. We believe that we will be organized in
conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT
under the Code and that our intended manner of operation will
enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and
taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing
with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and
continuing thereafter.
As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income
tax on our REIT taxable income that we distribute currently to
our shareholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous
organizational and operational requirements, including a
requirement that they distribute each year at
6
least 90% of their taxable income, determined without regard to
the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital
gains. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any
taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief
provisions, our income for that year will be taxed at regular
corporate rates, and we will be disqualified from taxation as a
REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which
we ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state
and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income
and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any
income earned by our TRS lessees will be fully subject to
federal, state and local corporate income tax.
Distribution
Policy
We intend over time to make regular quarterly distributions to
our common shareholders. However, until we invest a substantial
portion of the net proceeds of this offering in hotel
properties, we expect our quarterly distributions will be
nominal. In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we intend
to make annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90%
of our taxable income, determined without regard to the
deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital
gains. We cannot assure you as to when we will begin to generate
sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our shareholders
or our ability to sustain those distributions. Distributions
will be authorized by our board of trustees and declared by us
based upon a variety of factors deemed relevant by our board of
trustees. Distributions to our shareholders generally will be
taxable to our shareholders as ordinary income; however, because
a significant portion of our investments will be ownership of
equity interests in hotel properties, which will generate
depreciation and other non-cash charges against our income, a
portion of our distributions may constitute a tax-free return of
capital. To the extent not inconsistent with maintaining our
qualification as a REIT, we may retain any earnings that
accumulate in our TRSs.
Restrictions on
Ownership of Our Common Shares
In order to help us qualify as a REIT, among other reasons, our
declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, restricts
the amount of our shares of beneficial interest that a person
may beneficially or constructively own. Our declaration of trust
provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may
beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in
number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the
outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of
beneficial interest. Our declaration of trust also prohibits any
person from (i) beneficially owning shares of beneficial
interest to the extent that such beneficial ownership would
result in our being closely held within the meaning
of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether
the ownership interest is held during the last half of the
taxable year), (ii) transferring our shares of beneficial
interest to the extent that such transfer would result in our
shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by less
than 100 persons (determined under the principles of
Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (iii) beneficially or
constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest to the
extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us
to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership
interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property
within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or
(iv) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring
our shares of beneficial interest if such ownership or transfer
would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the
Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel
management companies failing to qualify as an eligible
independent contractor under the REIT rules. Our board of
trustees, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or
retroactively exempt a person from certain of these limits and
may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit
for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to
our board of trustees such representations, covenants and
undertakings as our board of trustees may deem appropriate in
order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us
to lose our status as a REIT.
7
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common shares offered |
|
common
shares (plus
up to
additional common shares that we may issue and sell upon
exercise of the underwriters overallotment option). |
|
Common shares outstanding upon completion of this offering |
|
common
shares (1) |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the
concurrent $10 million private placement to Mr. Fisher
to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership will use
approximately $73.5 million of the net proceeds to purchase
the six initial acquisition hotels. We intend to invest
approximately $ million over
the next years to enhance the
quality of the six initial acquisition hotels. This capital will
be used to upgrade guest rooms and common areas and includes our
estimate of the amounts Hilton will require us to spend as part
of a property improvement plan, or PIP, for the hotels. Our
operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to
invest in additional hotel properties in accordance with our
investment strategy described in this prospectus and for general
business purposes. Prior to the full investment of the net
offering proceeds in hotel properties, we intend to invest in
interest-bearing short-term securities or money-market accounts
that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT.
These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net
return than we will seek to achieve from investments in hotel
properties. We will use approximately
$ of the net proceeds to reimburse
Mr. Fisher for
out-of-pocket
expenses he incurred in connection with our formation and this
offering, including up to $2.5 million Mr. Fisher funded as
earnest money deposits, as required by the purchase agreement
for the initial acquisition hotels. We will also use $10,000 to
repurchase the shares Mr. Fisher acquired in connection with our
formation and initial capitalization. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol |
|
|
|
Ownership and transfer restrictions |
|
Our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions,
prohibits any person from directly or indirectly owning more
than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more
restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of
our shares of beneficial interest. See Description of
Shares of Beneficial Interest Restrictions on
Ownership and Transfer. |
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in our common shares involves risks. You should
carefully read and consider the information set forth under
Risk Factors and all other information in this
prospectus before investing in our common shares. |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares
we will issue to Mr. Fisher in a private placement
concurrent with the closing of this offering. Also includes
restricted common shares that will be issued to our independent
trustees upon completion of this offering under our Equity
Incentive Plan. Excludes
(i) common
shares underlying long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in
our operating partnership that will be issued to Mr. Fisher
and certain other officers upon completion of this offering,
(ii) common
shares reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and
(iii) common
shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters
overallotment option. If the size of this offering changes, the
aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to
Messrs. Fisher and Willis will change so as to
equal % of the common shares issued
in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the
underwriters overallotment option) and in the concurrent
private placement. |
Our
Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Cocoanut Row,
Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. Our telephone number
is
(561) 802-4477.
8
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of
risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully
consider the following risk factors, together with the other
information contained in this prospectus, including in
Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations. If any of the risks discussed
in this prospectus occurs, our business, prospects, financial
condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to make
distributions to our shareholders could be materially and
adversely affected. If this were to happen, the price of our
common shares could decline significantly and you could lose all
or a part of your investment. Some statements in this
prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors,
constitute forward-looking statements. See Cautionary Note
Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Risks Related to
Our Business
We have no operating history, which may affect our ability
to generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain
distributions to our shareholders.
We were organized in October 2009 and have no operating history.
We currently own no properties and will only commence operations
upon completion of this offering. Our ability to make or sustain
distributions to our shareholders will depend on many factors,
including the availability of acquisition opportunities that
satisfy our investment strategies and our success in identifying
and consummating them on favorable terms, readily accessible
short-term and long-term financing on favorable terms and
conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market, the
hotel industry and the economy. We cannot assure you that we
will be able to acquire properties with attractive returns or
will not seek properties with greater risk to obtain the same
level of returns or that the value of our properties in the
future will not decline substantially.
We may not be able to successfully operate our business,
which may affect our ability to generate sufficient operating
cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our
shareholders.
We may not be able to successfully operate our business or
implement our operating policies and strategies successfully,
which may affect our ability to make or sustain distributions to
our shareholders. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we
will be able to generate sufficient operating cash flows to pay
our operating expenses and make distributions to our
shareholders.
Other than the initial acquisition hotels, we have not yet
identified any specific hotel properties to acquire or committed
a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this offering to
any specific hotel property and, therefore, you will be unable
to evaluate the allocation of a substantial amount of the net
proceeds from the offering and the concurrent private placement
or the economic merits of some of our acquisitions prior to
making an investment decision.
We currently do not own any properties. We have entered into an
agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels upon
closing of this offering, although we have not yet identified
any other specific hotel properties to acquire nor committed a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering and
concurrent private placement to any other specific hotel
property investment, and you will be unable to evaluate the
economic merits of investments we make with a substantial
portion of the net proceeds before making an investment decision
to purchase our common shares. As a result, we will have broad
authority to invest the net proceeds of this offering in any
real estate investments that we may identify in the future, and
we may use those proceeds to make investments with which you may
not agree. In addition, our investment policies may be amended
or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of
trustees, without a vote of our shareholders. These factors will
increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our
common shares. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this
offering effectively or find suitable hotel properties to
acquire in a timely manner or on acceptable terms could result
in returns that are substantially below expectations or result
in losses.
9
Until appropriate investments are identified, we may be unable
to invest the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent
private placement in investments that will generate net returns
to our shareholders that are comparable to the net returns we
seek to achieve from investments in our target properties.
Until appropriate investments can be identified, we may invest
the net proceeds of the offering and concurrent private
placement in interest-bearing short-term securities or
money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to
qualify as a REIT. These investments are expected to provide a
lower net return than we will seek to achieve from acquisitions
of our target properties. We may be unable to invest the net
proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all, which could delay
shareholders receiving an appropriate return on their
investment. We cannot assure you that we will be able to
identify properties that meet our investment criteria, that we
will successfully consummate any investment opportunities we
identify, or that investments we may make will generate income
or cash flow.
If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the
initial acquisition hotels or at all, we will have no designated
use for substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering,
which would result in a reduction of the amount of cash
available to our shareholders.
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to purchase the initial acquisition hotels. However, we
cannot assure you that we will acquire any of these hotel
properties because the acquisitions are subject to a variety of
factors, such as the satisfaction of closing conditions,
including receipt of third-party consents and approvals
(including the consent of Hilton as franchisor and manager,
through its affiliate, of the six hotels). If we acquire any of
the initial acquisition hotels, we must acquire all six hotels.
As a result, we cannot terminate the purchase of a particular
hotel property, even if there is a problem with that hotel,
without jeopardizing our ability to acquire the other hotels. If
we are unable to complete the purchase of the initial
acquisition hotels, we will have no specific designated use for
the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be unable
to evaluate in advance the manner in which we invest, or the
economic merits of the properties we may ultimately acquire
with, the net proceeds.
If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the
initial acquisition hotels or at all, we may experience delays
in locating and securing attractive alternative investments,
which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions
to our shareholders.
If we do not complete the purchase within our anticipated time
frame or at all, we may experience delays in locating and
securing attractive alternative investments. These delays could
result in our future operating results not meeting expectations
and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders.
If we do not complete the purchase of the initial
acquisition hotels, we will have incurred substantial expenses
without our shareholders realizing the expected benefits.
If we are unable to complete the purchase of the initial
acquisition hotels, we may forfeit a deposit of
$2.5 million provided to the sellers by Mr. Fisher on our
behalf under the terms of the purchase agreement. We have agreed
to reimburse Mr. Fisher for this deposit. If we do not complete
the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will forfeit
the deposit, unless the failure to close is a result of the
failure of the seller to satisfy its obligations or fulfill
certain conditions precedent to closing under the applicable
purchase and sale agreements. We also have incurred or expect to
incur approximately $815,000 in due diligence, legal and
accounting expenses in connection with this acquisition and may
incur additional due diligence, legal and accounting expenses
prior to such acquisition.
10
Our remedies will be limited if the sellers default and
fail to perform their contractual obligations under the
contracts for the purchase of the initial acquisition
hotels.
In the event that the sellers of the initial acquisition hotels
fail to perform their contractual obligations, we will have
limited remedies. For example, if the sellers default, we would
have the right to seek specific performance or, alternatively,
in certain specified circumstances, liquidated damages equal to
our
out-of-pocket
expenses, not to exceed $200,000. However, in seeking specific
performance, we would face considerable delays and expense in
completing this acquisition, if at all. Pursuing specific
performance may also prevent or delay us from seeking attractive
alternative investments in which to invest the net proceeds from
this offering. Even if we were successful in an action to
recover liquidated damages, we cannot assure you that the
sellers would have sufficient funds to pay these damages. If we
were to elect to terminate the agreement in lieu of pursuing a
lawsuit, our remedies would likely be limited to the return of
the deposits, and the payment, in each case, of our reasonable,
third-party costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
agreements, not to exceed $200,000 in the aggregate, but we
cannot assure you that the sellers will return our deposits or
have sufficient funds to pay such costs and expenses.
Because our senior executive officers will have broad
discretion to invest the proceeds of the offering, they may make
investments where the returns are substantially below
expectations or which result in net operating losses.
Our senior executive officers will have broad discretion, within
the general investment criteria established by our board of
trustees, to invest the net proceeds of the offering and to
determine the timing of such investment. Our senior executive
officers may therefore make investments where the returns are
substantially below expectations or which result in net losses.
Our investment policies are subject to revision from time
to time in our boards discretion, which could diminish
shareholder returns below expectations.
Our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to
time at the discretion of our board of trustees, without a vote
of our shareholders. Such discretion could result in investments
that may not yield returns consistent with investors
expectations.
We will depend on the efforts and expertise of our key
executive officers whose continued service is not
guaranteed.
We will depend on the efforts and expertise of our chief
executive officer, as well as our other senior executives, to
execute our business strategy. The loss of their services, and
our inability to find suitable replacements, could have an
adverse effect on our business.
If we are unable to successfully manage our growth, our
operating results and financial condition could be adversely
affected.
Our ability to grow our business will depend upon our senior
executive officers business contacts and their ability to
successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional
personnel. We may not be able to hire and train sufficient
personnel or develop management, information and operating
systems suitable for our expected growth. If we are unable to
manage any future growth effectively, our operating results and
financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our future growth is dependent on obtaining new financing
and if we cannot secure financing in the future, our growth will
be limited.
The success of our growth strategy will depend on access to
capital through use of excess cash flow, borrowings or
subsequent issuances of common shares or other securities.
Acquisitions of new hotel properties will require significant
additional capital and existing hotels will require periodic
capital improvement initiatives to remain competitive. We may
not be able to fund acquisitions or capital improvements solely
from cash provided from our operating activities because we must
11
distribute at least 90% of our taxable income (determined before
the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital
gains) each year to satisfy the requirements for qualification
as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. As a result, our
ability to fund capital expenditures for acquisitions through
retained earnings is very limited. Our ability to grow through
acquisitions of hotels will be limited if we cannot obtain
satisfactory debt or equity financing, which will depend on
capital markets conditions. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to obtain additional equity or debt financing or that we
will be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms.
Specifically, while we intend to seek to arrange a credit
facility to fund investments and operating activities following
the investment of the net proceeds of this offering, we have no
commitment from any lender at the current time and there can be
no assurance that we will be able to arrange a credit facility
in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.
We must rely on third-party management companies to
operate our hotels in order to qualify as a REIT under the Code
and, as a result, we will have less control than if we were
operating the hotels directly.
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, third parties must operate
our hotels. We will lease each of our hotels to our TRS lessees.
The TRS lessees, in turn, will enter into management agreements
with third party management companies to operate our hotels.
While we expect to have some input into operating decisions for
those hotels leased by our TRS lessees and operated under
management agreements, we will have less control than if we were
managing the hotels ourselves. Even if we believe that our
hotels are not being operated efficiently, we may not be able to
require an operator to change the way it operates our hotels.
Jeffrey H. Fisher, our chief executive officer, controls IHM, a
hotel management company that may manage certain of the hotels
we acquire. See Conflicts of interest could
result in future business transactions between us and affiliates
owned by our Chief Executive Officer below.
Our management agreements could adversely affect the sale
or financing of hotel properties and, as a result, our operating
results and ability to make distributions to our shareholders
could suffer.
While we would prefer to enter into flexible management
contracts that will provide us with the ability to replace hotel
managers on relatively short notice and with limited cost, we
may enter into management contracts that contain more
restrictive covenants. For example, the terms of some management
agreements may restrict our ability to sell a property unless
the purchaser is not a competitor of the manager and assumes the
related management agreement and meets specified other
conditions. Also, the terms of a long term management agreement
encumbering our properties may reduce the value of the property.
If we enter into any such management agreements, we may be
precluded from taking actions that would otherwise be in our
best interest or could cause us to incur substantial expense,
which could adversely affect our operating results and our
ability to make distributions to shareholders.
Our franchisors could cause us to expend additional funds
on upgraded operating standards, which may reduce cash available
for distribution to shareholders.
Our hotels will operate under franchise agreements, and we may
become subject to the risks that are found in concentrating our
hotel properties in one or several franchise brands. Our hotel
operators must comply with operating standards and terms and
conditions imposed by the franchisors of the hotel brands under
which our hotels operate. A franchisor may impose upgraded or
new brand standards, such as substantially upgrading the
bedding, enhancing the complimentary breakfast or increasing the
value of guest awards under its frequent guest
program, which can add substantial expense for the hotel. The
franchisors also may require us to make certain capital
improvements to maintain the hotel in accordance with system
standards, the cost of which can be substantial and may reduce
cash available for distribution to our shareholders.
12
Our franchisors may cancel or fail to renew our existing
franchise licenses, which could adversely affect our operating
results and our ability to make distributions to
shareholders.
Our franchisors periodically inspect our hotels to confirm
adherence to the franchisors operating standards. The
failure of a hotel to maintain standards could result in the
loss or cancellation of a franchise license. We will rely on our
operators to conform to operational standards. In addition, when
the term of a franchise expires, the franchisor has no
obligation to issue a new franchise. The loss of a franchise
could have a material adverse effect on the operations or the
underlying value of the affected hotel because of the loss of
associated name recognition, marketing support and centralized
reservation systems provided by the franchisor. The loss of a
franchise or adverse developments with respect to a franchise
brand under which our hotels operate could also have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash available for distribution to shareholders.
Fluctuations in our financial performance, capital
expenditure requirements and excess cash flow could adversely
affect our ability to make and maintain distributions to our
shareholders.
As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our
taxable income each year to our shareholders (determined before
the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital
gains). In the event of downturns in our operating results and
financial performance or unanticipated capital improvements to
our hotels (including captial improvements that may be required
by franchisors), we may be unable to declare or pay
distributions to our shareholders, or maintain our then-current
dividend rate. The timing and amount of distributions are in the
sole discretion of our board of trustees, which will consider,
among other factors, our financial performance, debt service
obligations and applicable debt covenants (if any), and capital
expenditure requirements. We cannot assure you we will generate
sufficient cash in order to fund distributions.
Among the factors which could adversely affect our results of
operations and distributions to shareholders are reductions in
hotel revenues; increases in operating expenses at the hotels
leased to our TRSs; increased debt service requirements,
including those resulting from higher interest rates on variable
rate indebtedness; and capital expenditures at our hotels,
including capital expenditures required by the franchisors of
our hotels. Hotel revenue can decrease for a number of reasons,
including increased competition from new hotels and decreased
demand for hotel rooms. These factors can reduce both occupancy
and room rates at hotels and could directly affect us negatively
by:
|
|
|
|
|
reducing the hotel revenue that we recognize with respect to
hotels leased to our TRS lessees; and
|
|
|
|
correspondingly reducing the profits (or increasing the loss) of
hotels leased to our TRS lessees. We may be unable to reduce
many of our expenses in tandem with revenue declines, (or we may
choose not to reduce them for competitive reasons), and certain
expenses may increase while our revenue declines.
|
Future debt service obligations could adversely affect our
overall operating results and may require us to liquidate our
properties, which could adversely affect our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders and our share price.
We intend to use secured and unsecured debt to finance long-term
growth. While we intend to target overall debt levels of not
more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost
(defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount
of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any
impairment charges) our board of trustees may change this
financing policy at any time without shareholder approval. As a
result, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt,
including secured debt, in the future. Incurring debt could
subject us to many risks, including the risks that:
|
|
|
|
|
operating cash flow will be insufficient to make required
payments of principal and interest;
|
|
|
|
our leverage may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic
and industry conditions;
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash
flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing
cash available for distribution to our shareholders, funds
available for operations and capital expenditures, future
business opportunities or other purposes;
|
|
|
|
terms of any refinancing will not be as favorable as the terms
of the debt being refinanced; and
|
|
|
|
the terms of our debt may limit our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders.
|
If we violate covenants in our debt agreements, we could be
required to repay all or a portion of our indebtedness before
maturity at a time when we might be unable to arrange financing
for such repayment on attractive terms, if at all.
If we are unable to repay our debt obligations in the
future, we may be forced to refinance debt or dispose of or
encumber our assets, which could adversely affect distributions
to shareholders.
If we incur debt in the future and do not have sufficient funds
to repay such debt at maturity, or before maturity in the event
we breach our debt agreements and our lenders exercise their
right to accelerate repayment, it may be necessary to refinance
the debt through additional debt or additional equity
financings. Covenants applicable to any future debt could impair
our planned investment strategy and, if violated, result in a
default. If we are unable to refinance our debt on acceptable
terms, we may be forced to dispose of hotel properties on
disadvantageous terms, potentially resulting in losses. We may
place mortgages on hotel properties that we acquire to secure a
revolving credit facility or other debt. To the extent we cannot
meet any future debt service obligations, we will risk losing
some or all of our hotel properties that may be pledged to
secure our obligations to foreclosure.
Interest expense on our debt may limit our cash available
to fund our growth strategies and shareholder
distributions.
Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements
on any floating rate debt that we incur and could reduce the
amounts available for distribution to our shareholders, as well
as reduce funds available for our operations, future business
opportunities, or other purposes.
Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes
may adversely affect our results of operations and our ability
to make shareholder distributions.
We may obtain in the future one or more forms of interest rate
protection in the form of swap agreements, interest
rate cap contracts or similar agreements to hedge
against the possible negative effects of interest rate
fluctuations. However, such hedging implies costs and we cannot
assure you that any hedging will adequately relieve the adverse
effects of interest rate increases or that counterparties under
these agreement will honor their obligations thereunder.
Joint venture investments that we make could be adversely
affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our
reliance on joint venture partners financial condition and
disputes between us and our joint venture partners.
We may co-invest in the future with third parties through
partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring
non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for
managing the affairs of a property, partnership, joint venture
or other entity. In such event, we would not be in a position to
exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the property,
partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments in
partnerships, joint ventures or other entities may, under
certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third
party not involved, including the possibility that joint venture
partners might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of
required capital contributions. Joint venture partners may have
economic or other business interests or goals which are
inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in
a position to take actions contrary to our policies or
objectives. Such investments may also have the potential risk of
impasses on decisions, such as a sale,
14
because neither we nor the partner would have full control over
the partnership or joint venture. Disputes between us and
partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would
increase our expenses and prevent our officers
and/or
trustees from focusing their time and effort on our business.
Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might
result in subjecting properties owned by the partnership or
joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain
circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party
partners or co-venturers.
We may from time to time make distributions to our
shareholders in the form of our common shares, which could
result in shareholders incurring tax liability without receiving
sufficient cash to pay such tax.
Although we have no current intention to do so, we may in the
future distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and
common shares at the election of each shareholder. Taxable
shareholders receiving such dividends will be required to
include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to
the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits
for federal income tax purposes. As a result, shareholders may
be required to pay income taxes with respect to such dividends
in excess of the cash dividends received. If a
U.S. shareholder sells the common shares that it receives
as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may
be less than the amount included in income with respect to the
dividend, depending on the market price of our shares at the
time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain
non-U.S. shareholders,
we may be required to withhold federal income tax with respect
to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of
such dividend that is payable in common shares. In addition, if
a significant number of our shareholders determine to sell
common shares in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may
put downward pressure on the trading price of our common shares.
Conflicts of interest could result in future business
transactions between us and affiliates owned by our Chief
Executive Officer.
Our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, owns 90% of IHM,
a hotel management company that may manage certain of the hotels
we acquire. Because Mr. Fisher is our Chief Executive
Officer and controls IHM, conflicts of interest may arise
between us and Mr. Fisher as to whether and on what terms
new management contracts will be awarded to IHM, whether and on
what terms management agreements will be renewed upon expiration
of their terms, enforcement of the terms of the management
agreements, whether hotels managed by IHM will be sold and any
termination fees payable to IHM. See Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions.
Risks Related to
the Lodging Industry
The lodging industry has experienced recent significant
declines and failure of the lodging industry to exhibit
improvement may adversely affect our ability to execute our
business strategy.
The performance of the lodging industry has historically been
closely linked to the performance of the general economy and,
specifically, growth in U.S. GDP. It is also sensitive to
business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in
corporate budgets and consumer demand due to adverse general
economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel
patterns, lower consumer confidence or adverse political
conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our
future hotel properties and therefore the net operating profits
of our TRSs. The current global economic downturn has led to a
significant decline in demand for products and services provided
by the lodging industry, lower occupancy levels and
significantly reduced room rates.
A substantial part of our business strategy is based on the
belief that the lodging markets in which we intend to invest
will experience improving economic fundamentals in the future.
We anticipate that recovery will lag an improvement in economic
conditions. However, we cannot predict how severe or prolonged
the global economic downturn will be or whether, or when,
lodging industry fundamentals will in fact improve or to what
extent they will improve. In the event conditions in the
industry do not improve when and as we expect, or deteriorate,
our ability to execute our business
15
strategy would be adversely affected, which could adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations, the
market price of our common shares and our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders.
Our ability to make distributions to our shareholders may
be affected by various operating risks common in the lodging
industry.
Hotel properties are subject to various operating risks common
to the hotel industry, many of which are beyond our control,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
competition from other hotel properties in our prospective
markets, some of which may have greater marketing and financial
resources;
|
|
|
|
an over-supply or over-building of hotel properties in our
prospective markets, which could adversely affect occupancy
rates and revenues;
|
|
|
|
dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism;
|
|
|
|
increases in energy costs and other expenses affecting travel,
which may affect travel patterns and reduce the number of
business and commercial travelers and tourists;
|
|
|
|
increases in operating costs due to inflation and other factors
that may not be offset by increased room rates;
|
|
|
|
necessity for periodic capital reinvestment to repair and
upgrade hotel properties;
|
|
|
|
changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and
terms of debt financing;
|
|
|
|
changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies
and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with
laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks,
travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics
such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and SARS,
political instability, regional hostilities, imposition of taxes
or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel related
accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural
disasters such as hurricanes, tsunamis or earthquakes;
|
|
|
|
adverse effects of a downturn in the economy or in the hotel
industry; and
|
|
|
|
risk generally associated with the ownership of hotel properties
and real estate, as we discuss in detail below.
|
These factors could reduce the net operating profits of our TRSs
and the rental income we receive from our TRSs, which in turn
could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders.
Competition
for acquisitions may reduce the number of properties we can
acquire.
We will compete for hotel investment opportunities with
competitors that may have a different tolerance for risk or have
substantially greater financial resources than are available to
us. This competition may generally limit the number of hotel
properties that we are able to acquire and may also increase the
bargaining power of hotel owners seeking to sell, making it more
difficult for us to acquire hotel properties on attractive
terms, or at all.
Competition
for guests may lower our hotels revenues and
profitability.
The upscale extended-stay and mid-price segments of the hotel
business are highly competitive. Hotels we acquire will compete
on the basis of location, room rates and quality, service
levels, reputation, and reservation systems, among many other
factors. Many competitors will have substantially greater
marketing and financial resources than our operators or us. New
hotels create new competitors, in some cases without
corresponding increases in demand for hotel rooms. The
16
result in some cases may be lower revenue, which would result in
lower cash available for distribution to shareholders.
The seasonality of the hotel industry may cause
fluctuations in our quarterly revenues that cause us to borrow
money to fund distributions to shareholders.
Some hotel properties have business that is seasonal in nature.
This seasonality can be expected to cause quarterly fluctuations
in revenues. Quarterly earnings may be adversely affected by
factors outside our control, including weather conditions and
poor economic factors. As a result, we may have to enter into
short-term borrowings in order to offset these fluctuations in
revenue and to make distributions to shareholders.
The cyclical nature of the lodging industry may cause the
return on our investments to be substantially less than we
expect.
The lodging industry is highly cyclical in nature. Fluctuations
in lodging demand and, therefore, operating performance, are
caused largely by general economic and local market conditions,
which subsequently affects levels of business and leisure
travel. In addition to general economic conditions, new hotel
room supply is an important factor that can affect the lodging
industrys performance and overbuilding has the potential
to further exacerbate the negative impact of an economic
recession. Room rates and occupancy, and thus RevPAR, tend to
increase when demand growth exceeds supply growth. The continued
decline in lodging demand beyond late 2010 to early 2011, or a
continued growth in lodging supply, could result in returns that
are substantially below expectations or result in losses, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders.
Due to our concentration in hotel investments, a continued
downturn in the lodging industry would adversely affect our
operations and financial condition.
Our entire business will be related to the hotel industry.
Therefore, a continued downturn in the hotel industry, in
general, will have a material adverse effect on our revenues,
net operating profits and cash available to distribute to
shareholders.
The ongoing need for capital expenditures at our hotel
properties may adversely affect our financial condition and
limit our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders.
Hotel properties have an ongoing need for renovations and other
capital improvements, including replacements, from time to time,
of furniture, fixtures and equipment. The franchisors of our
hotels also will require periodic capital improvements as a
condition of keeping the franchise licenses. In addition, our
lenders will likely require that we set aside annual amounts for
capital improvements to our hotel properties. These capital
improvements may give rise to the following risks:
|
|
|
|
|
possible environmental problems;
|
|
|
|
construction cost overruns and delays;
|
|
|
|
possibility that revenues will be reduced temporarily while
rooms or restaurants offered are out of service due to capital
improvement projects;
|
|
|
|
a possible shortage of available cash to fund capital
improvements and the related possibility that financing for
these capital improvements may not be available on affordable
terms;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties as to market demand or a loss of market demand
after capital improvements have begun; and
|
|
|
|
disputes with franchisors/managers regarding compliance with
relevant management/franchise agreements
|
17
The costs of all these capital improvements could adversely
affect our financial condition and amounts available for
distribution to our shareholders.
The increasing use of Internet travel intermediaries by
consumers may adversely affect our profitability.
Some of our future hotel rooms will be booked through Internet
travel intermediaries, including, but not limited to,
Travelocity.com, Expedia.com and Priceline.com. As these
Internet bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to
obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other
significant contract concessions from us and our management
companies. Moreover, some of these Internet travel
intermediaries are attempting to offer hotel rooms as a
commodity, by increasing the importance of price and general
indicators of quality (such as three-star downtown
hotel) at the expense of brand identification. These
agencies hope that consumers will eventually develop brand
loyalties to their reservations system rather than to the brands
under which our properties will be franchised. Although most of
the business for our hotels is expected to be derived from
traditional channels, if the amount of sales made through
Internet intermediaries increases significantly, room revenues
may flatten or decrease and our profitability may be adversely
affected.
Future terrorist attacks or changes in terror alert levels
could adversely affect travel and hotel demand.
Previous terrorist attacks and subsequent terrorist alerts have
adversely affected the U.S. travel and hospitality
industries over the past several years, often disproportionately
to the effect on the overall economy. The impact that terrorist
attacks in the U.S. or elsewhere could have on domestic and
international travel and our business in particular cannot be
determined but any such attacks or the threat of such attacks
could have a material adverse effect on our business, our
ability to finance our business, our ability to insure our
properties and our results of operations and financial condition.
Potential future outbreaks of contagious diseases, such as
H1N1, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and
results of operations due to decreased travel, especially in
areas significantly affected by the disease.
The widespread outbreak of infectious or contagious disease in
the U.S., such as the H1N1 influenza, could reduce travel and
adversely affect the hotel industry generally and our business
in particular.
Uninsured and underinsured losses could adversely affect
our operating results and our ability to make distributions to
our shareholders.
We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on each of our
hotel properties, including liability, terrorism, fire and
extended coverage, of the type and amount customarily obtained
for or by hotel property owners. There can be no assurance that
such coverage will be available at reasonable rates. Various
types of catastrophic losses, like earthquakes and floods and
losses from foreign terrorist activities such as those on
September 11, 2001 or losses from domestic terrorist
activities such as the Oklahoma City bombing may not be
insurable or may not be insurable on reasonable economic terms.
Lenders may require such insurance and failure to obtain such
insurance could constitute a default under loan agreements.
Depending on our access to capital, liquidity and the value of
the properties securing the affected loan in relation to the
balance of the loan, a default could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and ability to obtain future
financing.
In the event of a substantial loss, insurance coverage may not
be sufficient to cover the full current market value or
replacement cost of the lost investment. Should an uninsured
loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose
all or a portion of the capital we invested in a hotel property,
as well as the anticipated future revenue from that particular
hotel. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for
any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the
property. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances,
environmental considerations and other
18
factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to
replace or renovate a hotel after it has been damaged or
destroyed. Under those circumstances, the insurance proceeds we
receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on
the damaged or destroyed property.
Noncompliance with environmental laws and governmental
regulations could adversely affect our operating results and our
ability to make distributions to shareholders.
Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, an owner of real property may be liable for the
costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic
substances on or in such property. Such laws often impose such
liability without regard to whether the owner knew of or was
responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic
substances. The cost of any required remediation and the
owners liability therefore as to any property are
generally not limited under such laws and could exceed the value
of the property and/or the aggregate assets of the owner. The
presence of such substances, or the failure to properly
remediate contamination from such substances, may adversely
affect the owners ability to sell the real estate or to
borrow funds using such property as collateral, which could have
an adverse effect on our return from such investment.
Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third
parties may recover damages for injury caused by release of
hazardous substances and for property contamination. For
instance, a person exposed to asbestos while working at or
staying in a hotel may seek to recover damages if he or she
suffers injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of these
environmental issues restrict the use of a property or place
conditions on various activities. One example is laws that
require a business using chemicals to manage them carefully and
to notify local officials if regulated spills occurs.
Although it is our policy to require an acceptable Phase I
environmental survey for all real property in which we invest,
such surveys are limited in scope and there can be no assurance
that there are no hazardous or toxic substances on such property
that we would purchase. We cannot assure you:
|
|
|
|
|
that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose
material environmental liability; or
|
|
|
|
that the current environmental condition of a hotel will not be
affected by the condition of properties in the vicinity of the
hotel (such as the presence of leaking underground storage
tanks) or by third parties unrelated to us.
|
Compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and
other changes in governmental rules and regulations could
substantially increase our cost of doing business and adversely
affect our operating results and our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders.
Our future hotel properties also will be subject to the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA. Under the
ADA, all places of public accommodation are required to meet
certain federal requirements related to access and use by
disabled persons. Although we intend to acquire assets that are
substantially in compliance with the ADA, we may incur
additional costs of complying with the ADA at the time of
acquisition and from
time-to-time
in the future to stay in compliance with any changes in the ADA.
A number of additional federal, state and local laws exist that
also may require modifications to our investments, or restrict
certain further renovations thereof, with respect to access
thereto by disabled persons. Additional legislation may impose
further burdens or restrictions on owners with respect to access
by disabled persons. If we were required to make substantial
modifications at our properties to comply with the ADA or other
changes in governmental rules and regulations, our ability to
make expected distributions to our shareholders could be
adversely affected.
The Employee Free Choice Act could substantially increase
our cost of doing business and adversely affect our operating
results and our ability to make distributions to
shareholders.
A number of members of the U.S. Congress and President
Obama have stated that they support the Employee Free Choice
Act, which, if enacted, would discontinue the current practice
of
19
having an open process where both the union and the employer are
permitted to educate employees regarding the pros and cons of
joining a union before having an election by secret ballot.
Under the Employee Free Choice Act, the employees would only
hear the unions side of the argument before making a
commitment to join the union. The Employee Free Choice Act would
permit unions to quietly collect employee signatures supporting
the union without notifying the employer and permitting the
employer to explain its views before a final decision is made by
the employees. Once a union has collected signatures from a
majority of the employees, the employer would have to recognize,
and bargain with, the union. If the employer and the union fail
to reach agreement on a collective bargaining contract within a
certain number of days, both sides would be forced to submit
their respective proposals to binding arbitration and a federal
arbitrator would be permitted to create an employment contract
binding on the employer. If the Employee Free Choice Act is
enacted, a number of the hotel properties we will own or seek to
acquire could become unionized.
Generally, unionized hotel employees are subject to a number of
work rules which could decrease operating margins at the
unionized hotels. If that is the case, we believe that the
unionization of hotel employees at hotels that we acquire may
result in a significant decline in hotel profitability and
value, which could adversely affect our financial condition,
results of operations, the market price of our common shares and
our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
General Risks
Related to Real Estate Industry
Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly
impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the
performance of our hotel properties and adversely affect our
financial condition.
Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our
ability to promptly sell one or more hotel properties in our
portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and
investment conditions may be limited. The real estate market is
affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in international, national, regional and local
economic and market conditions;
|
|
|
|
changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and
terms of debt financing;
|
|
|
|
changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies
and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with
laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
|
|
|
|
the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older
structures;
|
|
|
|
changes in operating expenses; and
|
|
|
|
civil unrest, acts of God, including earthquakes, floods and
other natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses,
and acts of war or terrorism, such as those that occurred on
September 11, 2001.
|
We may seek to sell hotel properties in the future. There can be
no assurance that we will be able to sell any hotel property on
acceptable terms.
Currently, little credit is available to purchasers of hotel
properties and financing structures such as CMBS, which have
been used to finance many hotel acquisitions in recent years,
have been reduced. If financing for hotel properties is not
available or is not available on attractive terms, it will
adversely impact the ability of third parties to buy our hotels.
As a result, we may hold our hotel properties for a longer
period than we would otherwise desire and may sell hotels at a
loss.
We may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make
improvements before a hotel property can be sold. We cannot
assure you that we will have funds available to correct those
defects or to make those improvements. In acquiring a hotel
property, we may agree to lock-out provisions that materially
restrict us from selling that property for a period of time or
impose other
20
restrictions, such as a limitation on the amount of debt that
can be placed or repaid on that property. These factors and any
others that would impede our ability to respond to adverse
changes in the performance of our properties could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results and financial
condition, as well as our ability to pay distributions to
shareholders.
Increases in our property taxes would adversely affect our
ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
Hotel properties are subject to real and personal property
taxes. These taxes may increase as tax rates change and as the
properties are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. In
particular, our property taxes could increase following our
purchase of the initial acquisition hotels as the acquired
hotels are reassessed. If property taxes increase, our financial
condition, results of operations and our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders could be materially and
adversely affected and the market price of our common shares
could decline.
Our hotel properties may contain or develop harmful mold,
which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and
costs of remediating the problem.
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building
materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture
problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period
of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants.
Concern about indoor exposure to mold has been increasing, as
exposure to mold may cause a variety of adverse health effects
and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a
result, the presence of mold to which hotel guests or employees
could be exposed at any of our properties could require us to
undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the
mold from the affected property, which could be costly. In
addition, exposure to mold by guests or employees, management
company employees or others could expose us to liability if
property damage or health concerns arise.
Risks Related to
Our Organization and Structure
Our rights and the rights of our shareholders to take
action against our trustees and officers are limited, which
could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your
best interests.
Under Maryland law generally, a trustee is required to perform
his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she
reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the
care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would
use under similar circumstances. Under Maryland law, trustees
are presumed to have acted with this standard of care. In
addition, our declaration of trust limits the liability of our
trustees and officers to us and our shareholders for money
damages, except for liability resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money,
property or services; or
|
|
|
|
active and deliberate dishonesty by the trustee or officer that
was established by a final judgment as being material to the
cause of action adjudicated
|
Our bylaws obligate us to indemnify our trustees and officers
for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum
extent permitted by Maryland law. Our bylaws require us to
indemnify each trustee or officer, to the maximum extent
permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to
which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by
reason of his or her service to us. In addition, we may be
obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our trustees
and officers. As a result, we and our shareholders may have more
limited rights against our trustees and officers than might
otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our declaration
of trust and bylaws or that might exist with other companies.
21
Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a
third party to acquire control of our Company and may result in
entrenchment of management and diminish the value of our common
shares.
Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law
(MGCL) applicable to Maryland real estate investment
trusts may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from
making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of
control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our
common shareholders with the opportunity to realize a premium
over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Business combination provisions that, subject
to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between
us and an interested shareholder (defined generally
as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting
power of our shares) or an affiliate of any interested
shareholder for five years after the most recent date on which
the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, and
thereafter imposes special appraisal rights and special
shareholder voting requirements on these combinations; and
|
|
|
|
Control share provisions that provide that
our control shares (defined as shares which, when
aggregated with other shares controlled by the shareholder,
entitle the shareholder to exercise one of three increasing
ranges of voting power in electing trustees) acquired in a
control share acquisition (defined as the direct or
indirect acquisition of ownership or control of control
shares) have no voting rights except to the extent
approved by our shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter,
excluding all interested shares.
|
Additionally, Title 8, Subtitle 3 of the MGCL permits our
board of trustees, without shareholder approval and regardless
of what is currently provided in our declaration of trust or
bylaws, to implement certain takeover defenses, such as a
classified board, some of which we do not yet have. These
provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from
making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring
or preventing a change in control of us under the circumstances
that otherwise could provide our common shareholders with the
opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market
price.
Provisions of our declaration of trust may limit the
ability of a third party to acquire control of our Company and
may result in entrenchment of management and diminish the value
of our common shares.
Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to
issue up
to
common shares and up
to
preferred shares. In addition, our board of trustees may,
without shareholder approval, amend our declaration of trust to
increase the aggregate number of our shares or the number of
shares of any class or series that we have the authority to
issue and to classify or reclassify any unissued common shares
or preferred shares and to set the preferences, rights and other
terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our
board of trustees may authorize the issuance of additional
shares or establish a series of common or preferred shares that
may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in
control of our company, including transactions at a premium over
the market price of our shares, even if shareholders believe
that a change of control is in their interest.
Failure to make required distributions would subject us to
tax.
In order for federal corporate income tax not to apply to
earnings that we distribute, each year we must distribute to our
shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined
before the deductions for dividends paid and excluding any net
capital gain. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution
requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our taxable
income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on
our undistributed REIT taxable income. In addition, we will be
subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount
that we pay out to our shareholders in a
22
calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the
Code. Our only source of funds to make these distributions comes
from distributions that we will receive from our operating
partnership. Accordingly, we may be required to borrow money or
sell assets, or make taxable distributions of our capital shares
or debt securities, to enable us to pay out enough of our
taxable income to satisfy the distribution requirement and to
avoid federal corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible
excise tax in a particular year.
Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain
qualified as a REIT, would subject us to federal income tax and
potentially to state and local taxes.
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax
purposes, commencing with our short taxable year beginning on
the business day prior to the closing of this offering and
ending December 31, 2010. However, qualification as a REIT
involves the application of highly technical and complex
provisions of the Code, for which only a limited number of
judicial and administrative interpretations exist. Even an
inadvertent or technical mistake could jeopardize our REIT
qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our
satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational,
distribution, shareholder ownership and other requirements on a
continuing basis.
Moreover, new tax legislation, administrative guidance or court
decisions, in each instance potentially applicable with
retroactive effect, could make it more difficult or impossible
for us to qualify as a REIT. If we were to fail to qualify as a
REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to federal income
tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our
taxable income at regular corporate rates, and distributions to
shareholders would not be deductible by us in computing our
taxable income. Any such corporate tax liability could be
substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for
distribution to our shareholders, which in turn could have an
adverse impact on the value of our shares of beneficial
interest. If, for any reason, we failed to qualify as a REIT and
we were not entitled to relief under certain Code provisions, we
would be unable to elect REIT status for the four taxable years
following the year during which we ceased to so qualify which
would negatively impact the value of our common shares.
Our TRS lessee structure subjects us to the risk of
increased hotel operating expenses that could adversely affect
our operating results and our ability to make distributions to
shareholders.
Our leases with our TRS lessees will require our TRS lessees to
pay us rent based in part on revenues from our hotels. Our
operating risks include decreases in hotel revenues and
increases in hotel operating expenses, which would adversely
affect our TRS lessees ability to pay us rent due under
the leases, including but not limited to the increases in wage
and benefit costs, repair and maintenance expenses, energy
costs, property taxes, insurance costs and other operating
expenses.
Increases in these operating expenses can have a significant
adverse impact on our financial condition, results of
operations, the market price of our common shares and our
ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
The formation of our TRS lessees increases our overall tax
liability.
Our TRS lessees will be subject to federal, state and local
income tax on their taxable income, which will consist of the
revenues from the hotel properties leased by our TRS lessees,
net of the operating expenses for such hotel properties and rent
payments to us. Accordingly, although our ownership of our TRS
lessees will allow us to participate in the operating income
from our hotel properties in addition to receiving rent, that
operating income will be fully subject to income tax. The
after-tax net income of our TRS lessees is available for
distribution to us.
23
Our ownership of TRSs will be limited and our transactions
with our TRSs will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax
on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not
conducted on arms-length terms.
A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. A
TRS may hold assets and earn income that would not be qualifying
assets or income if held or earned directly by a REIT, including
gross operating income from hotels that are operated by eligible
independent contractors pursuant to hotel management agreements.
Both the subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the
subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or
indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of
the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. Overall, no
more than 25% of the value of a REITs assets may consist
of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. In addition, the TRS
rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a
TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an
appropriate level of corporate taxation. The rules also impose a
100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its
parent REIT that are not conducted on an arms-length basis.
Our TRSs will pay federal, foreign, state and local income tax
on their taxable income, and their after-tax net income will be
available for distribution to us but is not required to be
distributed to us. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the
stock and securities of our TRSs will be less than 25% of the
value of our total assets (including our TRS stock and
securities). Furthermore, we will monitor the value of our
respective investments in our TRSs for the purpose of ensuring
compliance with TRS ownership limitations. In addition, we will
scrutinize all of our transactions with our TRSs to ensure that
they are entered into on arms-length terms to avoid
incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no
assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25%
limitation discussed above or to avoid application of the 100%
excise tax discussed above.
If our leases to our TRS lessees are not respected as true
leases for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to qualify
as a REIT.
To qualify as a REIT, we will be required to satisfy two gross
income tests, pursuant to which specified percentages of our
gross income must be passive income, such as rent. For the rent
paid pursuant to the hotel leases with our TRS lessees, which we
anticipate will constitute substantially all of our gross
income, to qualify for purposes of the gross income tests, the
leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax
purposes and must not be treated as service contracts, joint
ventures or some other type of arrangement. We intend to
structure our leases so that the leases will be respected as
true leases for federal income tax purposes, but there can be no
assurance that the IRS will agree with this characterization. If
the leases were not respected as true leases for federal income
tax purposes, we would not be able to satisfy either of the two
gross income tests applicable to REITs and likely would fail to
qualify as a REIT status.
Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced
tax rates available for some dividends.
The maximum tax rate applicable to income from qualified
dividends payable to U.S. shareholders that are
individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation
to 15% (through 2010). Dividends payable by REITs, however,
generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. The more
favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified
dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and
estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less
attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT
corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect
the value of the shares of REITs, including our common shares.
If our hotel managers do not qualify as eligible
independent contractors, we would fail to qualify as a
REIT.
Rent paid by a lessee that is a related party tenant
of ours will not be qualifying income for purposes of the two
gross income tests applicable to REITs. We expect to lease
substantially all of our
24
hotels to our TRSs. A TRS lessee will not be treated as a
related party tenant, and will not be treated as
directly operating a lodging facility, which is prohibited, to
the extent the TRS lessee leases properties from us that are
managed by an eligible independent contractor.
We believe that the rent paid by our TRS lessee will be
qualifying income for purposes of the REIT gross income tests
and that our TRSs will qualify to be treated for federal income
tax purposes, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will
not challenge this treatement or that a court would not sustain
such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in challenging this
treatment, it is possible that we would fail to meet the asset
tests applicable to REITs and substantially all of our income
would fail to qualify for the gross income tests. If we failed
to meet either the asset or gross income tests, we would likely
lose our REIT qualification for federal income tax purposes,
unless certain relief provisions applied.
If our hotel managers do not qualify as eligible
independent contractors, we would fail to qualify as a
REIT. Each of the hotel management companies that enters into a
management contract with our TRS lessees must qualify as an
eligible independent contractor under the REIT rules
in order for the rent paid to us by our TRS lessees to be
qualifying income for our REIT income test requirements. Among
other requirements, in order to qualify as an eligible
independent contractor a manager must not own more than 35% of
our outstanding shares (by value) and no person or group of
persons can own more than 35% of our outstanding shares and the
ownership interests of the manager, taking into account only
owners of more than 5% of our shares and, with respect to
ownership interests in such managers that are publicly traded,
only holders of more than 5% of such ownership interests.
Complex ownership attribution rules apply for purposes of these
35% thresholds. Although we intend to monitor ownership of our
shares by our property managers and their owners, there can be
no assurance that these ownership levels will not be exceeded.
Our ownership limitations may restrict or prevent you from
engaging in certain transfers of our common shares.
In order to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification, no
more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares may be owned,
directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined
in the Code to include certain entities) at any time during the
last half of each taxable year following our first taxable year.
To assist us to satisfy the requirements for our REIT
qualification, our declaration of trust contains an ownership
limit on each class and series of our shares. Under applicable
constructive ownership rules, any common shares owned by certain
affiliated owners generally will be added together for purposes
of the common share ownership limit, and any shares of a given
class or series of preferred shares owned by certain affiliated
owners generally will be added together for purposes of the
ownership limit on such class or series.
If anyone transfers shares in a way that would violate the
ownership limit, or prevent us from qualifying as a REIT under
the federal income tax laws, those shares instead will be
transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable
beneficiary and will be either redeemed by us or sold to a
person whose ownership of the shares will not violate the
ownership limit. If this transfer to a trust fails to prevent
such a violation or our continued qualification as a REIT, then
the initial intended transfer shall be null and void from the
outset. The intended transferee of those shares will be deemed
never to have owned the shares. Anyone who acquires shares in
violation of the ownership limit or the other restrictions on
transfer in our declaration of trust bears the risk of suffering
a financial loss when the shares are redeemed or sold if the
market price of our shares falls between the date of purchase
and the date of redemption or sale.
Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to
hedge effectively and may cause us to incur tax
liabilities.
The REIT provisions of the Code substantially limit our ability
to hedge our liabilities. Any income from a hedging transaction
we enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes with
respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry
real estate assets does not constitute gross
25
income for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests.
To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging
transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be
treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the
gross income tests. See Material U.S. Federal Income
Tax Considerations. As a result of these rules, we intend
to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement
those hedges through a TRS. This could increase the cost of our
hedging activities because our TRS would be subject to tax on
gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in
interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In
addition, losses in our TRSs will generally not provide any tax
benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable
income in the TRSs.
The ability of our board of trustees to revoke our REIT
qualification without shareholder approval may cause adverse
consequences to our shareholders.
Our declaration of trust provides that our board of trustees may
revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the
approval of our shareholders, if it determines that it is no
longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If
we cease to qualify as a REIT, we would become subject to
U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income and would no
longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to
our shareholders, which may have adverse consequences on our
total return to our shareholders.
The ability of our board of trustees to change our major
policies may not be in your interest.
Our board of trustees determines our major policies, including
policies and guidelines relating to our acquisitions, leverage,
financing, growth, operations and distributions to shareholders
and our continued qualification as a REIT. Our board may amend
or revise these and other policies and guidelines from time to
time without the vote or consent of our shareholders.
Accordingly, our shareholders will have limited control over
changes in our policies and those changes could adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations, the market price
of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to
our shareholders.
If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system
of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine
our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our
investors could lose confidence in our reported financial
information, which could harm our business and the market value
of our common shares.
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide
reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may
in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need
improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
will require us to evaluate and report on our internal controls
over financial reporting and have our independent auditors
annually attest to our evaluation, as well as issue their
opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. While
we intend to undertake substantial work to prepare for
compliance with Section 404, we cannot be certain that we
will be successful in implementing or maintaining adequate
control over our financial reporting and financial processes.
Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business and acquire new
hotel properties with existing internal controls that may not be
consistent with our own, our internal controls will become more
complex, and we will require significantly more resources to
ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our
independent auditors discover a material weakness, the
disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce
the market value of our common shares. In particular, we will
need to establish, or cause our third party hotel managers to
establish, controls and procedures to ensure that hotel revenues
and expenses are properly recorded at our hotels. The existence
of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require
management to devote significant time and incur significant
expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant
deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any
such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely
manner. Any such failure could cause investors to lose
confidence in
26
our reported financial information and adversely affect the
market value of our common shares or limit our access to the
capital markets and other sources of liquidity.
Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego
otherwise attractive opportunities or liquidate otherwise
attractive investments.
To qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we must
continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the
sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our
assets, the amounts we distribute to our shareholders and the
ownership of our shares of beneficial interest. In order to meet
these tests, we may be required to forego investments we might
otherwise make. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may
hinder our performance.
In particular, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar
quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of
cash, cash items, government securities and qualified real
estate assets. The remainder of our investment in securities
(other than government securities, qualified real estate assets
and securities of our TRSs) generally cannot include more than
10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or
more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities
of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of
the value of our assets (other than government securities,
securities that constitute qualified real estate assets and
securities of our TRSs) can consist of the securities of any one
issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total assets
can be represented by the securities of one or more TRSs. If we
fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any
calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within
30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify
for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT
qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a
result, we may be required to liquidate otherwise attractive
investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our
income and amounts available for distribution to our
shareholders.
We have not established a minimum distribution payment
level and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flows
from our operations to make distributions to our shareholders at
any time in the future.
We are generally required to distribute to our shareholders at
least 90% of our taxable income each year for us to qualify as a
REIT under the Code, which requirement we currently intend to
satisfy. To the extent we satisfy the 90% distribution
requirement but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income,
we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our
undistributed taxable income. We have not established a minimum
distribution payment level, and our ability to make
distributions to our shareholders may be adversely affected by
the risk factors described in this prospectus. Because we
currently have no assets and will commence operations only upon
completion of this offering, we may not have a portfolio of
assets that generate sufficient income to be distributed to our
shareholders. We currently do not expect to use the proceeds
from this offering or the concurrent private placement to make
distributions to our shareholders. Subject to satisfying the
requirements for REIT qualification, we intend over time to make
regular quarterly distributions to our shareholders. Our board
of trustees has the sole discretion to determine the timing,
form and amount of any distributions to our shareholders. The
amount of such distributions may be limited until we have a
portfolio of income-generating assets. Our board of trustees
will make determinations regarding distributions based upon,
among other factors, our historical and projected results of
operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity,
satisfaction of the requirements for REIT qualification and
other tax considerations, capital expenditure and other expense
obligations, debt covenants, contractual prohibitions or other
limitations and applicable law and such other matters as our
board of trustees may deem relevant from time to time. Among the
factors that could impair our ability to make distributions to
our shareholders are:
|
|
|
|
|
our inability to invest the proceeds of the offering;
|
|
|
|
our inability to realize attractive returns on our investments;
|
|
|
|
unanticipated expenses that reduce our cash flow or non-cash
earnings;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
defaults in our investment portfolio or decreases in the value
of the underlying assets; and
|
|
|
|
the fact that anticipated operating expense levels may not prove
accurate, as actual results may vary from estimates.
|
As a result, no assurance can be given that we will be able to
make distributions to our shareholders at any time in the future
or that the level of any distributions we do make to our
shareholders will achieve a market yield or increase or even be
maintained over time, any of which could materially and
adversely affect the market price of our common shares. In
addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net
proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement,
we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net
proceeds. The use of our net proceeds for distributions could be
dilutive to our financial results and may constitute a return of
capital to our investors, which would have the effect of
reducing each shareholders basis in its common shares.
In addition, distributions that we make to our shareholders will
generally be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary income.
However, a portion of our distributions may be designated by us
as long-term capital gains to the extent that they are
attributable to capital gain income recognized by us or may
constitute a return of capital to the extent that they exceed
our earnings and profits as determined for tax purposes. A
return of capital is not taxable, but has the effect of reducing
the basis of a shareholders investment in our common
shares.
We cannot assure you that a public market for our common
shares will develop.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for
our common shares, and we cannot assure you that a regular
trading market for the common shares offered hereby will develop
or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained. In the
absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to
liquidate an investment in our common shares. The initial public
offering price has been determined by us and the underwriters.
We cannot assure you that the price at which the common shares
will sell in the public market after the closing of the offering
will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the
underwriters.
The market price of our equity securities may vary
substantially, which may limit your ability to liquidate your
investment.
The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs have
historically been affected by changes in market interest rates.
One of the factors that may influence the price of our shares in
public trading markets is the annual yield from distributions on
our common or preferred shares as compared to yields on other
financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or
a decrease in our distributions to shareholders, may lead
prospective purchasers of our shares to demand a higher annual
yield, which could reduce the market price of our equity
securities.
Other factors that could affect the market price of our equity
securities include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of
operations;
|
|
|
|
changes in market valuations of companies in the hotel or real
estate industries;
|
|
|
|
changes in expectations of future financial performance or
changes in estimates of securities analysts;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
|
|
|
|
issuances of common shares or other securities in the future;
|
|
|
|
the addition or departure of key personnel;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions,
investments or strategic alliances; and
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks,
travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics
such as H1N1 influenza, avian bird flu and SARS, political
instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices,
imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities,
travel related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including
natural disasters such as hurricanes, tsunamis or earthquakes.
|
The number of shares available for future sale could
adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future sales of common
shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, on
the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial
amounts of common shares (including shares issued to our
trustees and officers), or the perception that these sales could
occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our
common shares.
We also may issue from time to time additional common shares or
limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in
connection with the acquisition of properties and we may grant
demand or piggyback registration rights in connection with these
issuances. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares or
the perception that these sales could occur may adversely affect
the prevailing market price for our common shares or may impair
our ability to raise capital through a sale of additional equity
securities. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to
have common
shares outstanding, including the common shares sold in this
offering, common shares sold in the concurrent private
placement, restricted
common shares granted to our trustees
and shares
underlying LTIP units to be granted to our officers under our
Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering, or an
aggregate
of common
shares if the underwriters overallotment option is
exercised in full. Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants
of equity based awards up to an aggregate of common shares.
Future offerings of debt or equity securities ranking
senior to our common shares may adversely affect the market
price of our common shares.
If we decide to issue debt or equity securities in the future
ranking senior to our common shares or otherwise incur
indebtedness, it is possible that these securities or
indebtedness will be governed by an indenture or other
instrument containing covenants restricting our operating
flexibility and limiting our ability to make distributions to
our shareholders. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable
securities that we issue in the future may have rights,
preferences and privileges, including with respect to
distributions, more favorable than those of our common shares
and may result in dilution to owners of our common shares.
Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any
future offering or otherwise incur indebtedness will depend on
market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we
cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our
future offerings or financings, any of which could reduce the
market price of our common shares and dilute the value of our
common shares.
29
CAUTIONARY
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are
subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking
statements include information about possible or assumed future
results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results
of operations, cash flow and plans and objectives. When we use
the words believe, expect,
anticipate, estimate, plan,
continue, intend, should,
may or similar expressions, we intend to identify
forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following
subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:
|
|
|
|
|
use of the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private
placement;
|
|
|
|
market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate
values, the debt financing markets or the general economy or the
demand for commercial real estate loans;
|
|
|
|
our business and investment strategy;
|
|
|
|
our projected operating results;
|
|
|
|
actions and initiatives of the U.S. government and changes
to U.S. government policies and the execution and impact of
these actions, initiatives and policies;
|
|
|
|
the state of the U.S. economy generally or in specific
geographic regions;
|
|
|
|
economic trends and economic recoveries;
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements;
|
|
|
|
changes in the value of our properties;
|
|
|
|
our expected portfolio of properties;
|
|
|
|
the degree to which our hedging strategies may or may not
protect us from interest rate volatility;
|
|
|
|
impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and
rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;
|
|
|
|
our ability to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification
under the Code;
|
|
|
|
availability of qualified personnel;
|
|
|
|
estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our
shareholders in the future;
|
|
|
|
general volatility of the capital markets and the market price
of our common shares; and
|
|
|
|
degree and nature of our competition.
|
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs,
assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking
into account all information currently available to us.
Forward-looking statements are not predictions of future events.
These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a
result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are
known to us. Some of these factors are described in this
prospectus under the headings Prospectus Summary,
Risk Factors, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and Business. If a change occurs, our business,
financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may
vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking
statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the
date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over
time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or
how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not
obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
30
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be
approximately $ million after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other
estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters
overallotment option is exercised in full, our net proceeds will
be approximately $ million.
The underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of
$ per share until we have
purchased hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price
(including the aggregate purchase price of the initial
acquisition hotels) equal to at
least % of the net proceeds from
this offering and the concurrent private placement (after
deducting the full underwriting discount and other estimated
offering expenses payable by us). See Underwriting.
Concurrently with this offering, in a separate private placement
pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended, we will
sell
common shares (representing $10 million in proceeds) to our
chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share
equal to the price to the public, and without payment by us of
any underwriting discount or commission.
We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the
concurrent private placement to our operating partnership. Our
operating partnership will use approximately $73.5 million,
or %, of the net proceeds to
purchase the initial acquisition hotels.
We intend to invest approximately
$ million over the
next years to enhance the quality of the six initial
acquisition hotels. This capital will be used to upgrade guest
rooms and common areas and includes our estimate of the amounts
Hilton will require us to spend as part of a property
improvement plan, or PIP, for the hotels. We believe that this
investment will improve the quality of the initial acquisition
hotels, further differentiate them from their primary
competitors, and enhance their performance. We believe that the
current market environment, with depressed hotel operating
performance, provides an attractive time to complete the planned
renovations of the initial acquisition hotels because there will
be less displacement of guests and lost revenues due to current
low occupancy rates and room rates than in a more robust
economic environment. We believe that investing in our
properties in the current environment will also better position
them to outperform competing properties as economic conditions
improve.
Our operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to
invest in hotel properties in accordance with our investment
strategy described in this prospectus and for general business
purposes. We generally intend to invest the remaining net
proceeds as promptly as we can identify hotel acquisition
opportunities that are consistent with our investment strategy,
with a general goal of seeking to invest the remaining net
proceeds within 12 to 15 months following completion of this
offering, depending on the amount of time necessary to evaluate
a target propertys suitability based on our acquisition
criteria. However, we cannot predict if or when we will identify
and acquire hotels that meet our acquisition criteria so as to
permit us to invest the net proceeds of this offering. Prior to
the full investment of the offering proceeds in hotel
properties, we intend to invest in interest-bearing short-term
securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our
intention to qualify as a REIT. Such investments may include,
for example, government and government agency certificates,
certificates of deposit, interest-bearing bank deposits and
mortgage loan participations. These initial investments are
expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to
achieve from investments in hotel properties.
We will use approximately $ of the
net proceeds to reimburse Mr. Fisher for
out-of-pocket
expenses Mr. Fisher incurred in connection with our
formation and this offering, including up to $2.5 million
Mr. Fisher funded as earnest money deposits, as required by
the purchase agreement for the initial acquisition hotels. We
will also use $10,000 to repurchase the shares he acquired in
connection with our formation and initial capitalization.
31
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth:
|
|
|
|
|
our actual capitalization as of October 30, 2009; and
|
|
|
|
our capitalization as of October 30, 2009, as adjusted to
give effect to the sale of our common shares in this offering
and the concurrent private placement, at an offering price of
$ per share, not including shares
subject to the underwriters overallotment option, and net
of the underwriting discounts and commissions and other
estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with
this offering.
|
The following table should be read in conjunction with the
section captioned Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of October 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
As
Adjusted(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares
authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding,
actual; shares
issued and outstanding, as
adjusted(1)
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
9,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes shares
we will issue to Mr. Fisher in a private placement
concurrent with the closing of this offering. Also includes an
aggregate
of
restricted common shares that will be issued to our independent
trustees upon completion of this offering under our Equity
Incentive Plan. Excludes
(i) common
shares underlying long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in
our operating partnership that will be issued to Mr. Fisher
and certain other officers upon completion of this offering,
(ii) common
shares reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and
(iii) common
shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters
overallotment option. If the size of this offering changes, the
aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and will
change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement. |
32
DISTRIBUTION
POLICY
We intend over time to make regular quarterly distributions to
holders of our common shares. However, until we invest a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering in
hotel properties, we expect our quarterly distributions will be
nominal, if any. In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we
intend to make annual distributions to our shareholders of an
amount at least equal to:
|
|
|
|
|
90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction
for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain); plus
|
|
|
|
90% of the excess of our after-tax net income, if any, from
foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the
Code; less
|
|
|
|
the sum of certain items of non-cash income (as determined under
Sections 857 of the Code).
|
Generally, we expect to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable
income so as to avoid the excise tax on undistributed REIT
taxable income. However, we cannot assure you as to when we will
begin to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to
our shareholders or our ability to sustain those distributions.
See Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations.
Distributions will be authorized and declared by our board of
trustees based upon a variety of factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
actual results of operations;
|
|
|
|
the timing of the investment of the net proceeds of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
any debt service requirements;
|
|
|
|
capital expenditure requirements for our properties;
|
|
|
|
our taxable income;
|
|
|
|
the annual distribution requirement under the REIT provisions of
the Code;
|
|
|
|
our operating expenses; and
|
|
|
|
other factors that our board of trustees may deem relevant.
|
Our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders will
depend, in part, upon our receipt of distributions from our
operating partnership, which will depend upon receipt of rent
payments from our TRS lessees and the management of our hotels
by the third-party hotel management companies that our TRS
lessees will engage to operate our hotels. Distributions to our
shareholders generally will be taxable to our shareholders as
ordinary income; however, because a significant portion of our
investments will be ownership of equity interests in hotel
properties, which will generate depreciation and other non-cash
charges against our income, a portion of our distributions may
constitute a tax-free return of capital. To the extent not
inconsistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we
may retain any earnings that accumulate in our TRSs.
In addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net
proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement,
we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net
proceeds. The use of our net proceeds for distributions could be
dilutive to our financial results and may constitute a return of
capital to our investors, which would have the effect of
reducing each shareholders basis in its common shares.
33
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
We are a newly formed entity without any operating history. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
MANAGEMENT
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the
information provided under the section of this prospectus
entitled Risk Factors, Cautionary Note
Regarding Forward-looking Statements, and Our
Business and our audited balance sheet and the related
notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion
contains forward-looking statements reflecting current
expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual
results and the timing of events may differ materially from
those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a
number of factors, including those discussed in the section
entitled Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in
October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay,
select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a
significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in
the upscale extended-stay category, including brands such as
Homewood Suites by
Hilton®,
Residence Inn by
Marriott®
and Summerfield Suites by
Hyatt®.
Upscale extended-stay hotels typically have the following
characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
their principal customer base includes business travelers who
are on extended assignments and corporate relocations;
|
|
|
|
their services and amenities include complimentary breakfast and
evening hospitality hour, high-speed internet access, in-room
movie channels, limited meeting space, daily linen and room
cleaning service,
24-hour
front desk, guest grocery services, and an
on-site
maintenance staff; and
|
|
|
|
their physical facilities include large suites, quality
construction, full separate kitchens in each guest suite,
quality room furnishings, pool, and exercise facilities.
|
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service
hotels such as Courtyard by
Marriott®,
Hampton
Inn®
and Hampton Inn and
Suites®.
The service and amenity offerings of these hotels typically
include complimentary breakfast, high-speed internet access,
local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room
cleaning service. In addition, we intend to selectively invest
in premium-branded full-service hotels. The service and amenity
offerings of these hotels often include full-service
restaurants, lounges, room service, meeting rooms, banquet and
catering services, as well as high-speed internet access, local
calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning
service. We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25
largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe
that current market conditions will create attractive
opportunities to acquire high quality hotels at cyclically low
prices that will benefit from an improving economy and our
aggressive asset management. As a newly formed company with no
business activity to date, we have no operating history and only
nominal assets, consisting of only cash contributed in
connection with our formation. See Capitalization.
We currently do not own any properties but have entered into an
agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels
following completion of this offering for an aggregate purchase
price of $73.5 million. Upon completion of this offering
and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and
following the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we
expect to have approximately
$ million of cash available
to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no
debt.
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes.
34
For us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we cannot operate
the hotels that we acquire. Therefore, our operating partnership
and its subsidiaries will lease our hotel properties to our TRS
lessees, who will in turn engage eligible independent
contractors to manage our hotels. Each of these lessees will be
treated as a TRS for federal income tax purposes and will be
consolidated into our financial statements for accounting
purposes. However, since both our operating partnership and our
TRS lessees will be controlled by us, our principal source of
funds on a consolidated basis will be from the operations of our
hotels. The earnings of our TRS lessees will be subject to
taxation as regular C corporations, reducing such lessees
ability to pay dividends, our funds from operations and the cash
available for distribution to our shareholders.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
We intend to limit the outstanding principal amount of our
consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of the investment
in our hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial
acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent
capital investment and excluding any impairment charges)
measured at the time we incur debt, and a subsequent decrease in
hotel property values will not necessarily cause us to repay
debt to comply with this limitation. Our board of trustees may
modify or eliminate this policy at any time without the approval
of our shareholders. Upon completion of this offering and
concurrent private placement and following our purchase of the
the initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately
$ million in cash available
to fund additional investments in hotel properties. There can be
no assurance that we will make any investments in any properties
that meet our investment criteria.
We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements
generally through net cash provided by operations, existing cash
balances and, if necessary, short-term borrowings under an
anticipated revolving credit facility. We believe that our net
cash provided by operations will be adequate to fund operating
requirements, pay interest on any borrowings and fund dividends
in accordance with the requirements for qualification as a REIT
under the Code. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity
requirements, such as hotel property acquisitions, through the
cash we will have available upon completion of this offering and
subsequent borrowings and expect to fund other investments in
hotel properties and scheduled debt maturities through long-term
secured and unsecured borrowings and the issuance of additional
equity or debt securities.
We plan to arrange and utilize a revolving credit facility that
we anticipate will be in place following the investment of the
net proceeds of this offering. This facility, which we expect
will be secured by hotel properties we acquire and other assets,
will be used for general corporate purposes. We intend to repay
indebtedness incurred under our credit facility from time to
time out of cash flow and from the net proceeds of issuances of
additional equity and debt securities. No assurances can be
given that we will obtain such credit facility or, if we do,
what the amount and terms will be. Our failure to obtain such a
facility on favorable terms could adversely impact our ability
to execute our business strategy. In the future, we may seek to
increase the amount of our credit facility, negotiate additional
credit facilities or issue corporate debt instruments. Any debt
incurred or issued by us may be secured or unsecured, long-term
or short-term, fixed or variable interest rate and may be
subject to such other terms as we deem prudent.
We intend to invest in hotel properties only as suitable
opportunities arise. In the near-term, we intend to fund future
investments in properties with the net proceeds of this offering
and the concurrent private placement. Longer term, we intend to
finance our investments with the net proceeds from additional
issuances of common and preferred shares, issuances of units of
limited partnership interest in our operating partnership or
other securities or borrowings. The success of our acquisition
strategy may depend, in part, on our ability to access
additional capital through issuances of equity securities. There
can be no assurance that we will make any investments in any
properties that meet our investment criteria.
35
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
Inflation
Operators of hotels, in general, possess the ability to adjust
room rates daily to reflect the effects of inflation. However,
competitive pressures may limit the ability of our management
companies to raise room rates.
Seasonality
Depending on a hotels location and market, operations for
the hotel may be seasonal in nature. This seasonality can be
expected to cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating
profits. To the extent that cash flow from operations is
insufficient during any quarter, due to temporary or seasonal
fluctuations in revenue, we expect to utilize cash on hand or
borrowings under our anticipated revolving credit facility to
make distributions to our equity holders.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Below is a discussion of the accounting policies that we believe
will be critical once we commence operations. We consider these
policies critical because they require estimates about matters
that are inherently uncertain, involve various assumptions and
require significant management judgment, and because they are
important for understanding and evaluating our reported
financial results. These judgments will affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and our disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting periods. Applying different estimates or
assumptions may result in materially different amounts reported
in our financial statements.
Hotel
Properties
Acquisitions and
Property Improvements
Upon acquisition, we will allocate the purchase price based on
the fair value of the acquired land, building, furniture,
fixtures and equipment, identifiable intangible assets, other
assets and assumed liabilities. Identifiable intangible assets
typically arise from contractual arrangements. We will determine
the acquisition-date fair values of all assets and assumed
liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent
appraisers (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis) and that
utilize appropriate discount
and/or
capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates
of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including
historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and
market and economic conditions. Acquisition costs will be
expensed as incurred.
Hotel renovations
and/or
replacements of assets that improve or extend the life of the
asset are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated
useful lives. Furniture, fixtures and equipment under capital
leases are carried at the present value of the minimum lease
payments.
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.
Depreciation and
Amortization
Hotel properties are carried at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 25 to
40 years for buildings and one to 10 years for
furniture, fixtures and equipment. Intangible assets arising
from contractual arrangements are typically amortized over the
life of the contract.
We will be required to make subjective assessments as to the
useful lives and classification of its properties for purposes
of determining the amount of depreciation expense to reflect
each year with respect to the assets. These assessments may
impact our results of operations.
36
Impairment
We will monitor events and changes in circumstances for
indicators that the carrying value of the hotel and related
assets may be impaired. We will prepare an estimate of the
undiscounted future cash flows, without interest charges, of the
specific hotel and determine if the investment in such hotel is
recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows. If
impairment is indicated, an adjustment will be made to the
carrying value of the hotel to reflect the hotel at fair value.
These assessments may impact the results of our operations.
A hotel is considered
held-for-sale
when a contract for sale is entered into, a substantial,
non-refundable deposit has been committed by the purchaser, and
sale is expected to close.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue consists of amounts derived from hotel operations,
including the sales of rooms, food and beverage, and other
ancillary amenities. Revenue is recognized when rooms are
occupied and services have been rendered. These revenue sources
are affected by conditions impacting the travel and hospitality
industry as well as competition from other hotels and businesses
in similar markets.
Share-Based
Compensation
Prior to completion of this offering, we will adopt an Equity
Incentive Plan that provides for the grant of common share
options, share awards, share appreciation rights, performance
units and other equity-based awards. Equity-based compensation
will be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and
measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant.
The amount of the expense may be subject to adjustment in future
periods depending on the specific characteristics of the
equity-based award and the application of the accounting
guidance.
Income
Taxes
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code and
intend to operate as such beginning with our short taxable year
ending December 31, 2010. We expect to have little or no
taxable income prior to electing REIT status. To qualify as a
REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational
requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90%
of our annual REIT taxable income to our shareholders (which is
computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net
capital gain and which does not necessarily equal net income as
calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP). As a REIT, we generally
will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent we
distribute our taxable income to our shareholders. If we fail to
qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to
federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate
income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify
for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the
four taxable years following the year during which qualification
is lost unless the IRS grants us relief under certain statutory
provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our
net income and net cash available for distribution to
shareholders. However, we intend to organize and operate in such
a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
Recently Issued
Accounting Standards
In May 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
issued an accounting standard that establishes general standards
of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the
balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or
are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the
date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and
the basis for that date. It also requires public entities to
evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial
statements are issued.
37
In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that
requires enterprises to perform a more qualitative approach to
determining whether or not a variable interest entity will need
to be consolidated. This evaluation will be based on an
enterprises ability to direct and influence the activities
of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact its
economic performance. It requires ongoing reassessments of
whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable
interest entity. This accounting standard is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. Early
adoption is not permitted. We are evaluating the effect of this
accounting standard on future acquisitions.
In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that made
the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification,
the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be
applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive
releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws
are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The
Codification has superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting
and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC
accounting literature not included in the Codification became
non-authoritative. This accounting standard is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. Following the issuance of
this accounting standard, the FASB will not issue new standards
in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging
Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting
Standards Updates. FASB will not consider Accounting Standards
Updates as authoritative in their own right. Accounting
Standards Updates will serve only to update the Codification,
provide background information about the guidance, and provide
the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the Codification.
While we are evaluating the effect of this accounting standard,
we currently believe that the adoption of this standard will not
have a material impact on our financial statements.
Results of
Operations
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not commenced any
operations and will not commence any operations until we have
completed the offering and the concurrent private placement.
Off-balance Sheet
Arrangements
As of the date of this prospectus, we have no off-balance sheet
arrangements.
38
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in
October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay,
select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a
significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in
the upscale extended-stay market, including brands such as
Residence Inn by
Marriott®,
Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
and Summerfield Suites by
Hyatt®.
Upscale extended-stay hotels typically have the following
characteristics:
|
|
|
|
|
their principal customer base includes business travelers who
are on extended assignments and corporate relocations;
|
|
|
|
their services and amenities include complimentary breakfast and
evening hospitality hour, high-speed internet access, in-room
movie channels, limited meeting space, daily linen and room
cleaning service,
24-hour
front desk, guest grocery services, and an
on-site
maintenance staff; and
|
|
|
|
their physical facilities include large suites, quality
construction, full separate kitchens in each guest suite,
quality room furnishings, pool, and exercise facilities.
|
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service
hotels such as Courtyard by
Marriott®,
Hampton
Inn®
and Hampton Inn and
Suites®.
The service and amenity offerings of these hotels typically
include complimentary breakfast, high-speed internet access,
local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room
cleaning service. In addition, we intend to selectively invest
in premium-branded full-service hotels. The service and amenity
offerings of these hotels often include full-service
restaurants, lounges, room service, meeting rooms, banquet and
catering services, as well as high-speed internet access, local
calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning
service. We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25
largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe
that current market conditions, including deteriorating industry
fundamentals, will create attractive opportunities to acquire
high quality hotels at cyclically low prices that will benefit
from an improving economy and our aggressive asset management.
Our management team, led by our chief executive officer, Jeffrey
H. Fisher, has extensive experience acquiring, developing,
financing, repositioning, managing and selling hotels. Prior to
forming Chatham Lodging Trust, Mr. Fisher served as
chairman and chief executive officer of Innkeepers from its
inception in 1994 through its sale in June 2007. Mr. Fisher
successfully grew Innkeepers from a portfolio of seven hotels at
the time of its IPO in 1994 to 74 hotels at the time of its
sale. An investment in Innkeepers common shares from the
date of its IPO through the date of its sale generated a total
return of approximately 318% for each share purchased at the IPO
price of $10.00 per share (assuming reinvestment of all cash
dividends paid by Innkeepers on its common shares for all
periods following its IPO in additional common shares, as
calculated by Factset Research Systems). Seven of the eight
members of the board of trustees of Innkeepers at the time of
its sale in June 2007 have agreed to serve as trustees of our
company effective upon closing of this offering.
We have entered into an agreement to purchase the six initial
acquisition hotels from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ
Development, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of
$73.5 million. We expect to close the acquisition shortly
after completing this offering and the concurrent private
placement. Each initial acquisition hotel operates under the
Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand. The initial acquisition hotels are located in Billerica,
Massachusetts; Bloomington, Minnesota; Brentwood, Tennessee;
Dallas, Texas; Farmington, Connecticut and Maitland, Florida. We
believe that these are high quality hotels with strong locations
which are well positioned to benefit from an economic recovery.
We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple
and will lease the hotels to our TRS lessees, who will assume
existing management agreements with the current hotel manager,
Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, which will continue
to manage the hotels following our acquisition.
39
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private
placement to Mr. Fisher, and following our purchase of the
initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately
$ million of cash available
to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no
debt.
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for
federal income tax purposes.
Market
Opportunity
We believe current market conditions will create attractive
opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices that
represent significant discounts to our estimate of replacement
cost and that provide potential for significant long-term value
appreciation. U.S. hotel industry operating performance has
declined substantially over the last year due to the challenging
economic conditions created by declining GDP, high levels of
unemployment, low consumer confidence, the significant decline
in home prices and a reduction in the availability of credit. In
addition to facing declining operating results, hotel owners
have been adversely impacted by a significant decline in the
availability of debt financing. The CMBS market historically
provided a significant amount of debt financing to the hotel
industry, especially from 2004 to 2007, but effectively has been
closed since July 2008. Banks and insurance companies,
traditionally significant sources of debt financing for the
hotel industry, have been significantly impacted by losses in
their loan portfolios, causing them to reduce their lending to
the hotel industry. We believe that the combination of declining
operating performance and reduction in the availability of debt
financing have caused hotel values to decline and will lead to
increased hotel loan foreclosures and distressed hotel property
sales. In addition, we believe that the supply of new hotels is
likely to remain low for the next several years due to weak
industry operating fundamentals and limited availability of debt
financing. Hotel industry operating performance historically has
correlated with U.S. GDP growth, and a number of economists
and government agencies currently predict that the
U.S. economy will resume growth over the next several
years. We believe that U.S. GDP growth, coupled with
limited supply of new hotels, will lead to significant increases
in lodging industry revenue per available room, or RevPAR, a key
industry operating statistic, and hotel operating profits. We
believe that our management teams significant experience
in acquiring hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with
no legacy issues, and our focused business strategy will
position us to take advantage of hotel investment opportunities
created by current market conditions.
As shown in the table below, RevPAR for U.S. hotels has
shown significant monthly declines since July 2008.
Source: Smith Travel Research.
40
In addition to facing declining operating results, hotel owners
have been adversely impacted by a significant decline in the
availability of debt financing. As shown in the table below, the
CMBS market historically provided a significant amount of debt
financing to the real estate industry, especially from 2004
through 2007, but effectively has been closed since July 2008.
Source: Commercial Mortgage Alert.
Note: Includes U.S. agency and non-agency issuance.
Banks and insurance companies, traditionally significant sources
of debt financing, have been significantly impacted by losses in
their loan portfolios, causing them to reduce their lending to
the hotel industry. We believe that the combination of declining
operating performance and reduction in the availability of debt
financing have caused the prices of hotels to decline and will
lead to increased hotel loan foreclosures and distressed hotel
property sales.
As shown in the charts below, distressed hotel loan volumes have
risen dramatically since late summer 2008.
Source: Real Capital Analytics.
Note: Distressed loans include loans in foreclosure, in
bankruptcy and in restructured/modified status.
41
Given weak current operating conditions in the lodging sector
and limited availability of debt to fund new development
projects, we believe that growth in new hotel room supply is
likely to remain low for the next several years as shown in the
chart below.
Source: Smith Travel Research (1988 -2008), PKF
September November 2009 Edition of Hotel
Horizons®
Econometric Forecasts of U.S. Hotel Markets,
(2009E-2013E).
Hotel industry operating performance historically has correlated
with overall GDP growth. As shown below, U.S. real GDP
growth is projected to resume over the next several years.
Source: U.S. Real GDP from Bureau of Economic Analysis
(1988-2008)
and IMF World Economic and Financial Surveys (2009E to
2014E).
42
We believe that a recovery in U.S. GDP growth, coupled with
limited growth in new hotel room supply, will lead to
significant increases in lodging industry RevPAR and operating
profit.
Source: Smith Travel Research (1988 -2008), PKF Hotel
Horizons Econometric Forecasts of U.S. Hotel Markets,
(2009E-2013E).
We believe our management teams significant experience
acquiring hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with no
legacy issues and our focused business strategy, will position
us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities created by
current market conditions.
Competitive
Strengths
Experienced management team: We believe that
our senior executive officers, who have extensive lodging
industry experience, will help drive our companys growth.
Our management team is led by Mr. Fisher who has over
23 years of experience in the lodging industry, including
13 years as founder and chief executive officer of
Innkeepers. Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with
hotel owners (such as RLJ Development, LLC, the parent company
of the sellers of the six initial acquisition hotels),
developers, management companies, franchisors, hotel brokers,
financiers, research analysts and institutional investors.
Strong acquisition and growth
record: Mr. Fisher formed Innkeepers through
a $46.9 million IPO in 1994 and served as its chairman and
chief executive officer until it was sold in 2007.
Mr. Fisher successfully grew Innkeepers from a portfolio of
seven hotels at the time of its IPO in 1994 to 74 hotels at the
time of its sale. Measuring its sale from a market
capitalization standpoint, Innkeepers was sold for a total
enterprise value of approximately $1.5 billion, calculated
as Innkeepers net debt prior to its sale (total debt less
cash and cash equivalents, each as reported in Innkeepers
March 31, 2007
10-Q
filing), plus the aggregate liquidation value of its preferred
equity (consisting solely
of
Series C preferred shares, each with a liquidation value of
$ per share), plus its total
common equity market capitalization at May 1, 2007,
calculated as the total number of common shares and units
outstanding on that date multiplied by the acquisition price of
$17.75 per share. Measuring the Innkeepers sale from a
shareholder return standpoint, an investment in Innkeepers
common shares from the date of its IPO through the date of its
sale would have generated a compound total return of
approximately 318% for each share purchased at the IPO price of
$10.00 and held through the date of sale, according to Factset
Research Systems. Compound total return assumes all cash
dividends were reinvested to purchase additional common shares
of Innkeepers at the closing
43
share price on the record date that a shareholder was entitled
to receive that dividend. The total return percentage is the
percentage change in Innkeepers share price from its IPO
price to its acquisition price, multiplied by the percentage
return of each cash distribution per share paid between
Innkeepers IPO date and its acquisition date. The
percentage return of each cash distribution per share was
calculated by dividing the cash dividend per share by the
closing share price on the record date that a shareholder was
entitled to receive that dividend. Over the period beginning in
the same month as the Innkeepers IPO and ending in June 2007,
the month that Innkeepers was sold, the FTSE NAREIT Equity
Lodging/Resorts Index, an index comprised of all U.S. public
lodging REITs with portfolios and investment strategies ranging
from premium full-service hotels to economy lodging, including
those in the upscale extended-stay category, increased by
approximately 209%. This index includes companies within a wider
range of hotel categories and investment strategies than those
on which Innkeepers focused, including some categories that may
have performed poorly during this period. Information regarding
Innkeepers and the FTSE NAREIT Equity Lodging/Resorts Index
reflects past performance, may have been due in part to external
factors beyond the control of Innkeepers management,
including superior general economic conditions than those
existing now, and is not a guarantee or prediction of our future
operating results or the returns that our shareholders should
expect to achieve in the future. Furthermore, Innkeepers
experienced considerable challenges resulting from severe
downturns in the lodging industry, such as the period following
the attacks of September 11, 2001, during which Innkeepers
reduced its distributions to shareholders and its capital
investments due to substantial declines in its revenues and
earnings. The geographical distribution of Innkeepers
hotels in key market areas also negatively affected its earnings
and distributions to shareholders, especially in the case of the
downturn in the
technology-related
business sector, which had a substantial negative impact on
Innkeepers hotels located in Northern California and
Boston. If our management team is unable to predict or
effectively adapt to future economic downturns or other adverse
business developments, our business may also experience declines.
Prudent capital structure with no legacy
issues: We believe that many potential buyers of
hotel properties typically utilize significant levels of debt to
fund acquisitions and thus may be limited in their ability to
make acquisitions under current market conditions. In addition,
we believe many potential buyers of hotel properties already
have high leverage levels which could limit their ability to
acquire additional properties. At the close of this offering and
the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and
following the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we
will have approximately
$ million of cash available
to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no
debt. We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend
to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of
our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our
initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any
subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment
charges).
Longtime relationships with leading lodging franchise and
management companies: Mr. Fisher has
longtime relationships with several leading hotel franchise and
management companies, having acquired and developed a
significant number of hotels operated under Marriotts
Residence
Inn®
and Courtyard by
Marriott®
brands and Hiltons Hampton
Inn®
brand. Prior to its sale in 2007, Innkeepers owned 44 Residence
Inns, making it one of the worlds largest owners of
Residence Inn hotels. Mr. Fisher has been a member of
Marriotts Residence Inn Advisory Board since 1998.
Mr. Fisher was one of the early franchisees of Hampton Inn
hotels and Innkeepers owned twelve Hampton Inns at the time of
its sale.
Our Strategy and
Investment Criteria
Our primary objective is to generate attractive returns for our
shareholders through investing in hotel properties at prices
that provide strong returns on invested capital, paying
dividends and generating long-term value appreciation. We
believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following
strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Disciplined acquisition of hotel
properties: We intend to invest primarily in
premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service and
full-service hotels in the 25 largest
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
metropolitan markets in the United States. We will focus on
acquiring hotel properties at prices below our estimate of
replacement cost in markets that have strong demand generators
and where we expect demand growth will outpace new supply. We
will also seek to acquire properties that we believe are
undermanaged or undercapitalized. We currently do not intend to
engage in new hotel development.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opportunistic hotel repositioning: We intend
to employ value-added strategies, such as re-branding,
renovating, or changing management, when we believe such
strategies will increase the operating results and values of the
hotels we acquire.
|
|
|
|
Aggressive asset management: Although as a
REIT we cannot operate our hotels, we will proactively manage
our third-party hotel managers in seeking to maximize hotel
operating performance. Our asset management activities will seek
to ensure that our third-party hotel managers effectively
utilize franchise brands marketing programs, develop
effective sales management policies and plans, operate
properties efficiently, control costs, and develop operational
initiatives for our hotels that increase guest satisfaction. As
part of our asset management activities, we will regularly
review opportunities to reinvest in our hotels to maintain
quality, increase long-term value and generate attractive
returns on invested capital.
|
|
|
|
Flexible selection of hotel management
companies: We intend to be flexible in our
selection of hotel management companies and select managers that
we believe will maximize the performance of our hotels. We
intend to utilize brand-affiliated management companies such as
Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, Starwood
Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Hyatt Hotels
Corporation and InterContinental Hotels Group, although we may
also utilize independent management companies such as IHM. We
believe this strategy will increase the universe of potential
acquisition opportunities we can consider because many hotel
properties are encumbered by long-term management contracts. We
believe that our willingness to utilize brand-affiliated
management companies may lead to these companies bringing
off-market transactions to our attention that may
not be available to other hotel investors. An affiliate of
Hilton Hotels Corporation will manage our six initial hotels.
|
|
|
|
Selective investment in hotel debt: We may
consider selectively investing in debt secured by hotel property
if we believe we can foreclose on or acquire ownership of the
underlying hotel property in the relative near term. We do not
intend to invest in any debt where we do not expect to gain
ownership of the underlying property or to originate any debt
financing.
|
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
We have entered into an agreement to purchase the initial
acquisition hotels from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ
Development, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of
$73.5 million. Each of the initial acquisition hotels
operates under the Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand. The six initial acquisition hotels contain an aggregate
of 813 suites and are located in the major MSAs of Boston,
Massachusetts; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Nashville, Tennessee;
Dallas, Texas; Hartford, Connecticut and Orlando, Florida. The
upscale all-suite residential style Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand caters to travelers typically seeking home-like amenities
from a hotel when traveling for several days or more. Each
spacious suite typically offers separate living and sleeping
areas and a fully operational kitchen to satisfy guests
needs for comfort, flexibility and convenience.
We believe that our senior managements relationship and
successful past transaction history while at Innkeepers with RLJ
Development, LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the
initial acquisition hotels, helped facilitate this attractive
off-market transaction. We believe that there are a limited
number of potential buyers currently able to compete for
acquisitions of portfolios such as the initial acquisition
hotels since there are no current public lodging REITs primarily
focused on acquiring and owning upscale extended-stay hotels and
many potential private buyers may not have access to sufficient
equity or debt capital to complete acquisitions of this size.
45
The initial acquisition hotels have a number of attractive
characteristics that make them an excellent fit with our
business strategy:
|
|
|
|
|
Our purchase price of $90,406 per room represents a substantial
discount to our estimate of replacement cost.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are located in major MSAs.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are attractively situated within their markets in
areas with high barriers to entry, since little comparable land
is available to build competing hotels.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are located near multiple demand generators that
contribute both business and leisure guests, including major
office parks, universities, airports and leading regional and
international tourist attractions.
|
|
|
|
The hotels have the opportunity for significant performance
improvement when the economy recovers.
|
|
|
|
The hotels have potential to benefit from additional capital
investment at a time when we believe few competitors can afford
to reinvest in their properties.
|
|
|
|
The hotels are upscale extended-stay properties that operate
under the high quality Homewood Suites by
Hilton®
brand.
|
We believe this acquisition demonstrates our ability to execute
our business strategy of acquiring high quality premium-branded
upscale extended-stay and select service hotels located in
markets with strong growth potential and high barriers to entry
at attractive prices. The initial acquisition hotels will
provide us with a strong initial platform to faciliate the
future growth of our company.
We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple
and will lease the hotels to our TRS lessees. Our TRS lessees
will assume the existing management agreements with the current
manager, Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, which will
continue to manage the hotels following our acquisition. We
expect to close this acquisition shortly after completing this
offering and the concurrent private placement.
We intend to invest approximately
$ million over the
next years to enhance the quality
of the six initial acquisition hotels. This capital will be
used to upgrade guest rooms and common areas and includes our
estimate of the amounts Hilton will require us to spend as part
of a PIP for the hotels. We believe that this investment will
improve the quality of the initial acquisition hotels, further
differentiate them from their primary competitors and enhance
their performance. We believe that the current market
environment, with depressed hotel operating performance,
provides an attractive time to complete the planned renovations
of the initial acquisition hotels because there will be less
displacement of guests and lost revenues due to current low
occupancy rates and room rates than in a more robust economic
environment. We believe that investing in our properties in the
current environment will also better position them to outperform
competing properties as economic conditions improve.
46
Below is certain information regarding the initial acquisition
hotels:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
Property
|
|
Location
|
|
Year Opened
|
|
|
Hotel Rooms
|
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
ADR
|
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Per Room
|
|
|
Homewood Suites Billerica
|
|
Billerica (Boston), MA
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
61.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
112.45
|
|
|
$
|
69.63
|
|
|
$
|
12,550,000
|
|
|
$
|
85,374
|
|
Homewood Suites Bloomington
|
|
Bloomington (Minneapolis), MN
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
80.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
109.52
|
|
|
$
|
88.32
|
|
|
|
18,000,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Homewood Suites Brentwood
|
|
Brentwood (Nashville), TN
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
66.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
101.14
|
|
|
$
|
66.89
|
|
|
|
11,250,000
|
|
|
|
92,975
|
|
Homewood Suites Dallas Market Center
|
|
Dallas, TX
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
107.82
|
|
|
$
|
65.64
|
|
|
|
10,700,000
|
|
|
|
78,102
|
|
Homewood Suites Farmington
|
|
Farmington (Hartford), CT
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
68.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
118.64
|
|
|
$
|
80.71
|
|
|
|
11,500,000
|
|
|
|
95,041
|
|
Homewood Suites Maitland
|
|
Maitland (Orlando), FL
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
65.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
101.89
|
|
|
$
|
66.33
|
|
|
|
9,500,000
|
|
|
|
66,434
|
|
Total Portfolio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
67.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
108.59
|
|
|
$
|
72.93
|
|
|
$
|
73,500,000
|
|
|
$
|
90,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Total portfolio operating statistics
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
16,601
|
|
|
$
|
19,342
|
|
|
$
|
24,964
|
|
|
$
|
24,939
|
|
|
$
|
23,360
|
|
Total Property
EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
5,283
|
|
|
$
|
6,683
|
|
|
$
|
8,222
|
|
|
$
|
8,445
|
|
|
$
|
7,527
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
67.2
|
%
|
|
|
74.9
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
75.8
|
%
|
|
|
74.4
|
%
|
ADR(2)
|
|
$
|
108.59
|
|
|
$
|
111.95
|
|
|
$
|
111.27
|
|
|
$
|
106.97
|
|
|
$
|
101.90
|
|
RevPAR(3)
|
|
$
|
72.93
|
|
|
$
|
83.84
|
|
|
$
|
81.01
|
|
|
$
|
81.13
|
|
|
$
|
75.84
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Total property EBITDA is defined as net income (loss)
(calculated in accordance with GAAP) before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization and is presented here based on
historical financial information for the six initial acquisition
hotels only prior to their acquisition by us. We believe that
the presentation of historical EBITDA for the initial
acquisition hotels provides useful supplemental information to
investors regarding the financial condition of the hotels.
EBITDA is also a factor in our evaluation of hotel-level
operating performance and is one measure in determining the
value of acquisitions. However, EBITDA should not be considered
as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating
activities or any other financial and operating performance
measure prescribed by GAAP. and should only be used in
accordance with GAAP measures. EBITDA is reconciled with net
income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP in the schedule
below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands)
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
644
|
|
|
$
|
2,082
|
|
|
$
|
2,069
|
|
|
$
|
2,404
|
|
|
$
|
1,652
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
2,683
|
|
|
|
2,758
|
|
|
|
3,672
|
|
|
|
3,747
|
|
|
|
3,825
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
1,843
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
2,294
|
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Property EBITDA
|
|
$
|
5,283
|
|
|
$
|
6,683
|
|
|
$
|
8,222
|
|
|
$
|
8,445
|
|
|
$
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property EBITDA does not reflect any corporate general and
administrative expense. See Pro forma financial
information of Chatham Lodging Trust. |
|
(2) |
|
ADR represents average daily rate. |
|
(3) |
|
RevPAR represents revenue per available room, calculated as
total revenue divided by available room nights. |
47
Homewood Suites
Billerica
The 147-room Homewood Suites Billerica is centrally located
in Bostons high-tech corridor within minutes from Routes 3
and 128 and I-495, the main thoroughfares for Northeast
Massachusetts technology based businesses. The hotel
offers easy access to the areas businesses and cultural
attractions and is only a short drive to numerous corporate
headquarters and downtown Boston. Primary demand generators
include the many high technology companies located in the area,
Hanscom Air Force Base, the University of Massachusetts
Billerica and the Lahey Clinic.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,872
|
|
|
$
|
3,459
|
|
|
$
|
4,476
|
|
|
$
|
4,387
|
|
|
$
|
4,097
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
61.9
|
%
|
|
|
68.4
|
%
|
|
|
66.7
|
%
|
|
|
70.7
|
%
|
|
|
73.1
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
112.45
|
|
|
$
|
120.89
|
|
|
$
|
120.48
|
|
|
$
|
112.54
|
|
|
$
|
101.55
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
69.63
|
|
|
$
|
82.71
|
|
|
$
|
80.31
|
|
|
$
|
79.52
|
|
|
$
|
74.18
|
|
Homewood Suites
Bloomington
The 144-room Homewood Suites Bloomington is located in
Bloomington, Minnesota directly across the street from the Mall
of America, the largest indoor shopping complex in the
U.S. The hotel is located three miles from the
Minneapolis/St. Paul International Airport and offers easy
access to downtown Minneapolis, the Metrodome and Como Park Zoo
and Conservatory. Primary demand generators include the Mall of
America, which has approximately 40 million annual
visitors, the Minneapolis/St. Paul International Airport, and
several publicly traded Fortune 1000 companies
headquartered in the city of Bloomington, including Toro,
Donaldson Corporation and Ceridian Corp.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,589
|
|
|
$
|
3,995
|
|
|
$
|
5,200
|
|
|
$
|
4,961
|
|
|
$
|
4,795
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
80.6
|
%
|
|
|
80.5
|
%
|
|
|
80.5
|
%
|
|
|
82.3
|
%
|
|
|
81.3
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
109.52
|
|
|
$
|
121.33
|
|
|
$
|
117.63
|
|
|
$
|
110.67
|
|
|
$
|
107.77
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
88.32
|
|
|
$
|
97.70
|
|
|
$
|
94.65
|
|
|
$
|
91.10
|
|
|
$
|
87.61
|
|
Homewood Suites
Brentwood
The 121-room Homewood Suites Brentwood is located in
Maryland Farms, Nashvilles largest office park, and is
approximately nine miles south of downtown Nashville. Primary
demand generators include AT&T, Gulfstream Aircraft, IASIS
Healthcare and other Fortune 500 companies located in and
proximate to the Maryland Farms office park, the Nashville
Convention Center and tourist attractions in the Nashville area,
including the Grand Ole Opry.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,258
|
|
|
$
|
2,692
|
|
|
$
|
3,450
|
|
|
$
|
3,520
|
|
|
$
|
3,054
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
66.1
|
%
|
|
|
75.6
|
%
|
|
|
72.6
|
%
|
|
|
79.2
|
%
|
|
|
77.4
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
101.14
|
|
|
$
|
103.90
|
|
|
$
|
103.96
|
|
|
$
|
96.71
|
|
|
$
|
85.94
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
66.89
|
|
|
$
|
78.57
|
|
|
$
|
75.50
|
|
|
$
|
76.58
|
|
|
$
|
66.56
|
|
48
Homewood Suites
Dallas Market Center
The 137-room Homewood Suites Dallas Market Center is
located across the Stemmons Freeway from the Dallas Market
Center, which is the worlds largest wholesale merchandise
mart and is visited by approximately 400,000 retail buyers each
year. Additional demand is generated from the Dallas Convention
Center, only three miles from the hotel, as well as from
Methodist Hospital, FDIC,
7-11,
Southwest Airlines, AT&T, Comerica and many other corporate
and medical businesses in the area.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,514
|
|
|
$
|
2,900
|
|
|
$
|
3,718
|
|
|
$
|
3,793
|
|
|
$
|
3,455
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
60.9
|
%
|
|
|
76.9
|
%
|
|
|
73.2
|
%
|
|
|
73.7
|
%
|
|
|
71.2
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
107.82
|
|
|
$
|
97.27
|
|
|
$
|
98.27
|
|
|
$
|
98.91
|
|
|
$
|
93.60
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
65.64
|
|
|
$
|
74.82
|
|
|
$
|
71.89
|
|
|
$
|
72.94
|
|
|
$
|
66.65
|
|
Homewood Suites
Farmington
The 121-room Homewood Suites Farmington is located in
Connecticuts Farmington Valley off of I-84 and is eight
miles from downtown Hartford. Primary demand generators include
the University of Connecticut Health Center, a major research
hospital located less than 0.25 miles from the hotel,
businesses in an office park located approximately two miles
from the hotel, including corporate headquarters for Otis
Elevators and Carrier Corporation, Stanley and CSC and the
Hill-Stead museum, as well as numerous companies and attractions
located in downtown Hartford.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,730
|
|
|
$
|
3,229
|
|
|
$
|
4,232
|
|
|
$
|
4,111
|
|
|
$
|
3,837
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
68.0
|
%
|
|
|
77.0
|
%
|
|
|
75.6
|
%
|
|
|
75.6
|
%
|
|
|
71.1
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
118.64
|
|
|
$
|
120.86
|
|
|
$
|
121.18
|
|
|
$
|
118.33
|
|
|
$
|
117.32
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
80.71
|
|
|
$
|
93.06
|
|
|
$
|
91.60
|
|
|
$
|
89.49
|
|
|
$
|
83.43
|
|
Homewood Suites
Maitland
The 143-room Homewood Suites Maitland is located in the
heart of the Maitland Business Center, one of the largest office
parks in the Orlando area, approximately six miles north of
downtown Orlando. The hotel offers convenient access to
attractions at Lake Lucien and is a short driving distance from
Walt Disney World, Universal Studios and numerous championship
golf courses. Maitland and the surrounding area are also home to
a number of high technology firms and corporate training centers
for Lucent, Avaya, New Horizons, Northrop Grumman, Darden
Restaurants, CAN, Fidelity and Federal Express, as well as
government employers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,638
|
|
|
$
|
3,067
|
|
|
$
|
3,888
|
|
|
$
|
4,167
|
|
|
$
|
4,122
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
65.1
|
%
|
|
|
71.5
|
%
|
|
|
68.9
|
%
|
|
|
74.0
|
%
|
|
|
72.3
|
%
|
ADR
|
|
$
|
101.89
|
|
|
$
|
106.71
|
|
|
$
|
105.16
|
|
|
$
|
104.52
|
|
|
$
|
105.08
|
|
RevPAR
|
|
$
|
66.33
|
|
|
$
|
76.32
|
|
|
$
|
72.43
|
|
|
$
|
77.34
|
|
|
$
|
75.93
|
|
49
The following is a summary of the terms of agreements we expect
to enter into in connection with our purchase of the initial
acquisition hotels.
Initial
Acquisition Hotels Management Agreements
Upon completion of our purchase of the initial acquisition
hotels following completion of this offering and concurrent
private placement, we expect our TRS lessees will assume each of
the existing hotel management agreements for the hotels with
Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, as manager of the
hotels. Each of these hotel management agreements became
effective on December 20, 2000, has an initial term of
15 years and may be renewed for an additional five-year
period at the managers option by written notice to us no
later than 120 days prior to the expiration of the initial
term.
Under the current hotel management agreements in place for each
of the initial acquisition hotels, the manager receives a base
management fee equal to 2% of the hotels gross room
revenue and, if certain financial thresholds are met or
exceeded, an incentive management fee equal to 10% of the
hotels net operating income, less fixed costs, base
management fees, agreed-upon return on the owners original
investment and debt service payments. In addition to the
management fee, a franchise royalty fee equal to 4% of the
hotels gross room revenue and program fees equal to 4% of
the hotels gross room revenue are also payable to Hilton.
See Initial Acquisition Hotels Franchise Agreements.
We may terminate the hotel management agreements covering the
initial acquisition hotels on or after the third anniversary of
our TRS lessees assumption of them. Additionally, the
hotel management agreements may be terminated as described below.
Early Termination: Subject to certain
limitations, the hotel management agreements are generally
terminable upon (i) casualty or condemnation of the hotel
or (ii) the occurrence of certain events of default. If an
event of default occurs and continues beyond the grace period
set forth in the hotel management agreement, the non-defaulting
party generally has, among other remedies, the option of
terminating the applicable hotel management agreement upon
notice to the other party. Beginning on the third anniversary of
the closing of our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels,
we may terminate the management agreements upon six months
notice to the manager.
Performance Termination: All of the hotel
management agreements are generally terminable by the owner
earlier than the stated term, subject to certain limitations, as
a result of the failure of the hotel to meet certain market and
financial performance thresholds over a period of two
consecutive years. In the event a performance termination is
issued, the manager may avoid termination of the agreement by
making a cure payment to the owner.
Sale or Lease of a Hotel: Upon a change of
control, the manager has the right to terminate the management
agreement if the new owner does not receive a Homewood Suites
License Agreement for the operation of the hotel. Upon a change
of control, the owner may terminate the management agreement
with a termination payment to the manager calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
if the change in control occurs in years 1 to 7 of the term of
the agreement, the discounted present value of management fees
the manager would have received through the remaining term of
the agreement;
|
|
|
|
if the change in control occurs in year 8, 200% of management
fee earned over the prior 12 months;
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
if the change in control occurs in year 9 to 10, 100% of
management fee earned over the past 12 months; and
|
|
|
|
if the change in control occurs in year 11 and thereafter, no
termination fee.
|
Upon a change in control in which the new owner assumes the
existing management agreement and obtains a Homewood Suites
franchise agreement for the operation of the hotel, the owner
may terminate the management agreement without payment of any
termination fee to the manager.
Initial
Acquisition Hotels Franchise Agreements
Upon acquisition of the initial acquisition hotels following the
completion of this offering and concurrent private placement,
our TRS lessees will enter into new hotel franchise agreements
with Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton Hotels
Corporation, as manager for the initial acquisition hotels. Each
of the new hotel franchise agreements will have an initial term
of 15 years.
The hotel franchise agreements for each of the initial
acquisition hotels provide for a franchise royalty fee equal to
4% of the hotels gross room revenue and a program fee
equal to 4% of the hotels gross room revenue.
The franchise agreements generally have no termination rights
unless the franchisee fails to cure an event of default in
accordance with the franchise agreements.
Our TRS
Leases
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate the
hotels we own. Our operating partnership, or subsidiaries of our
operating partnership, as lessors, will lease our hotels to our
TRS lessees and our TRS lessees will assume or enter into hotel
management agreements with third-party managers to manage the
hotels.
Financing
Strategies
We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to
limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our
investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial
acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent
capital investment and excluding any impairment charges). As a
result, we do not believe that a subsequent decrease in property
values will not require us to repay debt. Over time, we intend
to finance our growth with issuances of common and preferred
securities and debt. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured
by our hotel properties and unsecured debt. We plan to arrange
and utilize a revolving credit facility that we anticipate will
be in place following the investment of the net proceeds of this
offering. This facility, which we expect will be secured by
hotel properties we acquire and other assets, will be used for
general corporate purposes.
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue limited
partnership interests in our operating partnership as full or
partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take
advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate
in the potential appreciation in value of our common shares.
Competition
We face competition for the acquisition and investment in hotel
properties from institutional pension funds, private equity
investors, REITs, hotel companies and others who are engaged in
the acquisition of hotels. Some of these entities have
substantially greater financial and operational
51
resources than we have. This competition may increase the
bargaining power of property owners seeking to sell, reduce the
number of suitable investment opportunities available to us and
increase the cost of acquiring our targeted hotel properties.
The lodging industry is highly competitive. The hotels we
acquire will compete with other hotels for guests in each market
in which our hotels will operate. Competitive advantage is based
on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand
affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities
or accommodations offered and quality of customer service.
Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in
which our hotels will be located and includes competition from
existing and new hotels. Competition could adversely affect our
occupancy rates and RevPAR, and may require us to provide
additional amenities or make capital improvements that we
otherwise would not have to make, which may reduce our
profitability.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not currently involved in any material litigation nor, to
our knowledge, is any material litigation pending or threatened
against us.
52
MANAGEMENT
Trustees and
Executive Officers
Currently our board of trustees consists of one trustee,
Mr. Fisher. Upon completion of this offering, our board of
trustees will consist of seven trustees, each of whom has agreed
to serve as a trustee upon completion of this offering. Our
board of trustees will be elected annually by our shareholders
in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a
majority of the entire board of trustees may establish, increase
or decrease the number of trustees, provided that the number of
trustees shall never be less than one nor more than fifteen. All
of our executive officers will serve at the discretion of our
board of trustees. Our board of trustees will determine whether
our trustees satisfy the New York Stock Exchanges, or
NYSEs, independence standards.
The following table sets forth the names and ages of our
executive officers, trustee and each person who has agreed to
become a trustee upon completion of this offering and the
descriptions below set forth information about each such person.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Peter Willis
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Miles Berger*
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
Trustee
|
Thomas J. Crocker*
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Trustee
|
Jack P. DeBoer*
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
Trustee
|
Glen R. Gilbert*
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Trustee
|
C. Gerald Goldsmith*
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
Trustee
|
Rolf E. Ruhfus*
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Trustee
|
Joel F. Zemans*
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
Trustee
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Has agreed to become a trustee upon completion of this offering. |
Jeffrey H.
Fisher Chairman, President & Chief
Executive Officer
Mr. Fisher is our chairman of the board, chief executive
officer and president. Mr. Fisher is also the chairman,
president and majority shareholder of IHM, a firm he founded in
2007 that currently manages 77 hotels for unaffiliated hotel
owners. From 1994 to 2007, Mr. Fisher was chairman, chief
executive officer and president of Innkeepers USA Trust, a
lodging REIT he founded and took public in 1994 and was also
chairman and majority shareholder of Innkeepers Hospitality, a
privately owned hotel management company. Mr. Fisher grew
Innkeepers portfolio from seven hotels at the time of its
initial public offering to 74 hotels at the time of its sale. In
June of 2007, Innkeepers was sold to an institutional investor
at a total enterprise value of $1.5 billion. Between 1986
and 1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
JF Hotel Management, Inc.
Mr. Fisher received a Bachelor of Science degree in
Business Administration from Syracuse University in 1977, a
Doctor of Jurisprudence degree from Nova Southeastern University
in 1980, and a Masters of Law in Taxation from the University of
Miami in 1981. He is a licensed attorney and practiced at
Jones & Foster P.A. and Jeffrey H. Fisher P.A. for a
total of five years prior to starting his career in the
hospitality industry. Additionally, Mr. Fisher currently
serves as a Board Member of Marriotts The Residence Inn
Association (TRIA).
Peter
Willis Executive Vice President & Chief
Investment Officer
Mr. Willis is our Executive Vice President &
Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Willis has over 20 years
of hotel acquisition experience. From 2001 to 2006, he served as
Vice President of
53
Acquisitions & Business Development for Innkeepers and
oversaw over $500 million of investments in 18 hotels. From
June 2006 to January 2009, Mr. Willis served as Senior Vice
President at The Kor Group, a privately held, fully integrated
real estate investment firm with a portfolio of over
$2 billion in upscale hotel and resort investments, where
he focused on U.S. and Caribbean acquisitions and
third-party management contracts. While evaluating, negotiating
and underwriting specific hotel investments and obtaining and
negotiating management contract prospects, Mr. Willis also
supported strategic acquisition and corporate planning efforts.
Mr. Willis also held positions with an industry-leading
firm supporting the opening of luxury hotels. Establishing the
organizations first international operation in the
Asia/Pacific region in 1994, he directed the repositioning and
opening of properties throughout the region and in the United
States. By 2001, Mr. Willis led overall strategic planning,
business development and investor relations, as well as
integrating acquisitions among the firms operating
entities. Mr. Willis began as an analyst and asset manager
of hotel, residential and commercial properties for Japanese
investment firm JDC America in Tokyo and in the United States.
Mr. Willis received a Bachelor of Science in Business
Administration from the University of Florida in 1989 and has
completed professional programs at Cornell Universitys
Hotel School and Obirin University in Tokyo.
We expect to hire a chief financial officer prior to the
completion of this offering.
In addition to Mr. Fisher, the following persons have
agreed to become trustees upon completion of this offering:
Miles
Berger
Mr. Berger has been engaged in real estate, banking and
financial services since 1950. In 1998, Mr. Berger became
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Berger Management
Services LLC, a real estate and financial consulting and
advisory services company. From 1969 to 1998, he served as Vice
Chairman of the Board of Heitman Financial Ltd., a real estate
investment management firm. Mr. Berger served for more than
thirty years, until 2001, as Chairman of the Board of MidTown
Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, served as Vice Chairman
of Columbia National Bank Corp. from
1965-1995
and was Chairman of the Board of Berger Financial Services, a
full-service real estate advisory and financial services company
from 1950 to 2006. Mr. Berger also serves on the Board of
Directors of Medallion Bank and serves as Trustee for Universal
Health Trust and is on the boards of numerous philanthropic
organizations. Mr. Berger previously served on the Board of
Trustees of Innkeepers from September 1994 until
Innkeepers sale in June 2007.
Thomas J.
Crocker
Mr. Crocker is Chief Executive Officer and principal
investor of Crocker Partners, LLC, a privately-held real estate
investment company, which is the general partner of a real
estate private equity fund, Crocker Partners IV, L.P.
Mr. Crocker was previously the Chief Executive Officer of
CRT Properties, Inc. (formerly known as Koger Equity, Inc.),
until its sale in September 2005. CRT Properties, Inc. was a
publicly-held real estate investment trust, which owned or had
interests in more than 137 office buildings, containing
11.7 million rentable square feet, primarily located in 25
suburban and urban office projects in 12 metropolitan areas in
the Southeastern United States, Maryland and Texas. Prior to
joining Koger Equity, Inc. in March 2000, Mr. Crocker was
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Crocker
Realty Trust, Inc., a privately-held REIT, which owned and
operated approximately 6.2 million square feet in 133
office buildings located in six states in the Southeast, plus
more than 125 acres of developable land. Previously,
Mr. Crocker was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of Crocker Realty Trust, Inc., which was an office-based
publicly-held REIT in the southeast U.S., from that
companys inception until June 1996, when it merged with
Highwoods Properties, a publicly-held REIT. Prior to forming
Crocker Realty Trust, Inc., Mr. Crocker headed
54
Crocker & Co., a privately-held firm responsible for
development, leasing and property management services to
approximately 1.7 million square feet of commercial
property and 272 residential units. Prior to 1984,
Mr. Crocker was a real estate lending officer at Chemical
Bank. Mr. Crocker previously served on the Board Trustees
of Innkeepers from February 1997 until Innkeepers sale in
June 2007.
Jack P.
DeBoer
Mr. DeBoer is Chairman of Consolidated Holdings, Inc., a
private investment company focusing on real estate development
and management. Mr. DeBoer is also the Chairman of the
Board and majority owner of Value Place LLC, owner of the
franchise rights to the Value Place brand of hotels, which
provides affordable extended-stay lodging. Mr. DeBoer
served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of Candlewood Hotel Company, Inc. from its inception in
1995 until it was acquired in December 2003. From October 1993
to September 1995, Mr. DeBoer was self-employed and engaged
in the development of the Candlewood extended-stay hotel
concept. From 1988 to 1993, Mr. DeBoer co-founded and
developed Summerfield Hotel Corporation, an upscale
extended-stay hotel chain. Previously, Mr. DeBoer founded
and developed the Residence Inn franchise prior to selling the
franchise to Marriott in 1987. Mr. DeBoer previously served
on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from November 1996 until
Innkeepers sale in June 2007.
Glen R.
Gilbert
Mr. Gilbert has been employed by BFC Financial Corporation,
a publicly-traded savings bank and real estate holding company,
since November 1980. During that period, Mr. Gilbert served
in several senior management positions, including as Chief
Financial Officer from May 1987 to April 2007 and as Executive
Vice President from July 1997 to April 2007. Mr. Gilbert
also served as Senior Executive Vice President for Levitt
Corporation (now known as Woodbridge Holdings Corp.), a
publicly-traded home builder and real estate developer, from
August 2004 to December 2005, after serving as its Chief
Financial Officer and Executive Vice President from April 1997
to August 2004. Mr. Gilbert has also held various executive
and chief financial officer positions for other entities related
to BFC Financial Corporation. Mr. Gilbert was a certified
public accountant from 1970 through 2008 and graduated from the
University of Florida with a B.S.B.A. degree in accounting.
Mr. Gilbert began his accounting career with KPMG LLP in
1970.
C. Gerald
Goldsmith
Mr. Goldsmith has been an independent investor and
financial advisor since 1976. He is currently Chairman of the
Board of First Bank of the Palm Beaches, a community bank in
Palm Beach County, Florida, and Chairman of Property Corp.
International, a private real estate investment company. He has
served as a director of several banks and NYSE-listed companies
and various philanthropic organizations. He holds an A.B. from
the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business
School. Mr. Goldsmith previously served on the Board of
Trustees of Innkeepers from September 1994 until
Innkeepers sale in June 2007.
Rolf E.
Ruhfus
Mr. Ruhfus is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
LodgeWorks Corporation, a hotel development and management
company, which owns the Hotel Sierra and AVIA hotel brands.
Mr. Ruhfus also serves as Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer of Wichita Consulting Company, L.P., a consulting
services company. Previously, Mr. Ruhfus served as the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Summerfield Hotel
Corporation, an upscale extended-stay hotel chain, from its
founding in 1988 until its sale to Wyndham International, Inc.
in 1998. Mr. Ruhfus served as President of the Residence
Inn Company from February 1983 though July 1987 (when it was
acquired by Marriott International, Inc.). Mr. Ruhfus
joined the Residence Inn Company after spending four years as
Director of Marketing for VARTA Battery, Europes largest
battery manufacturer. Prior to this position, he was a
management consultant for McKinsey and Company in its
Dusseldorf, Germany office. Mr. Ruhfus was a German Air
55
Force Lieutenant and received a bachelors degree from
Western Michigan University in 1968. His graduate degrees
include an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of
Pennsylvania in 1971 and a Ph.D. in marketing from the
University of Meunster in 1974. Mr. Ruhfus is a member of
the international chapter of The Young Presidents Organization
and serves on the board of several European companies.
Mr. Ruhfus previously served on the Board of Trustees of
Innkeepers from July 1997 until Innkeepers sale in June
2007.
Joel F.
Zemans
Mr. Zemans has been active in the ownership and operation
of real estate and banks since 1969. From 1971 through 1976, he
served as Executive Vice President (and through 1984 as a
Director) of Chicago Properties Corporation, a real estate
development company specializing in the rehabilitation of
multi-unit
residential properties in Chicago. Between 1976 and 1991,
Mr. Zemans served as President and Chief Executive Officer
of de novo Mid Town Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Mid Town
Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, and as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Mid
Town Development Corporation and Equitable Finance Corporation.
He currently serves as a consultant to businesses and
individuals for real estate financing, investing and strategic
planning. Mr. Zemans also serves on the Board of Directors
of Bright Electric Supply and MBA Building Supplies, and he
provides pro-bono consulting to a number of
not-for-profit
organizations. Mr. Zemans holds both a B.A. and an M.B.A.
from the University of Chicago. Mr. Zemans previously
served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from November 2001
until Innkeepers sale in June 2007.
Promoter
We consider Mr. Fisher, our chairman, president and chief
executive officer, to be our promoter, in that he has taken
initiative in funding and organizing our company.
Mr. Fisher is the only person whom we consider to be our
promoter.
Board
Committees
Upon completion of this offering, our board of trustees will
appoint an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and a
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and will adopt
charters for each of these committees. Under these charters, the
composition of each committee will be required to comply with
the listing standards and other rules and regulations of the
NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. Initially, each
of these committees will have three trustees and will be
composed exclusively of independent trustees, as defined by the
listing standards of the NYSE then in effect.
Audit
Committee
Our board of trustees will establish an Audit Committee, which
will consist of Messrs. Gilbert (Chair), Berger and Zemans. The
Audit Committee will make recommendations concerning the
engagement of independent public accountants, review with the
independent public accountants the plans and results of the
audit engagement, approve professional services provided by the
independent public accountants, review the independence of the
independent public accountants, consider the range of audit and
non-audit fees and review the adequacy of our internal
accounting controls.
Mr. ,
an independent trustee, will chair our Audit Committee and will
be our audit committee financial expert as that term is defined
by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
Compensation
Committee
Our board of trustees will establish a Compensation Committee,
which will consist of Messrs. Goldsmith (Chair), Berger and
Zemans. The Compensation Committee will determine compensation
for our executive officers, administer our share plan, produce
an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our
annual meeting proxy statement and publish an annual committee
report for our
56
shareholders. All members of our Compensation Committee are
expected to be independent under the applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC, the NYSE and the Code.
Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee
Our board of trustees will establish a Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee, which will consist of Messrs. Crocker
(Chair) and Goldsmith. The Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee will be responsible for seeking, considering and
recommending to the board qualified candidates for election as
trustees and recommending a slate of nominees for election as
trustees at the annual meeting. It also will periodically
prepare and submit to the board for adoption the
committees selection criteria for trustee nominees. It
will review and make recommendations on matters involving
general operation of the board and our corporate governance, and
it annually recommends to the board nominees for each committee
of the board. In addition, the committee will annually
facilitate the assessment of the board of trustees
performance as a whole and of the committees and individual
trustees and reports thereon to the board.
Code of
Ethics
Upon completion of this offering, we will have adopted a
corporate code of ethics relating to the conduct of our business
by our employees, officers and trustees. We intend to maintain
the highest standards of ethical business practices and
compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to our
business, including those relating to doing business outside the
U.S. Specifically, our code of ethics prohibits payments,
directly or indirectly, to any foreign official seeking to
influence such official or otherwise obtain an improper
advantage for our business.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the trustees expected to serve on our Compensation
Committee is one of our officers or employees. No member of our
board of trustees and no trustee expected to serve on our
Compensation Committee serves as a member of the board of
trustees (or board of directors) or Compensation Committee of
any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a
trustees of our board of trustees.
Indemnification
of Trustees and Executive Officers and Limitations on
Liability
For information concerning limitations of liability and
indemnification applicable to our trustees, executive officers
and, in certain circumstances, employees, see Certain
Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Declaration of Trust and
Bylaws located elsewhere in this prospectus.
Trustee
Compensation
Each of our independent trustees who does not serve as the
chairman of one of our committees will be paid a trustees
fee of $75,000 per year. The trustees who serve as our
Audit Committee chairman, Compensation Committee chairman and
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee chairman will be
paid an additional cash fee of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000,
respectively. Trustees fees will be paid one-half in cash
and one-half in our common shares although each trustee may
elect to receive up to all of his trustee fees in the form of
our common shares. Trustees who are employees will receive no
additional compensation as trustees. In addition, we will
reimburse all trustees for reasonable
out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with their services on the board
of trustees.
Each of our trustees who is not an employee will receive an
initial grant of restricted common shares with an aggregate
value of $100,000 concurrent with completion of this offering.
57
COMPENSATION
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
We expect to pay base salaries and annual bonuses and make
grants of awards under our Equity Incentive Plan to certain of
our officers, effective upon completion of this offering. The
initial awards under our Equity Incentive Plan will be granted
to provide performance and retention incentives to these
individuals and to recognize such individuals efforts on
our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering.
Our board of trustees and our Compensation Committee have not
yet adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other
things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future
grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We anticipate
that such determinations will be made by our Compensation
Committee based on factors such as the desire to retain such
officers services over the long-term, aligning such
officers interest with those of our shareholders,
incentivizing such officer over the near-, medium- and
long-term, and rewarding such officer for exceptional
performance. In addition, our Compensation Committee may
determine to make awards to new executive officers to help
attract them to our company.
Executive
Compensation
Set forth below are the initial annual cash compensation and
equity awards to be granted to our President and Chief Executive
Officer and our other most highly compensated executive officer
commencing upon completion of this offering:
Summary
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Nonqualified Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Share
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
principal position
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Base
Salary(1)
|
|
|
Bonus(2)
|
|
|
Awards(3)(4)
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$
|
450,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
955,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,405,000
|
|
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Willis
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
285,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516,000
|
|
Executive Vice President & Chief Investment Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Each executive will receive a pro
rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from the
completion of this offering through December 31, 2010.
|
|
(2) |
|
Any bonus awards will be determined
at the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee and our
board of trustees based on our implementation of our business
plan, including investment of the net proceeds of this offering,
and such other factors as the Compensation Committee and the
board of trustees may deem appropriate.
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Reflects restricted share awards to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and pursuant
to our Equity Incentive Plan that are expected to be approved at
the first meeting of our board of trustees following the
completion of this offering as part of our 2010 compensation
program. The aggregate estimated values of the restricted share
awards are $450,000 for Mr. Fisher, $300,000 for
Mr. Willis and $ for
Mr. .
All restricted share awards will vest ratably over the first
three anniversaries of the date of grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the size of this offering
changes, the aggregate number of restricted shares to be awarded
to Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and
will change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement.
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Amounts also account for the grant
of LTIP units to Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and under
our Equity Incentive Plan. Upon completion of this offering,
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and will
be awarded LTIP units with an aggregate undiscounted value of
$5,296,000, $867,000
and
respectively. All LTIP unit awards will vest ratably over the
first five anniversaries of the date of grant. For purposes of
this table and the pro forma financial information of Chatham
Lodging Trust beginning on
page F-7,
we estimated, under the principles of GAAP, that the discounted
values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024,000 to
Mr. Fisher, $658,000 to Mr. Willis and
$ for
Mr. .
The compensation reported in the table related to the LTIP
grants is equal to the aggregate discounted value of the LTIP
unit awards divided by five. To determine the discounted value
of the LTIP unit awards, we considered the inherent uncertainty
that the LTIP units will reach parity with the other common
partnership units, appropriateness of discounts for illiquidity,
expectations for future dividends and various other data
available to us as of the date of this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will apply the share-based
payment accounting guidance contained in GAAP to calculate the
fair value of the LTIP units when preparing our financial
statements for the period from commencement of operations
through December 31, 2010, and we will disclose the
aggregate fair value of these LTIP units in the notes to our
2010 financial statements. We anticipate that the fair value
calculation on the date of grant will consider, in part, the
various factors and conditions described in the paragraph above
and other data that we deem relevant. However, the calculation
of the fair value of our LTIP units for the purpose of preparing
our 2010 financial statements may result in a different amount
of compensation expense for 2010 than the approximate
compensation amount estimated for 2010 and disclosed in the
table above.
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
If the size of this offering
changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and will
change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement.
|
Equity Incentive
Plan
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will
have adopted, and our sole shareholder will have approved, our
Equity Incentive Plan to attract and retain independent
trustees, executive officers and other key employees and service
providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates.
The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to
purchase common shares, share awards, share appreciation rights,
performance units and other equity-based awards.
Administration
of the Equity Incentive Plan
The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our
Compensation Committee and the Compensation Committee will
approve all terms of awards under the Equity Incentive Plan. Our
Compensation Committee will also approve who will receive grants
under the Equity Incentive Plan and the number of common shares
subject to the grant.
Eligibility
All of our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and
affiliates, including our operating partnership, are eligible to
receive grants under the Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our
independent trustees and individuals who perform services for us
and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including employees of our
operating partnership, may receive grants under the Equity
Incentive Plan.
Share
Authorization
The number of common shares that may be issued under the Equity
Incentive Plan will be equal to %
of the aggregate number of our common shares outstanding
immediately following completion of this offering, which will
include the shares issued in the concurrent private placement
but will exclude any shares issued pursuant to exercise of the
underwriters overallotment option.
In connection with share splits, dividends, recapitalizations
and certain other events, our board will make adjustments that
it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of common shares
that may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and the terms
of outstanding awards.
If any options or share appreciation rights terminate, expire or
are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having
been exercised or paid or if any share awards, performance units
or other equity-based awards are forfeited, the common shares
subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of
the Equity Incentive Plan.
No awards under the Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding prior
to completion of this offering. The initial grants described
above will become effective upon completion of this offering.
Options
The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee
to grant incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the
Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive share
options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by
the Compensation Committee, provided that the price cannot be
less than 100% of the fair market value of the common shares on
the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the
shares fair market value on the grant date in the case of
an incentive share option granted to an individual who is a
ten percent shareholder under Sections 422 and
424 of the Code). The exercise price for any option is generally
payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check,
(iii) by the surrender of common shares (or attestation of
ownership of common shares) with an aggregate fair market value
on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the
exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in
accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve
Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the
date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive share
option granted to a ten percent shareholder).
59
Share
Awards
The Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of share
awards. A share award is an award of common shares that may be
subject to restrictions on transferability and other
restrictions as our Compensation Committee determines in its
sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any,
may lapse over a specified period of time or through the
satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as our
Compensation Committee may determine. A participant who receives
a share award will have all of the rights of a shareholder as to
those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote
and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the
shares. During the period, if any, when share awards are
non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is
prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging,
hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her share award
shares, (ii) the company will retain custody of the
certificates and (iii) a participant must deliver a share
power to the company for each share award.
Upon completion of this offering, we will issue an aggregate
of restricted
common shares to persons who will become trustees upon
completion of this offering. These grants to trustees will vest
ratably over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
At the first meeting of our board of trustees following the
completion of this offering, we expect to approve the issuance
of restricted share awards to Mr. Fisher, Mr. Willis
and
Mr. .
These restricted share awards would vest ratably on the first
three anniversaries of the date of grant.
Share
Appreciation Rights
The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee
to grant share appreciation rights that provide the recipient
with the right to receive, upon exercise of the share
appreciation right, cash, common shares or a combination of the
two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of
the share appreciation right generally will equal the excess of
the fair market value of the common shares on the date of
exercise over the shares fair market value on the date of
grant. Share appreciation rights will become exercisable in
accordance with terms determined by our Compensation Committee.
Share appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an
option grant or as independents grants. The term of a share
appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of
grant or five years in the case of a share appreciation right
granted in tandem with an incentive share option awarded to a
ten percent shareholder.
Performance
Units
The Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our Compensation
Committee to grant performance units. Performance units
represent the participants right to receive an amount,
based on the value of the common shares, if performance goals
established by the Compensation Committee are met. Our
Compensation Committee will determine the applicable performance
period, the performance goals and such other conditions that
apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to
our financial performance or the financial performance of our
operating partnership, the participants performance or
such other criteria determined by the Compensation Committee. If
the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in
cash, our common shares or a combination thereof.
Other
Equity-Based Awards
Our Compensation Committee may grant other types of share-based
awards as other equity-based awards under the Equity Incentive
Plan, including Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, units. Other
equity-based awards are payable in cash, our common shares or
other equity, or a combination thereof, determined by the
Compensation Committee. The terms and conditions of other
equity-based awards are determined by the Compensation Committee.
LTIP units are a special class of partnership interests in our
operating partnership. Each LTIP unit awarded will be deemed
equivalent to an award of one common share under the Equity
Incentive Plan, reducing availability for other equity awards on
a
one-for-one
basis. We will not receive a tax deduction for the value of any
LTIP units granted to our employees. The vesting period for any
LTIP units, if any, will be determined at the time of issuance.
LTIP units, whether vested or not, will receive
60
the same quarterly per unit profit distributions as units of our
operating partnership, which profit distribution will generally
equal per share dividends on our common shares. This treatment
with respect to quarterly distributions is similar to the
expected treatment of our restricted share awards, which will
generally receive full dividends whether vested or not.
Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with operating
partnership units with respect to liquidating distributions.
Under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership
will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified
events, and any increase in valuation from the time of grant
until such event will be allocated first to the holders of LTIP
units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the
capital accounts of operating partnership unit holders. Upon
equalization of the capital accounts of the holders of LTIP
units with the other holders of operating partnership units, the
LTIP units will achieve full parity with operating partnership
units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating
distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may
be converted into an equal number of operating partnership units
at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of operating
partnership units, including exchange rights. However, there are
circumstances under which such parity would not be reached.
Until and unless such parity is reached, the value that an
executive officer will realize for a given number of vested LTIP
units will be less than the value of an equal number of our
common shares.
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating
partnership to issue an aggregate
of LTIP
units to certain of our officers. If the size of this offering
changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and
will change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will
vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of
grant. See Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership
Agreement for a further description of the rights of
limited partners in our operating partnership.
Dividend
Equivalents
Our Compensation Committee may grant dividend equivalents in
connection with the grant of performance units and other
equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently
or accrued as contingent cash obligations (in which case they
will be deemed to have been invested in common shares) and may
be payable in cash, common shares or a combination of the two.
Our Compensation Committee will determine the terms of any
dividend equivalents.
Change in
Control
If we experience a change in control, the Compensation Committee
may, at its discretion, provide that all outstanding options,
share appreciation rights, share awards, performance units, or
other equity based awards that are not exercised prior to the
change in control will be assumed by the surviving entity, or
will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of
substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The
Compensation Committee may also provide that (i) all
outstanding options and share appreciation rights will be fully
exercisable on the change in control, (ii) restrictions and
conditions on outstanding share awards will lapse upon the
change in control and (iii) performance units or other
equity-based awards will become earned in their entirety. The
Compensation Committee may also provide that participants must
surrender their outstanding options and share appreciation
rights, share awards, performance units, and other equity based
awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or our common shares
or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in
the change in control transaction, equal to the value received
by shareholders in the change in control transaction (or, in the
case of options and share appreciation rights, the amount by
which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price).
In summary, a change of control under the Equity Incentive Plan
occurs if:
|
|
|
|
|
a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions)
acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, more than
50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding
securities or common shares;
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
we merge into another entity unless the holders of our voting
shares immediately prior to the merger have more than 50% of the
combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or
its parent;
|
|
|
|
we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
we are liquidated or dissolved; or
|
|
|
|
during any period of two consecutive years individuals who, at
the beginning of such period, constitute our board of trustees
together with any new trustees (other than individuals who
become trustees in connection with certain transactions or
election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority
of our board of trustees.
|
Amendment;
Termination
Our board of trustees may amend or terminate the Equity
Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may
adversely impair the benefits of participants with outstanding
awards. Our shareholders must approve any amendment if such
approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange
requirements. Our shareholders also must approve any amendment
that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants
under the Equity Incentive Plan, materially increases the
aggregate number of common shares that may be issued under the
Equity Incentive Plan or materially modifies the requirements as
to eligibility for participation in the Equity Incentive Plan.
Unless terminated sooner by our board of trustees or extended
with shareholder approval, the Equity Incentive Plan will
terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date
our board of trustees adopted the Equity Incentive Plan.
Employment
Arrangements
Jeffrey H. Fisher. Effective upon completion of this
offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with
Mr. Fisher, which will continue
until ,
20 and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless
terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days
before the end of the then-current term. The employment
agreement provides for an annual base salary to Mr. Fisher
of ,
subject to increase in the discretion of the Board or its
Compensation Committee.
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Fisher is eligible to
earn an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee or to the extent that prescribed individual and
corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
Mr. Fishers employment agreement entitles him to
customary fringe benefits, including vacation and the right to
participate in any other benefits or plans in which other
executive-level employees participate (including but not limited
to retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance (including
life insurance) or hospital plans).
Mr. Fishers employment agreement provides for certain
payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination
by us for cause, his resignation without good
reason (as defined below), his death or disability or any
reason other than a termination by us without cause
or his resignation with good reason. The agreement
defines cause as (1) a failure to perform a
material duty or a material breach of an obligation set forth in
Mr. Fishers employment agreement or a breach of a
material and written policy other than by reason of mental or
physical illness or injury, (2) a breach of
Mr. Fishers fiduciary duties, (3) conduct that
demonstrably and materially injures us monetarily or otherwise
or (4) a conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere
to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or
dishonesty involving our assets, and that in each case is not
cured, to the Boards reasonable satisfaction, within
30 days after written notice. In any such event,
Mr. Fishers employment agreement provides for the
payment to him of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the
date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the
terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
Mr. Fishers employment agreement provides for certain
severance payments in the event that his employment ends upon
termination by us without cause or his resignation
for good reason. The agreement defines good
reason as (1) our material breach of the terms of
Mr. Fishers employment agreement or a direction from
the Board that he act or refrain from acting in a manner
unlawful or contrary to a material and written policy,
(2) a material diminution in Mr. Fishers duties,
functions and
62
responsibilities without his consent or our preventing him from
fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and
responsibilities without his consent, (3) a material
reduction in Mr. Fishers base salary or annual bonus
opportunity or (4) a requirement that Mr. Fisher
relocate more than 50 miles from the current location of
his principal office without his consent, in each case provided
that Mr. Fisher has given written notice to the Board
within 30 days after he knows of the circumstances
constituting good reason, the circumstances
constituting good reason are not cured within
30 days of such notice and Mr. Fisher resigns within
30 days after the expiration of the cure period. In any
such event, Mr. Fisher is entitled to receive any earned but
unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any
benefits due to him under the terms of our employee benefit
plans, except that any outstanding options, restricted shares
and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of
the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain
exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if
Mr. Fishers employment had not terminated.
Mr. Fisher shall also be entitled to receive, subject to
Mr. Fisher signing a general release of claims, an amount
equal to three times his base salary in effect at the time of
termination, an amount equal to three times the highest annual
bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately
before the date of termination, a pro-rated bonus for the
then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the
fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount equal
to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for
Mr. Fishers health, dental, vision, disability and
life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
Mr. Fisher owns IHM, a hotel management company that we may
engage to manage certain hotels we acquire pursuant to
management agreements with our TRS Lessees. In order to permit
IHM to qualify as an eligible independent contractor
as required by applicable tax law, Mr. Fishers
employment agreement permits him to be the principal owner and
serve as a director of entities engaged in the hotel management
business, and to devote business time to those companies, so
long as (1) such activities do not interfere with the
performance of his duties to us and (2) he does not serve
as an officer or employee of, or receive compensation for
service as a director of, any such entity providing hotel
management services to us or our affiliates.
Peter Willis. We have entered into an employment
agreement with Mr. Willis, which will continue
until ,
20 and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless
terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days
before the end of the then-current term. The employment
agreement provides for an annual base salary to Mr. Willis
of ,
subject to increase in the discretion of the Board or its
Compensation Committee. Mr. Williss employment
agreement entitles him to fringe benefits substantially similar
to those afforded to Mr. Fisher, as described above.
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Willis is eligible to
earn an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee or to the extent that prescribed individual and
corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
Mr. Williss employment agreement provides for certain
payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination
by us for cause, his resignation without good
reason, his death or disability or any reason other than a
termination by us without cause or his resignation
with good reason. The definitions of
cause and good reason in
Mr. Williss employment agreement are the same as
those in Mr. Fishers employment agreement, as
described above. In any such event, Mr. Williss
employment agreement provides for the payment to him of any
earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination
and any benefits due to him under the terms of any of our
employee benefit plans.
Mr. Williss employment agreement provides for certain
severance payments in the event that his employment ends upon
termination by us without cause or his resignation
for good reason. In any such event, Mr. Willis
is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to
the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under
the terms of our employee benefit plans, except that any
outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards
shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination
and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter
until their stated expiration date as if Mr. Williss
employment had not terminated. Mr. Willis shall also be
entitled to receive, subject to Mr. Willis signing a general
release of claims, an amount equal to his base salary at
63
the time of termination, an amount equal to the highest annual
bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately
before the date of termination, a pro-rated bonus for the
then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the
fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount equal
to the annual premium or cost paid by us for
Mr. Williss health, dental, vision, disability and
life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
Mr. Williss employment agreement provides for higher
severance payments in the event his employment ends upon
termination by us without cause no more than ninety
days before a change in control or on or after a change in
control or upon his resignation for good reason on
or after a change in control. The agreement defines change
in control as (1) a person becoming the beneficial
owner of 50% or more of our voting shares, (2) a transfer
of 50% or more of our total assets, (3) our merger,
consolidation or statutory share exchange, except where our
shareholders immediately before the transaction own more than
50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving
entity, (4) the date members of the Board
on
(or members of the Board whose nomination or election to the
Board was approved by a majority of such members) cease to
constitute a majority of the Board or (5) our complete
liquidation or dissolution. In any such event, Mr. Willis
is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to
the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under
the terms of our employee benefit plans, except that all
outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards
shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination
and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter
until their stated expiration date as if Mr. Williss
employment had not terminated. Mr. Willis shall also be
entitled to receive, subject to Mr. Willis signing a
general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base
salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times
the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years
ended immediately before the date of termination, a pro-rated
bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus
for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount
equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for
Mr. Williss health, dental, vision, disability and
life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
401(k)
Plan
We may establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under
section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees.
The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their
compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis
through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match
employees annual contributions, within prescribed limits.
64
INVESTMENT
POLICIES AND POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN
ACTIVITIES
The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our
policies with respect to certain other activities, including
financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may
be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our
board of trustees, without a vote of our shareholders. Any
change to any of these policies by our board of trustees,
however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis
of that change, in light of then-existing business and other
circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business
judgment, our board of trustees believes that it is advisable to
do so in our and our shareholders best interests. Any such
change will be disclosed in our periodic or other filings with
the SEC. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives
will be attained.
Investments in
Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate
We plan to invest principally in hotel properties. We have
entered into an agreement to acquire six hotels following
closing of this offering, although we have not yet identified
any other specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a
substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to any
other specific hotel property investment. Our senior executive
officers will identify and negotiate acquisition opportunities.
For information concerning the investing experience of these
individuals, please see the section entitled
Management.
We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment
activities through our operating partnership and its
subsidiaries. Our primary investment objectives are to enhance
shareholder value over time by generating strong returns on
invested capital, paying distributions to our shareholders and
achieving long-term appreciation in the value of our hotel
properties.
There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our
total assets that may be invested in any one property.
Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of
investments in any one location or facility type.
Investments in
Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real
Estate Activities and Other Issuers
Generally speaking, we do not expect to engage in any
significant investment activities with other entities, although
we may consider joint venture investments with other investors.
We may also invest in the securities of other issuers in
connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in
properties. We may in the future acquire some, all or
substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or
similar entities where that investment would be consistent with
our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements.
There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our
total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than
those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must
satisfy to qualify as a REIT. However, we do not anticipate
investing in other issuers of securities for the purpose of
exercising control or acquiring any investments primarily for
sale in the ordinary course of business or holding any
investments with a view to making short-term profits from their
sale. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in
securities will cause us or any of our subsidiaries to become an
investment company within the meaning of that term
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Therefore
we will not be required to register as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended, and we intend to divest securities before becoming an
investment company, and thus before any registration would be
required.
We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting, agency
distribution or sales of securities of other issuers.
Disposition
Policy
Although we have no current plans to dispose of any of the hotel
properties we acquire, we will consider doing so, subject to
REIT qualification and prohibited transaction rules under the
Code, if our management determines that a sale of a property
would be in our interests based on the price being offered for
the hotel, the operating performance of the hotel, the tax
consequences of the sale and other factors and circumstances
surrounding the proposed sale. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Business.
65
Financing
Policies
We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to
limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our
investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial
acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent
capital investment and excluding any impairment charges).
However, this policy does not constitute a limit on the amount
of debt that we may incur and we are not subject to any such
limitations in our governing documents or existing agreements.
Our board of trustees will periodically review this policy and
may modify or eliminate it without the approval of our
shareholders. We intend to obtain a revolving credit facility
for general business purposes, which may include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
funding of investments (following investment of the net proceeds
of this offering);
|
|
|
|
payment of declared distributions to shareholders;
|
|
|
|
working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
payment of corporate taxes by our TRS lessees; or
|
|
|
|
any other payments deemed necessary or desirable by senior
management and approved by the lender.
|
We intend to have discussions with several lending institutions
and negotiate a revolving credit facility. In seeking to obtain
such a facility, we will consider factors as we deem relevant,
including interest rate pricing, recurring fees, flexibility of
funding, security required, maturity, restrictions on prepayment
and refinancing, and restrictions impacting our daily
operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to
obtain such a facility on favorable terms or at all.
Going forward, we will consider a number of factors when
evaluating our level of indebtedness and making financial
decisions, including, among others, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the interest rate of the proposed financing;
|
|
|
|
the extent to which the financing impacts the flexibility with
which we asset manage our properties;
|
|
|
|
prepayment penalties and restrictions on refinancing;
|
|
|
|
the purchase price of properties we acquire with debt financing;
|
|
|
|
our long-term objectives with respect to the financing;
|
|
|
|
our target investment returns;
|
|
|
|
the ability of particular properties, and our company as a
whole, to generate cash flow sufficient to cover expected debt
service payments;
|
|
|
|
overall level of consolidated indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
timing of debt and lease maturities;
|
|
|
|
provisions that require recourse and cross-collateralization;
|
|
|
|
corporate credit ratios, including debt service or fixed charge
coverage, debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, or EBITDA, debt to total market capitalization
and debt to undepreciated assets; and
|
|
|
|
the overall ratio of fixed- and variable-rate debt.
|
Equity Capital
Policies
Subject to applicable law and the requirements for listed
companies on the NYSE, our board of trustees has the authority,
without further shareholder approval, to issue additional
authorized common shares and preferred shares or otherwise raise
capital, including through the issuance of
66
senior securities, in any manner and on the terms and for the
consideration it deems appropriate, including in exchange for
property. Existing shareholders will have no preemptive right to
additional shares issued in any offering, and any offering might
cause a dilution of investment. We may in the future issue
common shares in connection with acquisitions. We also may issue
limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in
connection with acquisitions of property.
Our board of trustees may authorize the issuance of preferred
shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of
delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in
control of our company that might involve a premium price for
holders of our common shares or otherwise might be in their best
interests. Additionally, preferred shares could have
distribution, voting, liquidation and other rights and
preferences that are senior to those of our common shares.
We may, under certain circumstances, purchase common or
preferred shares in the open market or in private transactions
with our shareholders, if those purchases are approved by our
board of trustees. Our board of trustees has no present
intention of causing us to repurchase any shares, and any action
would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and
state laws and the applicable requirements for qualifying as a
REIT.
In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, or
DRIP, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional
common shares by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends.
Shares would be acquired pursuant to the plan at a price equal
to the then prevailing market price, without payment of
brokerage commissions or service charges. Shareholders who do
not participate in the plan will continue to receive cash
distributions as declared.
Conflict of
Interest Policy
Our current board of trustees consists solely of
Mr. Fisher, and, as a result, the transactions and
agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior
to this offering have not been approved by any independent
trustees.
Effective upon closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a
policy that any transaction, agreement or relationship in which
any of our trustees, officers or employees has a direct or
indirect pecuniary interest must be approved by a majority of
our disinterested trustees. The policy will not contain any
further restrictions and procedures related to the ability of
our trustees, officers, shareholders and affiliates to (i)
retain a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in assets which
we are proposing to acquire or dispose of and (ii) engage for
their own account in business activities similar to ours.
Mr. Fishers employment agreement with us provides
that he may continue to own an interest in and serve as a
director on hotel management companies that may manage our
hotels, so long as he does not serve as an executive officer, or
receive any compensation for serving as a director, of any of
the companies, and so long as his involvement with these
companies does not interfere with his duties as our chairman,
president and chief executive officer. However, we cannot assure
you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the
influence of these conflicts. See Risk Factors.
Reporting
Policies
Generally, we intend to make available to our shareholders
audited annual financial statements and annual reports. After
the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to these
requirements, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements
and other information, including audited financial statements,
with the SEC.
67
PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of common shares by (i) each of our
trustees and persons who have agreed to become trustees upon
completion of this offering, (ii) each of our executive
officers, (iii) each holder of 5% or more of each class of
our shares and (iv) all of our trustees and executive
officers as a group upon completion of this offering and the
concurrent private placement. Unless otherwise indicated, all
shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole
voting and investment power. In accordance with SEC rules, each
listed persons beneficial ownership includes:
|
|
|
|
|
all shares the person actually owns beneficially or of record;
|
|
|
|
all shares over which the person has or shares voting or
dispositive control (such as in the capacity as a general
partner of an investment fund); and
|
|
|
|
all shares the person has the right to acquire within
60 days (such as restricted common shares that are
currently vested or which are scheduled to vest within
60 days).
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is
50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. No
shares beneficially owned by any executive officer or trustee
have been pledged as security.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Shares
|
|
|
|
|
Name of beneficial owner
|
|
Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Percent of Class
|
|
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
%
|
Peter Willis
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miles Berger
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Crocker
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Jack P. DeBoer
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Glen R. Gilbert
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
C. Gerald Goldsmith
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Rolf E. Ruhfus
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Joel F. Zemans
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
All executive officers and trustees as a group
|
|
|
|
(1)(4)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares purchased by Mr. Fisher in a private
placement concurrent with the closing of this offering.
Mr. Fisher acquired 1,000 common shares in connection with
the formation and initial capitalization of the company, which
shares we will repurchase at his cost of $10,000 upon completion
of this offering. Does not reflect 1,000 common shares acquired
by Mr. Fisher in connection with our formation and does not
include
common shares
underlying LTIP
units to be granted to Mr. Fisher upon completion of this
offering pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Does not
include
common shares
underlying
LTIP units to be granted to Mr. Willis upon completion of
this offering pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan. The LTIP
units will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the
date of the grant. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents restricted
common shares to be granted to each independent trustee upon
completion of this offering, which shares will vest ratably over
the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes an aggregate
of restricted
common shares to be granted to each independent trustee upon
completion of this offering, which shares will vest ratably over
the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. We currently
have outstanding 1,000 common shares, all of which are owned by
our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Fisher. Upon
completion of this offering, we will repurchase all 1,000 common
shares from Mr. Fisher at his cost of $10 per share. Does
not include an aggregate
of shares
underlying LTIP units granted to our officers pursuant to the
Equity Incentive Plan. |
68
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Concurrently with this offering, in a separate private
placement, we will sell an aggregate
of
common shares (representing % of
the common shares to be outstanding following this offering,
excluding common shares that may be sold pursuant to the
underwriters overallotment option) to Mr. Fisher, our
chairman, chief executive officer and president, at a price per
share equal to the initial public offering price per share and
without payment of any underwriting discount or commission by
us. We will use approximately $ of
the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private
placement to reimburse Mr. Fisher for
out-of-pocket
expenses he incurred in connection with our formation and this
offering, including up to $2.5 million Mr. Fisher funded as
earnest money deposits, as required by the purchase agreement
for the initial acquisition hotels. We will also use $10,000 to
repurchase the shares Mr. Fisher acquired in connection with the
formation and our initial capitalization.
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating
partnership to issue an aggregate
of
LTIP units to certain of our officers,
including LTIP
units to
Mr. Fisher,
LTIP units to Mr. Willis
and LTIP
units to
Mr. .
If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of
LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and
will change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will
vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of
grant.
We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our
trustees and our executive officers providing for procedures for
indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and
advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to
claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
Certain of the hotels we expect to acquire in the future may be
managed by IHM, which is 90% owned by Mr. Fisher. Any
management agreements with IHM will have an initial term of
five years and could be renewed for two five-year periods
at the option of IHM by written notice to us no later than 90
days prior to the termination date. The IHM management
agreements will provide for early termination upon sale of any
IHM managed hotel for no termination fee, with six months
advance notice. The IHM management agreements can also be
terminated for cause. Additionally, if hotel operating
performance does not meet specified levels we will be able to
terminate any IHM management agreements at no cost. Management
agreements with IHM will provide for a base management fee of 3%
of the hotels gross revenues, an accounting fee of $1,000
per month per hotel and, if certain financial thresholds are met
or exceeded, an incentive management fee equal to 10% of the
hotels net operating income less fixed costs, base
management fees and a specified return threshold. The incentive
management fee will be capped at 1% of gross hotel revenues.
Because Mr. Fisher is our Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer and controls IHM, conflicts of interest will
exist between Mr. Fisher and us regarding:
|
|
|
|
|
enforcement of the terms of any management agreements between us
and IHM;
|
|
|
|
whether and on what terms these management agreements will be
renewed upon the expiration;
|
|
|
|
whether and on what terms management contracts will be awarded
to IHM; and
|
|
|
|
whether hotel properties will be sold.
|
Under the hotel management agreements, IHM generally will be
responsible for complying with our various franchise agreements,
subject to us making sufficient funding available. Conflicts of
interest will exist between us and Mr. Fisher regarding
IHMs compliance with franchise agreements, which could
result in:
|
|
|
|
|
the termination of those agreements and related substantial
penalties; or
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
other actions or failures to act by IHM that could result in
liability to us or our TRS lessees.
|
We will share our corporate information technology
infrastructure with IHM. We and IHM will agree to a cost sharing
arrangement under which each of us
bears % of the total costs of
operating and maintaining the IT function (including
depreciation taken by us on the IT infrastructure).
IHM will be required to obtain an employment practices liability
insurance policy that covers our employees. In addition, IHM
will be required to maintain a health benefit plan in which our
employees will participate. Our reimbursement of IHM will be
based on the number of our employees participating in the plan
and the coverage and benefit levels selected by those employees.
Conflicts may arise between us and IHM with respect to whether
certain expenditures are classified as capital expenditures,
which are capitalized by us and do not immediately affect
earnings, or repairs and maintenance, which are expensed as
incurred and therefore reduce the amount available to be earned
by IHM as incentive management fees.
Other than the compensation arrangements described in this
prospectus and Mr. Fishers investment in our common
shares pursuant to the concurrent private placement,
Mr. Fisher has not received any compensation or other
consideration as promoter or otherwise in connection with the
formation of our company and this offering.
From time to time in connection with certain acquisitions and
dispositions or other transactions, we may engage a brokerage
firm with which Mr. Fishers daughter is employed.
70
DESCRIPTION OF
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
Although the following summary describes the material terms of
our shares of beneficial interest, it is not a complete
description of the Maryland REIT Law, or the MRL, the Maryland
General Corporate Law, or the MGCL, provisions applicable to a
Maryland real estate investment trust or our declaration of
trust and bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion
of this offering, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See
Where You Can Find More Information.
General
Our declaration of trust provides that we may issue up to
500,000,000 common shares, $0.01 par value per share, and
100,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest,
$0.01 par value per share, or preferred shares. We issued
1,000 common shares in connection with our initial
capitalization. Upon completion of this offering, we will
repurchase these shares. Our declaration of trust authorizes our
board of trustees to amend our declaration of trust to increase
or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares or the
number of shares of any class or series without shareholder
approval. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent
private
placement, common
shares will be issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis,
including restricted
common shares to be granted to our trustees under our Equity
Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering,
or
common shares if the underwriters overallotment option is
exercised in full, and no preferred shares will be issued and
outstanding. Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of
equity based awards up to an aggregate
of % of our issued and outstanding
common shares (on a fully diluted basis and excluding shares to
be sold pursuant to the underwriters exercise of their
overallotment option) at the time of the award. If the size of
this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be
granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and will
change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement.
Under Maryland law, shareholders are not personally liable for
the obligations of a REIT solely as a result of their status as
shareholders.
Common
Shares
All of the common shares offered in this offering will be duly
authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the
preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class or
series of shares of beneficial interest and to the provisions of
our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership
and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, holders of our
common shares are entitled to receive distributions on such
shares of beneficial interest out of assets legally available
therefore if, as and when authorized by our board of trustees
and declared by us, and the holders of our common shares are
entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for
distribution to our shareholders in the event of our
liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment of or
adequate provision for all of our known debts and liabilities.
Subject to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding
the restrictions on ownership and transfer of common shares of
beneficial interest and except as may otherwise be specified in
the terms of any class or series of common shares, each
outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all
matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the
election of trustees, and, except as provided with respect to
any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest, the
holders of such common shares will possess the exclusive voting
power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our
trustees, which means that the shareholders entitled to cast a
majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of
trustees can elect all of the trustees then standing for
election, and the remaining shareholders will not be able to
elect any trustees.
Holders of common shares have no preference, conversion,
exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have
no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities.
71
Subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares
contained in our declaration of trust and the terms of any other
class or series of common shares, all of our common shares will
have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.
Power to
Reclassify Our Unissued Shares of Beneficial Interest
Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to
classify and reclassify any unissued common or preferred shares
into other classes or series of shares of beneficial interest.
Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, our
board of trustees is required by Maryland law and by our
declaration of trust to set, subject to the provisions of our
declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and
transfer of shares of beneficial interest, the preferences,
conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions,
limitations as to dividends or other distributions,
qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each
class or series. Therefore, our board of trustees could
authorize the issuance of common shares or preferred shares that
have priority over our common shares as to voting rights,
dividends or upon liquidation or with terms and conditions that
could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
change in control or other transaction that might involve a
premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best
interests of our shareholders. No preferred shares are presently
outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any preferred
shares.
Power to Increase
or Decrease Authorized Shares of Beneficial Interest and Issue
Additional Common Shares and Preferred Shares
We believe that the power of our board of trustees to amend our
declaration of trust to increase or decrease the number of
authorized shares of beneficial interest, to authorize us to
issue additional authorized but unissued common shares or
preferred shares and to classify or reclassify unissued common
shares or preferred shares and thereafter to issue such
classified or reclassified shares of beneficial interest will
provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible
future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs
that might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as
the common shares, will be available for issuance without
further action by our shareholders, unless such action is
required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or
automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed
or traded. Although our board of trustees does not intend to do
so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could,
depending upon the terms of the particular class or series,
delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction
that might involve a premium price for our common shares or
otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.
Restrictions on
Ownership and Transfer
For us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of
beneficial interest must be beneficially owned by 100 or more
persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of
12 months (other than the first year for which an election
to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a
shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of
our outstanding shares of beneficial interest may be owned,
directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined
in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of
a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election
to be a REIT has been made).
Because our board of trustees believes it is essential for us to
qualify as a REIT, our declaration of trust, subject to certain
exceptions, restricts the amount of our shares of beneficial
interest that a person may beneficially or constructively own.
Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to certain
exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own
more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is
more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or
series of our shares of beneficial interest.
Our declaration of trust also prohibits any person from
(i) beneficially owning shares of beneficial interest to
the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our
being closely held
72
within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without
regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last
half of the taxable year), (ii) transferring our shares of
beneficial interest to the extent that such transfer would
result in our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially
owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the
principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code),
(iii) beneficially or constructively owning our shares of
beneficial interest to the extent such beneficial or
constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten
percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other
than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of
Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (iv) beneficially
or constructively owning or transferring our shares of
beneficial interest if such ownership or transfer would
otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code,
including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel
management companies failing to qualify as eligible
independent contractors under the REIT rules. Any person
who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or
constructive ownership of our shares of beneficial interest that
will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on
transferability and ownership, or any person who would have
owned our shares of beneficial interest that resulted in a
transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give
written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed
or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days
prior written notice, and provide us with such other information
as we may request in order to determine the effect of such
transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on
transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of
trustees determines that it is no longer in our best interests
to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.
Our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, may prospectively
or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits
described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase
an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person
seeking an exemption must provide to our board of trustees any
such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of
trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting
the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT.
Our board of trustees may not grant such an exemption to any
person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify
as a REIT. Our board of trustees may require a ruling from the
IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and
substance satisfactory to our board of trustees, in its sole
discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.
Any attempted transfer of our shares of beneficial interest
which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions
described above will result in the number of shares causing the
violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be
automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit
of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any
transfer that results in the violation of the restriction
relating to our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially
owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio. In
either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights
in such shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be
effective as of the close of business on the business day prior
to the date of the purported transfer or other event that
results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust
will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee
will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held
in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other
distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights
attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the
trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or
other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust.
These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the
charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid
prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the
trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand.
Any distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to
the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the
trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary.
Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority
(i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed
transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been
transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in
accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the
benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have
already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee
will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.
73
Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of
beneficial interest have been transferred to the trust, the
trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the
trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the
above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the
interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will
terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of
the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable
beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the
lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for
the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for
the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be
held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar
transaction), the market price (as defined in our declaration of
trust) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares
to be held in the trust and (ii) the price received by the
trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from
the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may
reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the
amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed
transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee.
Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the
proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable
beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that our shares have
been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the
proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to
have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the
extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the
shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to
receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.
In addition, shares of beneficial interest held in the trust
will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our
designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of
(i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in
the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift,
the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and
(ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee,
accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends
and distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by
the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right
to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon
a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the
shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the
net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.
If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would
be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a
restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in such
violation will be void ab initio, and the proposed transferee
shall acquire no rights in such shares.
Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as
required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder)
of our shares of beneficial interest, within 30 days after
the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written
notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of
shares of each class and series of our shares of beneficial
interest that he or she beneficially owns and a description of
the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner will
provide us with such additional information as we may request in
order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial
ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with
the ownership limits. In addition, each shareholder will upon
demand be required to provide us with such information as we may
request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT
and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or
governmental authority or to determine such compliance.
These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a
transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium
price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interest
of our shareholders.
Stock Exchange
Listing
We expect to apply for listing of our common shares on the NYSE
under the symbol
.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
We expect the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares
to
be .
74
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales
of common shares or the availability of shares for sale will
have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from
time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares
in the public market, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our
common shares.
Upon completion of this offering, we will
have common
shares outstanding, including the common shares sold in this
offering, the common shares sold to Mr. Fisher in a private
placement concurrent with the closing of this offering,
and restricted
common shares to be granted to our trustees under our Equity
Incentive Plan, or an aggregate
of
common shares outstanding if the underwriters
overallotment option is exercised in full. Our Equity Incentive
Plan provides for grants of equity based awards up to an
aggregate of % of our issued and
outstanding common shares (on a fully diluted basis and
excluding shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriters
exercise of their overallotment option). If the size of this
offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be
granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and
will change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement.
No assurance can be given as to the likelihood that an active
trading market for our common shares will develop or be
maintained, that any such market will be liquid, that
shareholders will be able to sell the common shares when issued
or at all or the prices that shareholders may obtain for any of
the common shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect,
if any, that future issuances of common shares or the
availability of common shares for future issuances will have on
the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to
time, issuances of substantial amounts of common shares, or the
perception that such issuances could occur, may affect adversely
the prevailing market price of our common shares. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to This Offering.
The common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable
without restriction or further registration under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless the
shares are held by any of our affiliates, as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As
defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer
is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with the issuer.
Rule 144
The shares issued to Mr. Fisher will be restricted shares
as defined in Rule 144.
In general, Rule 144 provides that if (i) one year has
elapsed since the date of acquisition of common shares from us
or any of our affiliates and (ii) the holder is not, and
has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three
months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such
common shares in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1)
without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions, public information requirements or notice
requirements under such rule. In general, Rule 144 also
provides that if (i) six months have elapsed since the date
of acquisition of common shares from us or any of our
affiliates, (ii) we have been a reporting company under the
Exchange Act for at least 90 days and (iii) the holder
is not, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time
during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder
may sell such common shares in the public market under
Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of
Rule 144s public information requirements, but
without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions or notice requirements under such rule.
In addition, under Rule 144, if (i) one year (or,
subject to us being a reporting company under the Exchange Act
for at least the preceding 90 days, six months) has elapsed
since the date of acquisition of common shares from us or any of
our affiliates and (ii) the holder is, or has been, an
affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding
the proposed sale, such holder may sell
75
such common shares in the public market under
Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of
Rule 144s volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions, public information requirements and notice
requirements.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,
beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a
person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least
one year would be entitled to sell, within any three-month
period, that number of shares that does not exceed the greater
of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the common shares outstanding, which will equal
approximately
common shares immediately after this offering; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on the
NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which
notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
|
Following completion of this offering, we intend to file a
registration statement on
Form S-8
to register the total number of common shares that may be issued
under our Equity Incentive Plan.
Lock-Up
Agreements
In addition to the limitations placed on the sale of our common
shares by operation of the
Securities Act, we and all of our trustees and executive
officers have agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or
otherwise transfer their shares, or any
securities convertible into our common shares, for a period of
180 days after the date of this
prospectus without Barclays Capital Inc.s prior written
consent. The
lock-up
agreements signed by us, our trustees and executive officers
cover
approximately
common shares.
76
CERTAIN
PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR DECLARATION OF
TRUST AND BYLAWS
Although the following summary describes certain provisions of
Maryland law and of our declaration of trust and bylaws as they
will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, it is
not a complete description of Maryland law and our declaration
of trust and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon
request. See Where You Can Find More Information.
Number of
Trustees; Vacancies
Our declaration of trust and bylaws provide that the number of
our trustees may be established by our board of trustees but may
not be more than 15. Our declaration of trust also provides
that, at such time as we have at least three independent
trustees and a class of our common shares or preferred shares is
registered under the Exchange Act, we elect to be subject to the
provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding
the filling of vacancies on our board of trustees. Accordingly,
at such time, except as may be provided by our board of trustees
in setting the terms of any class or series of shares, any and
all vacancies on our board of trustees may be filled only by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining trustees in
office, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a
quorum, and any individual elected to fill such vacancy will
serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which
the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and
qualifies.
Each of our trustees will be elected by our shareholders to
serve for a one-year term and until his or her successor is duly
elected and qualifies. A plurality of all votes cast on the
matter at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present
is sufficient to elect a trustee. The presence in person or by
proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the
votes entitled to be cast at a meeting constitutes a quorum.
Removal of
Trustees
Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to the rights of
holders of any series of preferred shares, a trustee may be
removed only for cause, and then only by the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to
be cast generally in the election of trustees. For this purpose,
cause means, with respect to any particular trustee,
conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction holding that such trustee caused
demonstrable, material harm to us through bad faith or active
and deliberate dishonesty. These provisions, when coupled with
the exclusive power of our board of trustees to fill vacancies
on our board of trustees, generally precludes shareholders from
removing incumbent trustees except for cause and
with a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies
created by such removal with their own nominees.
Policy on
Majority Voting
Our board of trustees will adopt a policy regarding the election
of trustees in uncontested elections. Pursuant to such policy,
in an uncontested election of trustees, any nominee who receives
a greater number of votes affirmatively withheld from his or her
election than votes for his or her election will, within two
weeks following certification of the shareholder vote by our
company, submit a written resignation offer to our board of
trustees for consideration by our Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee will consider the resignation offer and, within
60 days following certification by our company of the
shareholder vote with respect to such election, will make a
recommendation to our board of trustees concerning the
acceptance or rejection of the resignation offer. Our board of
trustees will take formal action on the recommendation no later
than 90 days following certification of the shareholder
vote by our company. We will publicly disclose the decision of
our board of trustees. Our board of trustees will also provide
an explanation of the process by which the decision was made
and, if applicable, its reason or reasons for rejecting the
tendered resignation.
Business
Combinations
Under certain provisions of the MGCL applicable to Maryland real
estate investment trusts, certain business
combinations, including a merger, consolidation, share
exchange or, in certain
77
circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification
of equity securities, between a Maryland real estate investment
trust and an interested shareholder or, generally,
any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power
of the trusts outstanding voting shares or an affiliate or
associate of the trust who, at any time within the two-year
period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner
of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding
voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust, or an
affiliate of such an interested shareholder, are prohibited for
five years after the most recent date on which the interested
shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Thereafter, any
such business combination must be recommended by the board of
trustees of such real estate investment trust and approved by
the affirmative vote of at least (a) 80% of the votes
entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of
beneficial interest of the trust and (b) two-thirds of the
votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting shares of
beneficial interest of the trust other than shares held by the
interested shareholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the
business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate
or associate of the interested shareholder, unless, among other
conditions, the trusts shareholders receive a minimum
price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the
consideration is received in cash or in the same form as
previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.
Under the MGCL, a person is not an interested
shareholder if the board of trustees approved in advance
the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become
an interested shareholder. A real estate investment trusts
board of trustees may provide that its approval is subject to
compliance with any terms and conditions determined by it.
These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business
combinations that are approved or exempted by a board of
trustees prior to the time that the interested shareholder
becomes an interested shareholder. Pursuant to the statute, our
board of trustees has by resolution exempted business
combinations between us and any other person from these
provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination
is first approved by our board of trustees, including a majority
of trustees who are not affiliates or associates of such person,
and, consequently, the five year prohibition and the
supermajority vote requirements will not apply to such business
combinations. As a result, any person may be able to enter into
business combinations with us that may not be in the best
interests of our shareholders without compliance by us with the
supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the
statute. This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in
whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or
our board of trustees does not otherwise approve a business
combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to
acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of
consummating any offer.
Control Share
Acquisitions
The MGCL provides that control shares of a Maryland
real estate investment trust acquired in a control share
acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent
approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares of
beneficial interest in a real estate investment trust in respect
of which any of the following persons is entitled to exercise or
direct the exercise of the voting power of such shares in the
election of trustees: (1) a person who makes or proposes to
make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the
trust or (3) an employee of the trust who is also a trustee
of the trust. Control shares are voting shares
which, if aggregated with all other such shares owned by the
acquirer, or in respect of which the acquirer is able to
exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely
by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to
exercise voting power in electing trustees within one of the
following ranges of voting power: (A) one-tenth or more but
less than one-third, (B) one-third or more but less than a
majority or (C) a majority or more of all voting power.
Control shares do not include shares that the acquirer is then
entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained
shareholder approval. A control share acquisition
means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain
exceptions.
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share
acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including
an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel our board of
trustees to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held
within 50 days of demand to consider the voting
78
rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the
real estate investment trust may itself present the question at
any shareholders meeting.
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the
acquirer does not deliver an acquiring person statement as
required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and
limitations, the trust may redeem any or all of the control
shares (except those for which voting rights have previously
been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the
absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date
of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any
meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of such
shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for
control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and
the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares
entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal
rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes
of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price
per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
The control share acquisition statute does not apply to
(a) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share
exchange if the trust is a party to the transaction or
(b) acquisitions approved or exempted by the declaration of
trust or bylaws of the trust.
Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share
acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of
our shares. There is no assurance that such provision will not
be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.
Subtitle
8
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland real
estate investment trust with a class of equity securities
registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent
trustees to elect to be subject, by provision in its declaration
of trust or bylaws or a resolution of its board of trustees and
notwithstanding any contrary provision in the declaration of
trust or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
a classified board;
|
|
|
|
a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a trustee;
|
|
|
|
a requirement that the number of trustees be fixed only by vote
of the trustees;
|
|
|
|
a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the
remaining trustees and for the remainder of the full term of the
class of trustees in which the vacancy occurred; and
|
|
|
|
a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of
shareholders.
|
Our declaration of trust provides that, at such time as we are
eligible to make a Subtitle 8 election, we elect to be subject
to the provision of Subtitle 8 that requires that vacancies on
our board may be filled only by the remaining trustees and for
the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which the
vacancy occurred. Through provisions in our declaration of trust
and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require
the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds
of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter for the
removal of any trustee from the board, which removal will be
allowed only for cause, (2) vest in the board the exclusive
power to fix the number of trusteeships and (3) require
that a vacancy on the board be filled only by a majority of the
remaining trustees.
Meetings of
Shareholders
Pursuant to our declaration of trust and bylaws, a meeting of
our shareholders for the purpose of the election of trustees and
the transaction of any business will be held annually on a date
and at the time and place set by our board of trustees. In
addition, our chairman, chief executive officer, president or
board of trustees may call a special meeting of our shareholders.
79
Mergers;
Extraordinary Transactions
Under the MRL, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally
cannot merge with another entity unless advised by its board of
trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders
holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on
the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a
majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter)
is set forth in the trusts declaration of trust. Our
declaration of trust provides that these mergers may be approved
by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter. Our declaration of trust also
provides that we may sell or transfer all or substantially all
of our assets if advised by our board of trustees and approved
by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled
to be cast on the matter. However, many of our operating assets
will be held by our subsidiaries, and these subsidiaries may be
able to sell all or substantially all of their assets or merge
with another entity without the approval of our shareholders.
Amendment to Our
Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
Under the MRL, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally
cannot amend its declaration of trust unless advised by its
board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of
shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter unless a different percentage
(but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be
cast on the matter) is set forth in the trusts declaration
of trust.
Except for amendments to the provisions of our declaration of
trust related to the removal of trustees and the vote required
to amend the provision regarding amendments to the removal
provisions itself (each of which require the affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than two-thirds of all the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter) and certain amendments
described in our declaration of trust that require only approval
by our board of trustees, our declaration of trust may be
amended only if advised by our board of trustees and approved by
the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all of the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter.
Our board of trustees has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or
repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.
Our
Termination
Our declaration of trust provides for us to have a perpetual
existence. Our termination must be approved by a majority of our
entire board of trustees and the affirmative vote of the holders
of not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be
cast on the matter.
Advance Notice of
Trustee Nominations and New Business
Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of
shareholders, nominations of individuals for election to our
board of trustees at an annual meeting and the proposal of
business to be considered by shareholders may be made only
(1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or
at the direction of our board of trustees or (3) by a
shareholder of record both at the time of giving notice and at
the time of the annual meeting who is entitled to vote at the
meeting and has complied with the advance notice provisions set
forth in our bylaws. Our bylaws currently require the
shareholder generally to provide notice to the secretary
containing the information required by our bylaws not less than
120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the first
anniversary of the date of our proxy statement for the
solicitation of proxies for election of trustees at the
preceding years annual meeting, or with respect to our
first annual meeting as a public company, April 30, 2011.
With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the
business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought
before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to
our board of trustees at a special meeting may be made only
(1) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or
(2) provided that our board of trustees has determined that
trustees will be elected at such meeting, by a shareholder of
record at the time of giving notice and who is entitled to vote
at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated
and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in
our bylaws. Such shareholder may nominate one or more
individuals, as the case may be, for
80
election as a trustee if the shareholders notice
containing the information required by our bylaws is delivered
to the secretary not earlier than the 120th day prior to
such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., eastern
time, on the later of (1) the 90th day prior to such
special meeting or (2) the tenth day following the day on
which public announcement is first made of the date of the
special meeting and the proposed nominees of our board of
trustees to be elected at the meeting.
Anti-takeover
Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our
Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
If the applicable exemption in our bylaws is repealed and the
applicable resolution of our board of trustees is repealed, the
control share acquisition provisions and the business
combination provisions of the MGCL, respectively, as well as the
provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws, as
applicable, on removal of trustees and the filling of trustee
vacancies and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of
shares of beneficial interest, together with the advance notice
and shareholder-requested special meeting provisions of our
bylaws, alone or in combination, could serve to delay, deter or
prevent a transaction or a change in our control that might
involve a premium price for holders of our common shares or
otherwise be in their best interests.
Indemnification
and Limitation of Trustees and Officers
Liability
Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to
include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting the
liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its
shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting
from:
|
|
|
|
|
actual receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or
services, or
|
|
|
|
active or deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment
as being material to the cause of action.
|
Our declaration of trust contains a provision which limits the
liability of our trustees and officers to the maximum extent
permitted by Maryland law.
Our declaration of trust also authorizes us, and our bylaws
require us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to
indemnify (i) any present or former trustee or officer or
(ii) any individual who, while serving as our trustee or
officer and at our request, serves or has served as a trustee,
director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent
of another real estate investment trust, corporation,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against
any claim or liability to which such person may become subject
or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service
in such capacity or capacities, and to pay or reimburse his or
her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such
a proceeding. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to
enter into indemnification agreements with each of our trustees
and executive officers that provide for indemnification to the
maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and advancements by us
of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or
proceedings arising from their service to us.
REIT
Qualification
Our declaration of trust provides that our board of trustees may
revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without
approval of our shareholders, if it determines that it is no
longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.
81
OUR OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following summary of the terms of the agreement of limited
partnership of our operating partnership that will be in effect
upon completion of this offering does not purport to be complete
and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P., a
copy of which is an exhibit to the registration statement of
which this prospectus is a part. See Where You Can Find
More Information.
Management
We will be the sole general partner of our operating
partnership, which we will organize as a Delaware limited
partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations
and make substantially all of our investments through the
operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we
will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and
discretion in the management and control of the operating
partnership, including the ability to cause the operating
partnership to enter into certain major transactions including
acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of
lessees, make distributions to partners, and to cause changes in
the operating partnerships business activities.
Transferability
of Interests
We may not voluntarily withdraw from the operating partnership
or transfer or assign our interest in the operating partnership
or engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or
sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction
which results in a change of control of our company unless:
|
|
|
|
|
we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50%
of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than
those held by our company or its subsidiaries);
|
|
|
|
as a result of such transaction, all limited partners will
receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities
or other property equal in value to the greatest amount of cash,
securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder
of one of our common shares, provided that if, in connection
with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall
have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50%
of the outstanding common shares, each holder of partnership
units shall be given the option to exchange its partnership
units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other
property that a limited partner would have received had it
(A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and
(B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer
common shares received upon exercise of the redemption right
immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or
|
|
|
|
we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either
(A) our shareholders do not receive cash, securities or
other property in the transaction or (B) all limited
partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) receive
for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other
property having a value that is no less than the greatest amount
of cash, securities or other property received in the
transaction by our shareholders.
|
We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another
entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation
(i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or
surviving entity, other than partnership units held by us, are
contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a
capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a
fair market value equal to the value of the assets so
contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and
(ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our
obligations under the partnership agreement and the partnership
agreement shall be amended after any such merger or
consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the
amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that
approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely
as reasonably possible.
82
We also may (i) transfer all or any portion of our general
partnership interest to (A) a wholly owned subsidiary or
(B) a parent company, and following such transfer may
withdraw as the general partner and (ii) engage in a
transaction required by law or by the rules of any national
securities exchange on which our common shares are listed.
Capital
Contribution
We will contribute, directly, to our operating partnership
substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering as our
initial capital contribution in exchange for substantially all
of the limited partnership interests in our operating
partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if the
operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in
excess of funds available to the operating partnership from
borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds
from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds
to the operating partnership on the same terms and conditions as
are applicable to our borrowing of such funds. Under the
partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net
proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital
to the operating partnership. If we contribute additional
capital to the operating partnership, we will receive additional
partnership units and our percentage interest will be increased
on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such
additional capital contributions and the value of the operating
partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the
percentage interests of the limited partners will be decreased
on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital
contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional
capital to the operating partnership, we will revalue the
property of the operating partnership to its fair market value
(as determined by us) and the capital accounts of the partners
will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized
gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been
reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated
among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement
if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its
fair market value (as determined by us) on the date of the
revaluation. The operating partnership may issue preferred
partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of
property or otherwise, which could have priority over common
partnership interests with respect to distributions from the
operating partnership, including the partnership interests we
own as the general partner.
Redemption Rights
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, any future limited
partners, other than us, will receive redemption rights, which
will enable them to cause the operating partnership to redeem
their limited partnership interests in exchange for cash or, at
our option, common shares on a
one-for-one
basis. The cash redemption amount per unit is based on the
market price of our common shares at the time of redemption. The
number of common shares issuable upon redemption of limited
partnership interests held by limited partners may be adjusted
upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends,
share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash
redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to
exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common shares
to the redeeming limited partner would:
|
|
|
|
|
result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, common
shares in excess of the share ownership limit in our declaration
of trust;
|
|
|
|
result in our common shares being owned by fewer than
100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of
attribution);
|
|
|
|
result in our being closely held within the meaning
of Section 856(h) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the
ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, the
operating partnerships or a subsidiary partnerships
real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B)
of the Code;
|
|
|
|
cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including,
but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management company
failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor under
the Code; or
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
cause the acquisition of common shares by such redeeming limited
partner to be integrated with any other distribution
of common shares for purposes of complying with the registration
provisions of the Securities Act.
|
We may, in our sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these
restrictions.
The partnership agreement will require that the operating
partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy
the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid any
federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code
(other than any federal income tax liability associated with our
retained capital gains) and to ensure that the partnership will
not be classified as a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
In addition to the administrative and operating costs and
expenses incurred by the operating partnership, the operating
partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs
and expenses, including:
|
|
|
|
|
all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our
subsidiaries operations;
|
|
|
|
all expenses relating to offerings and registration of
securities;
|
|
|
|
all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any
of our periodic or other reports and communications under
federal, state or local laws or regulations;
|
|
|
|
all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and
regulations promulgated by any regulatory body; and
|
|
|
|
all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in
the ordinary course of business on behalf of the operating
partnership.
|
These expenses, however, do not include any of our
administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that
are attributable to hotel properties that are owned by us
directly rather than by the operating partnership or its
subsidiaries.
Fiduciary
Responsibilities
Our trustees and officers have duties under applicable Maryland
law to manage us in a manner consistent with the best interests
of our shareholders. At the same time, we, as the general
partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties
to manage our operating partnership in a manner beneficial to
our operating partnership and its partners. Our duties, as
general partner to our operating partnership and its limited
partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of
our trustees and officers to our shareholders. We will be under
no obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the
limited partners of our operating partnership or our
shareholders in deciding whether to cause the operating
partnership to take or decline to take any actions.
The limited partners of our operating partnership expressly will
acknowledge that as the general partner of our operating
partnership, we are acting for the benefit of the operating
partnership, the limited partners and our shareholders
collectively.
Distributions
The partnership agreement will provide that the operating
partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net
sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from
the sale of the operating partnerships property in
connection with the liquidation of the operating partnership) at
such time and in such amounts as determined by us in our sole
discretion, to us and the limited partners in accordance with
their respective percentage interests in the operating
partnership.
Upon liquidation of the operating partnership, after payment of,
or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the
partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets
of the partnership will be distributed to us and the limited
partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their
respective positive capital account balances.
84
LTIP
Units
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating
partnership to issue an aggregate of LTIP units to certain of
our officers. If the size of this offering changes, the
aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and
will change so as to equal % of the
common shares issued in this offering (including any shares
issued pursuant to the underwriters overallotment option)
and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will
vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of
grant. In general, LTIP units are a class of partnership units
in our operating partnership and will receive the same quarterly
per unit profit distributions as the other outstanding units in
our operating partnership. Initially, LTIP units will not have
full parity with other outstanding units with respect to
liquidating distributions. We expect that under the terms of the
LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets
upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any
increase in valuation from the time of grant until such event
will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders to equalize the
capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of
holders of our other outstanding partnership units. Upon
equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders
with the capital accounts of the other holders of our operating
partnership units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with
our other operating partnership units for all purposes,
including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such
parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an
equal number of operating partnership units at any time, and
thereafter enjoy all the rights of such units, including
redemption rights. However, there are circumstances under which
such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity
is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units
will be less than the value of an equal number of our common
shares.
Allocations
Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation
and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will
be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance
with the respective percentage interests in the partnership.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of certain
specified events, our operating partnership will allocate gain
on the disposition of its assets first to holders of LTIP units,
and will revalue its assets with any net increase in valuation
allocated first to the LTIP units, in each case to equalize the
capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of
the holders of the other outstanding units in our operating
partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to
compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and
704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated
thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated
pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, we, as the
general partner, shall have the authority to elect the method to
be used by the operating partnership for allocating items with
respect to contributed property acquired in connection with this
offering for which fair market value differs from the adjusted
tax basis at the time of contribution, and such election shall
be binding on all partners.
Term
The operating partnership will continue indefinitely, or until
sooner dissolved upon:
|
|
|
|
|
our bankruptcy, dissolution, removal or withdrawal (unless the
limited partners elect to continue the partnership);
|
|
|
|
the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership;
|
|
|
|
the redemption of all partnership units (other than those held
by us, if any); or
|
|
|
|
an election by us in our capacity as the general partner.
|
Tax
Matters
Our partnership agreement will provide that we, as the sole
general partner of the operating partnership, will be the tax
matters partner of the operating partnership and, as such, will
have authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections
under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.
85
MATERIAL U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
This section summarizes the material federal income tax
considerations that you, as a shareholder, may consider
relevant. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our
counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that
the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material
respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address
all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular
shareholders in light of their personal investment or tax
circumstances, or to certain types of shareholders that are
subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws,
such as:
|
|
|
|
|
insurance companies;
|
|
|
|
tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed
in Taxation of Tax-Exempt Shareholders
below);
|
|
|
|
financial institutions or broker-dealers;
|
|
|
|
non-U.S. individuals
and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed
in Taxation of
Non-U.S. Shareholders
below);
|
|
|
|
U.S. expatriates;
|
|
|
|
persons who
mark-to-market
our common shares;
|
|
|
|
subchapter S corporations;
|
|
|
|
U.S. shareholders (as defined below) whose functional
currency is not the U.S. dollar;
|
|
|
|
regulated investment companies and REITs;
|
|
|
|
trusts and estates;
|
|
|
|
holders who receive our common shares through the exercise of
employee share options or otherwise as compensation;
|
|
|
|
persons holding our common shares as part of a
straddle, hedge, conversion
transaction, synthetic security or other
integrated investment;
|
|
|
|
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the
Code; and
|
|
|
|
persons holding our common shares through a partnership or
similar pass-through entity.
|
This summary assumes that shareholders hold shares as capital
assets for federal income tax purposes, which generally means
property held for investment.
The statements in this section are based on the current federal
income tax laws, are for general information purposes only and
are not tax advice. We cannot assure you that new laws,
interpretations of law, or court decisions, any of which may
take effect retroactively, will not cause any statement in this
section to be inaccurate.
WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE
SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND
SALE OF OUR COMMON SHARES AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED
AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX
ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND ELECTION,
AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
Taxation of Our
Company
We currently have in effect an election to be taxed as a
pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend
to revoke our S election on the business day prior to the
closing date of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as
a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short
taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing
of this offering and ending December 31,
86
2010. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year,
we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to
qualify for taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax
laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but
no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so
as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section
discusses the laws governing the federal income tax treatment of
a REIT and its shareholders. These laws are highly technical and
complex.
In connection with this offering, Hunton & Williams
LLP is rendering an opinion that, commencing with our short
taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing
of this offering and ending on December 31, 2010, we will
be organized in conformity with the requirements for
qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income
tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us
to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a
REIT under the federal income tax laws. Investors should be
aware that Hunton & Williams LLPs opinion is
based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon
certain representations made by us as to factual matters,
including representations regarding the nature of our assets and
the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any
court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition,
Hunton & Williams LLPs opinion will be based on
existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a
REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or
retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a
REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis,
through actual annual operating results, certain qualification
tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification
tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from
specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls
within specified categories, the diversity of ownership of our
shares of beneficial interest, and the percentage of our
earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP
will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing
basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual
results of operations for any particular taxable year will
satisfy such requirements. For a discussion of the tax
consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see
Failure to Qualify.
If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to
federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to
our shareholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it
avoids the double taxation, or taxation at both the
corporate and shareholder levels, that generally results from
owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to
federal tax in the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including
undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to
shareholders during, or within a specified time period after,
the calendar year in which the income is earned.
|
|
|
|
We may be subject to the alternative minimum tax on
any items of tax preference including any deductions of net
operating losses.
|
|
|
|
We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
net income from the sale or other disposition of property
acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a lease of
the property (foreclosure property) that we hold
primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of
business, and
|
|
|
|
other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other
dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that
we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course
of business.
|
|
|
|
If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test
or the 95% gross income test, as described below under
Gross Income Tests, and nonetheless
continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other
requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by
which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income
test, in either case, multiplied by
|
|
|
|
a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum
of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year,
(2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year,
and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be
distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible
excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the
amount we actually distributed.
|
|
|
|
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term
capital gain. In that case, a U.S. shareholder would be
taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term
capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of
such gain to the shareholders) and would receive a credit or
refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.
|
|
|
|
We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a
TRS that are not conducted on an arms-length basis.
|
|
|
|
In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than
a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote
or value test, as described below under Asset
Tests, as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause
and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset
that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of the
assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six
months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify
such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000
or the highest federal income tax rate then applicable to
U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from
the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to
satisfy the asset tests.
|
|
|
|
In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for
REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the
asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not
to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of
$50,000 for each such failure.
|
|
|
|
If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation
that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a
merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the
asset that is determined by reference either to the C
corporations basis in the asset or to another asset, we
will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if
we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during
the 10-year
period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made
for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount
of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or
disposition, and
|
|
|
|
the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold
the asset at the time we acquired it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in
certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet
record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance
with rules relating to the composition of a REITs
shareholders, as described below in
Recordkeeping Requirements.
|
|
|
|
The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C
corporations, including TRSs, will be subject to federal
corporate income tax.
|
In addition, notwithstanding our status as a REIT, we may also
have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not
all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that
they are treated for federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as
further described below, TRSs will be subject to federal, state
and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.
88
Requirements for
Qualification
A REIT is a corporation, trust, or association that meets each
of the following requirements:
|
|
|
|
1.
|
It is managed by one or more directors or trustees.
|
|
|
2.
|
Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or
by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.
|
|
|
3.
|
It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT
provisions of the federal income tax laws.
|
|
|
4.
|
It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company
subject to special provisions of the federal income tax laws.
|
|
|
5.
|
At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or
ownership certificates.
|
|
|
6.
|
Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or
ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five
or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain
entities, during the last half of any taxable year.
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous
taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other
administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be
met to elect and maintain REIT status.
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
It meets certain other qualification tests, described below,
regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of
its distributions to shareholders.
|
|
|
9.
|
It uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and
complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the federal
income tax laws.
|
We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our
entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least
335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a
proportionate part of a taxable year of less than
12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning
with our 2011 taxable year. If we comply with all the
requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding
shares in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we
violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied
requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining
share ownership under requirement 6, an individual
generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation
benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust
permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable
purposes. An individual, however, generally does not
include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit
sharing trust under the Code, and beneficiaries of such a trust
will be treated as holding our shares in proportion to their
actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.
Our declaration of trust provides restrictions regarding the
transfer and ownership of our shares of beneficial interest. See
Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer. We believe that we
will issue sufficient shares of beneficial interest with
sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy
requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our declaration
of trust are intended (among other things) to assist us in
continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 described above.
These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all
cases, be able to satisfy such share ownership requirements. If
we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, our
qualification as a REIT may terminate.
In addition, we must satisfy all relevant filing and other
administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be
met to elect and maintain REIT status and comply with the
record-keeping requirements of the Code and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
Qualified REIT Subsidiaries. A corporation
that is a qualified REIT subsidiary is not treated
as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets,
liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a
qualified REIT subsidiary are treated as assets,
liabilities, and items of income, deduction,
89
and credit of the REIT. A qualified REIT subsidiary
is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is
owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described
herein, any qualified REIT subsidiary that we own
will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of
income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated
as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and
credit.
Other Disregarded Entities and
Partnerships. An unincorporated domestic entity,
such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a
single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate
from its parent for federal income tax purposes. An
unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is
generally treated as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a
partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as
owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership
and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the
partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification
tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value
test (see Asset Tests) will be based on
our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain
debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other
asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on
our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the
partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities,
and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or
limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity
interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets
and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT
qualification requirements.
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries. A REIT may own up
to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a
fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be
qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The
subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the
subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or
indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of
the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. However, an
entity will not qualify as a TRS if it directly or indirectly
operates or manages a lodging or health care facility or,
generally, provides to another person under a franchise,
license, or otherwise, rights to any brand name under which any
lodging facility or health care facility is operated, unless
such rights are provided to an eligible independent
contractor (as defined below under Gross
Income Tests Rents from Real Property) to
operate or manage a lodging facility or health care facility and
such lodging facility or health care facility is either owned by
the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. Additionally, a
TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging
facility located outside the United States will not be
considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility as
long as an eligible independent contractor is
responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such
individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management
agreement or similar service contract.
We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as
receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the
stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we
treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary,
if any, as dividend income. This treatment can affect our
compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we do
not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our
compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities
to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might
otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through
pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 25% of the
value of a REITs assets may consist of stock or securities
of one or more TRSs.
A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any
income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the
deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent
REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level
of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise
tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the
REITs tenants that are not conducted on an
arms-length basis. We have formed Chatham TRS Holding,
Inc., whose wholly owned subsidiaries will be the lessees of our
hotel properties. See Taxable REIT
Subsidiaries.
90
Gross Income
Tests
We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our
qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income
for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income
that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments
relating to real property or mortgages on real property or
qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for
purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:
|
|
|
|
|
rents from real property;
|
|
|
|
interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on
interests in real property;
|
|
|
|
dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of,
shares in other REITs;
|
|
|
|
gain from the sale of real estate assets; and
|
|
|
|
income derived from the temporary investment in stock and debt
investments purchased with the proceeds from the issuance of our
shares of beneficial interest or a public offering of our debt
with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive
during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we
received such new capital.
|
Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each
taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income
for purposes of the 75% gross income test, other types of
interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of
shares or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income
from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to
customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from
both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income
tests. In addition, income and gain from hedging
transactions that we enter into to hedge indebtedness
incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate
assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will
be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for
purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition,
certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross
income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests.
See Foreign Currency Gain below. The
following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the
gross income tests to us.
Rents from Real Property. Rent that we receive
from our real property will qualify as rents from real
property, which is qualifying income for purposes of the
75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions
are met:
|
|
|
|
|
First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the
income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed
percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
|
|
|
|
Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more
of our shares of beneficial interest may own, actually or
constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive
rent, other than a TRS. If the tenant is a TRS and the property
is a qualified lodging facility, such TRS may not
directly or indirectly operate or manage such property. Instead,
the property must be operated on behalf of the TRS by a person
who qualifies as an independent contractor and who
is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the
trade or business of operating lodging facilities for any person
unrelated to us and the TRS. See Taxable REIT
Subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in
connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the
total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable
to personal property will qualify as rents from real property.
However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable
to personal property will not qualify as rents from real
property.
|
|
|
|
Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real
property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other
than certain customary services provided to tenants through an
independent contractor who is adequately compensated
and from whom we do not derive revenue. Furthermore, we may own
up to 100% of the stock of a TRS
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our
tenants without tainting our rental income for the related
properties. We need not provide services through an
independent contractor or a TRS, but instead may
provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are
usually or customarily rendered in connection with
the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to
be provided for the tenants convenience. In addition, we
may provide a minimal amount of services not described in the
prior sentence to the tenants of a property, other than through
an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from
the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of
performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from
the related property. See Taxable REIT
Subsidiaries.
|
Our TRS lessees will lease from our operating partnership and
its subsidiaries the land, buildings, improvements, furnishings
and equipment comprising our hotel properties. In order for the
rent paid under the leases to constitute rents from real
property, the leases must be respected as true leases for
federal income tax purposes and not treated as service
contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The
determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on
an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In
making such a determination, courts have considered a variety of
factors, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the intent of the parties;
|
|
|
|
the form of the agreement;
|
|
|
|
the degree of control over the property that is retained by the
property owner (for example, whether the lessee has substantial
control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee
was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its
obligations under the agreement); and
|
|
|
|
the extent to which the property owner retains the risk of loss
with respect to the property (for example, whether the lessee
bears the risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of
damage to the property) or the potential for economic gain with
respect to the property.
|
In addition, the federal income tax law provides that a contract
that purports to be a service contract or a partnership
agreement is treated instead as a lease of property if the
contract is properly treated as such, taking into account all
relevant factors. Since the determination of whether a service
contract should be treated as a lease is inherently factual, the
presence or absence of any single factor may not be dispositive
in every case.
We currently intend to structure our leases so that they qualify
as true leases for federal income tax purposes. For example,
with respect to each lease, we generally expect that:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating partnership and the lessee will intend for their
relationship to be that of a lessor and lessee, and such
relationship will be documented by a lease agreement;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will have the right to exclusive possession and use
and quiet enjoyment of the hotels covered by the lease during
the term of the lease;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will bear the cost of, and will be responsible for,
day-to-day
maintenance and repair of the hotels other than the cost of
certain capital expenditures, and will dictate through hotel
managers that are eligible independent contractors, who will
work for the lessee during the terms of the lease, and generally
will dictate how the hotels will be operated and maintained;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will bear all of the costs and expenses of operating
the hotels, including the cost of any inventory used in their
operation, during the term of the lease, other than real estate
and personal property taxes and the cost of certain furniture,
fixtures and equipment, and certain capital expenditures;
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
the lessee will benefit from any savings and will bear the
burdens of any increases in the costs of operating the hotels
during the term of the lease;
|
|
|
|
in the event of damage or destruction to a hotel, the lessee
will be at economic risk because it will bear the economic
burden of the loss in income from operation of the hotels
subject to the right, in certain circumstances, to terminate the
lease if the lessor does not restore the hotel to its prior
condition;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will generally indemnify the lessor against all
liabilities imposed on the lessor during the term of the lease
by reason of (A) injury to persons or damage to property
occurring at the hotels or (B) the lessees use,
management, maintenance or repair of the hotels;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will be obligated to pay, at a minimum, substantial
base rent for the period of use of the hotels under the lease;
|
|
|
|
the lessee will stand to incur substantial losses or reap
substantial gains depending on how successfully it, through the
hotel managers, who work for the lessees during the terms of the
leases, operates the hotels;
|
|
|
|
we expect that each lease that we enter into, at the time we
enter into it (or at any time that any such lease is
subsequently renewed or extended) will enable the tenant to
derive a meaningful profit, after expenses and taking into
account the risks associated with the lease, from the operation
of the hotels during the term of its leases; and
|
|
|
|
upon termination of each lease, the applicable hotel will be
expected to have a substantial remaining useful life and
substantial remaining fair market value.
|
Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury
regulations, published rulings or judicial decisions involving
leases with terms substantially the same as our leases that
discuss whether such leases constitute true leases for federal
income tax purposes. If our leases are characterized as service
contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases,
part or all of the payments that our operating partnership and
its subsidiaries receive from the TRS lessees may not be
considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various
requirements for qualification as rents from real
property. In that case, we likely would not be able to
satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a
result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief,
as described below under Failure to Satisfy
Gross Income Tests.
As described above, in order for the rent that we receive to
constitute rents from real property, several other
requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that
percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the
income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will
qualify as rents from real property if it is based
on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:
|
|
|
|
|
are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;
|
|
|
|
are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in
a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income
or profits; and
|
|
|
|
conform with normal business practice.
|
More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as rents
from real property if, considering the leases and all the
surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with
normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of
basing the percentage rent on income or profits.
Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more
of the shares or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a
related party tenant), other than a TRS. The
constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or
more in value of our shares of beneficial interest is owned,
directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered
as owning the shares owned, directly or
93
indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our
hotels will be leased to TRSs. In addition, our declaration of
trust prohibits transfers of our shares of beneficial interest
that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or
more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on
the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively,
10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the
constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to
monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our shares
of beneficial interest, no absolute assurance can be given that
such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge
will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee
(or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the
subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.
As described above, we may own up to 100% of the capital stock
of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that
generally may engage in any business, including the provision of
customary or noncustomary services to tenants of its parent
REIT, except that a TRS may not directly or indirectly operate
or manage any lodging facilities or health care facilities or
provide rights to any brand name under which any lodging or
health care facility is operated, unless such rights are
provided to an eligible independent contractor to
operate or manage a lodging or health care facility if such
rights are held by the TRS as a franchisee, licensee, or in a
similar capacity and such hotel is either owned by the TRS or
leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. A TRS will not be
considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility
solely because the TRS directly or indirectly possesses a
license, permit, or similar instrument enabling it to do so.
Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a
qualified lodging facility outside the United States will not be
considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility
located outside of the United States, as long as an
eligible independent contractor is responsible for
the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on
behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar
service contract. However, rent that we receive from a TRS with
respect to any property will qualify as rents from real
property as long as the property is a qualified
lodging facility and such property is operated on behalf
of the TRS by a person from whom we derive no income who is
adequately compensated, who does not, directly or through its
shareholders, own more than 35% of our shares, taking into
account certain ownership attribution rules, and who is, or is
related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or
business of operating qualified lodging facilities
for any person unrelated to us and the TRS lessee (an
eligible independent contractor). A qualified
lodging facility is a hotel, motel, or other establishment
more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a
transient basis, unless wagering activities are conducted at or
in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in
the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized
to engage in such business at or in connection with such
facility. A qualified lodging facility includes
customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or
associated with, the lodging facility as long as such amenities
and facilities are customary for other properties of a
comparable size and class owned by other unrelated owners. See
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.
Our TRS lessees will lease our hotel properties, which we
believe will constitute qualified lodging facilities. Our TRS
lessees will engage independent third-party hotel managers, such
as IHM and Hilton Hotels Corporation and its affiliates, that
qualify as eligible independent contractors to
operate the related hotels on behalf of such TRS lessees.
Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in
connection with the lease of a hotel must not be greater than
15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent
attributable to the personal property contained in a hotel is
the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the
taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the
personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable
year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of
both the real and personal property contained in the hotel at
the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the
personal property ratio). To comply with this
limitation, a TRS lessee may acquire furnishings, equipment and
other personal property. With respect to each hotel in which the
TRS lessee does not own the personal property, we believe either
that the personal property ratio will be less than 15% or that
any rent attributable to excess personal property will not
jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT.
94
There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not
challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that
a court would not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge
were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or
95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT status.
Fourth, we generally cannot furnish or render services to the
tenants of our hotels, or manage or operate our properties,
other than through an independent contractor who is adequately
compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any
income. Furthermore, our TRSs may provide customary and
noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental
income from such properties. However, we need not provide
services through an independent contractor or TRS
but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the
services are usually or customarily rendered in
connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are
not considered to be provided for the tenants convenience.
In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of
noncustomary services to the tenants of a property,
other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long
as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our income
from the related property. We will not perform any services
other than customary ones for our lessees, unless such services
are provided through independent contractors or TRSs or would
not otherwise jeopardize our tax status as a REIT.
If a portion of the rent that we receive from a hotel does not
qualify as rents from real property because the rent
attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent
for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable
to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes
of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent
attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is
nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test,
during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the
year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the
rent from a particular hotel does not qualify as rents
from real property because either (1) the percentage
rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related
lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or
fails to qualify for the exception to the related party tenant
rule for qualifying TRSs or (3) we furnish noncustomary
services to the tenants of the hotel, or manage or operate the
hotel, other than through a qualifying independent contractor or
a TRS, none of the rent from that hotel would qualify as
rents from real property. In that case, we might
lose our REIT qualification because we might be unable to
satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to
the rent, the lessees will be required to pay certain additional
charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent
either (1) reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated
to pay to third parties, such as a lessees proportionate
share of a propertys operational or capital expenses, or
(2) penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such
amounts, such charges should qualify as rents from real
property. However, to the extent that such charges do not
qualify as rents from real property, they instead
may be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross
income test, but not the 75% gross income test, or they may be
treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both gross
income tests. We intend to structure our leases in a manner that
will enable us to satisfy the REIT gross income tests.
Interest. The term interest
generally does not include any amount received or accrued,
directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount
depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any
person. However, interest generally includes the following:
|
|
|
|
|
an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of
receipts or sales; and
|
|
|
|
an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as
long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from
the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially
all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that
the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying
rents from real property if received directly by a
REIT.
|
If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a
percentage of the borrowers gain upon the sale of the real
property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation
in the propertys
95
value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan
provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property
securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for
purposes of both gross income tests.
We may invest opportunistically from time to time in mortgage
debt and mezzanine loans when we believe our investment will
allow us to acquire control of the related real estate. Interest
on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or on interests
in real property, including, for this purpose, discount points,
prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees, and late payment
charges that are not compensation for services, generally is
qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test.
However, if a loan is secured by real property and other
property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding
during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real
property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to
acquire the loan, a portion of the interest income from such
loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross
income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the
95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that
will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross
income test will be equal to the portion of the principal amount
of the loan that is not secured by real property
that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the
real estate that is security for the loan.
Mezzanine loans are loans secured by equity interests in an
entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather
than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue
Procedure
2003-65
provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it
meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue
Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for
purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest
derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest
for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue
Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it
does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we
anticipate that the mezzanine loans we will acquire typically
will not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe
harbor. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in manner that
will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income and asset
tests.
Dividends. Our share of any dividends received
from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT)
in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of
the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross
income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other
REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be
qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
Prohibited Transactions. A REIT will incur a
100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain)
derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other
than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for
sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.
We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for
sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not
be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds
an asset primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
course of a trade or business depends, however, on the
facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including
those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the
characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a
prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax
is available if the following requirements are met:
|
|
|
|
|
the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;
|
|
|
|
the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of
the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the
sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not
exceed 30% of the selling prince of the property;
|
|
|
|
either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not
make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure
property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code
applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such
properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10%
of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the
beginning of the year or (3) the aggregate fair market
value of all such properties sold by
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate
fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the
beginning of the year;
|
|
|
|
|
|
in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or
lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least
two years for the production of rental income; and
|
|
|
|
if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure
property during the taxable year, substantially all of the
marketing and development expenditures with respect to the
property were made through an independent contractor from whom
the REIT derives no income.
|
We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor
provision in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an
asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited
transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply
with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning
property that may be characterized as property that we hold
primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of
a trade or business. The 100% tax will not apply to gains
from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other
taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the
corporation at regular corporate income tax rates.
Foreclosure Property. We will be subject to
tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure
property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and
related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be
qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test,
less expenses directly connected with the production of that
income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will
qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure
property is any real property, including interests in real
property, and any personal property incident to such real
property:
|
|
|
|
|
that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid
on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced
such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process
of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a
lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property
secured;
|
|
|
|
for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time
when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and
|
|
|
|
for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property
as foreclosure property.
|
A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property
where the REIT takes control of the property as a
mortgagee-in-possession
and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a
creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be
foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year
following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the
property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary
of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and
foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the
first day:
|
|
|
|
|
on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its
terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for
purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received
or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered
into on or after such day that will give rise to income that
does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;
|
|
|
|
on which any construction takes place on the property, other
than completion of a building or any other improvement, where
more than 10% of the construction was completed before default
became imminent; or
|
|
|
|
which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT
acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or
business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an
independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive
or receive any income.
|
97
Hedging Transactions. From time to time, we or
our operating partnership may enter into hedging transactions
with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our
hedging activities may include entering into interest rate
swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and
futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from
hedging transactions will be excluded from gross
income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
A hedging transaction means either (1) any
transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our
operating partnerships trade or business primarily to
manage the risk of interest rate changes, price changes, or
currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be
made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to
acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction
entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency
fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that
would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income
test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We
are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction
before the close of the day on which it was acquired or entered
into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend
to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not
jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.
Foreign Currency Gain. Certain foreign
currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes
of one or both of the gross income tests. Real estate
foreign exchange gain will be excluded from gross income
for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Real estate foreign
exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain
attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying
income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign
currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of
(or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and
certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain
qualified business units of a REIT. Passive
foreign exchange gain will be excluded from gross income
for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign
exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange
gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain
attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying
income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign
currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of
(or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. Because
passive foreign exchange gain includes real estate foreign
exchange gain, real estate foreign exchange gain is excluded
from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross
income tests. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange
gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any
certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging
in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is
treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and
95% gross income tests.
Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests. If we
fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any
taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that
year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the
federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available
if:
|
|
|
|
|
our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and
not to willful neglect; and
|
|
|
|
following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule
of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations
prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.
|
We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we
would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as
discussed above in Taxation of Our
Company, even if the relief provisions apply, we would
incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater
of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the
95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction
intended to reflect our profitability.
98
Asset
Tests
To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset
tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.
First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must
consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
cash or cash items, including certain receivables and, in
certain circumstances, foreign currencies;
|
|
|
|
government securities;
|
|
|
|
interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to
acquire real property and leaseholds;
|
|
|
|
interests in mortgages loans secured by real property;
|
|
|
|
stock in other REITs; and
|
|
|
|
investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year
period following our receipt of new capital that we raise
through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at
least a five-year term.
|
Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class,
the value of our interest in any one issuers securities
may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5%
asset test.
Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class,
we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any
one issuers outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or
value test.
Fourth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may
consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.
Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may
consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable
subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for
purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.
For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value
test, the term securities does not include shares in
another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT
subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate
assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term
securities, however, generally includes debt
securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that
for purposes of the 10% value test, the term
securities does not include:
|
|
|
|
|
Straight debt securities, which is defined as a
written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified
date a sum certain in money if (i) the debt is not
convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity, and
(ii) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not
contingent on profits, the borrowers discretion, or
similar factors. Straight debt securities do not
include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation
in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which
we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power
or value of the stock) hold non-straight debt
securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the
issuers outstanding securities. However, straight
debt securities include debt subject to the following
contingencies:
|
|
|
|
a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or
principal, as long as either (i) there is no change to the
effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to
the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5%
of the annual yield, or (ii) neither the aggregate issue
price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuers debt
obligations held by us exceeds $1 million and no more than
12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can
be required to be prepaid; and
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a
default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the
contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice;
|
|
|
|
Any loan to an individual or an estate;
|
|
|
|
Any section 467 rental agreement, other
than an agreement with a related party tenant;
|
|
|
|
Any obligation to pay rents from real property;
|
|
|
|
Certain securities issued by governmental entities;
|
|
|
|
Any security issued by a REIT;
|
|
|
|
Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the
extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt
securities of the partnership; and
|
|
|
|
Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding
bullet points if at least 75% of the partnerships gross
income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is
qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test
described above in Gross Income Tests.
|
For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of
the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any
securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the
securities described in the last two bullet points above.
As described above, we may, on a select basis, invest in
mezzanine loans. Although we expect that our investments in
mezzanine loans will generally be treated as real estate assets,
we anticipate that the mezzanine loans in which we invest will
not meet all the requirements of the safe harbor in IRS Revenue
Procedure
2003-65.
Thus no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not
challenge our treatment of mezzanine loans as real estate
assets. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that
will enable us to continue to satisfy the asset and gross income
test requirements.
We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the
various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to
comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the
asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose
our REIT qualification if:
|
|
|
|
|
we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding
calendar quarter; and
|
|
|
|
the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset
test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our
assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of
one or more non-qualifying assets.
|
If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second
item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by
eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close
of the calendar quarter in which it arose.
In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote
or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT
qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up
to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10 million) and
(2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset
tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in
which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any
of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures
described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was
due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not
lose our REIT status if we (1) dispose of assets or
otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after
the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure,
(2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure
with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of
$50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net
income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which
we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
100
We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the
foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain
independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the
value of our assets and securities, or the real estate
collateral for the mortgage or mezzanine loans that support our
investments. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be
susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can
be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership
of securities and other assets violates one or more of the asset
tests applicable to REITs.
Distribution
Requirements
Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than
capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained
capital gain, to our shareholders in an aggregate amount at
least equal to:
|
|
|
|
|
90% of our REIT taxable income, computed without
regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain
or loss; and
|
|
|
|
90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure
property, minus
|
|
|
|
|
|
the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over
5% of our REIT taxable income.
|
We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they
relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we
declare the distribution before we timely file our federal
income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or
before the first regular dividend payment date after such
declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October,
November or December of the taxable year, payable to
shareholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and
we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the
following year. The distributions under clause (a) are
taxable to the shareholders in the year in which paid, and the
distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on
December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both
instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year
for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.
We will pay federal income tax on taxable income, including net
capital gain, that we do not distribute to shareholders.
Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or
by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of
distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the
last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:
|
|
|
|
|
85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,
|
|
|
|
95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and
|
|
|
|
any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,
|
we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of
such required distribution over the amounts we actually
distribute.
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term
capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we
will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount
for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above.
We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the
annual distribution requirements and to avoid corporate income
tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.
It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing
differences between the actual receipt of income and actual
payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income
and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable
income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses
from our REIT taxable income. Further, it is
possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of
net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated
property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable
to that sale. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less
cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient
to avoid corporate income tax and
101
the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even
to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation,
we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable
dividends of our shares of beneficial interest or debt
securities.
Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure
to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying
deficiency dividends to our shareholders in a later
year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction
for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able
to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency
dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based
upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency
dividends.
Recordkeeping
Requirements
We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT.
In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an
annual basis information from our shareholders designed to
disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding shares of
beneficial interest. We intend to comply with these requirements.
Failure to
Qualify
If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT
qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset
tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), we
could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable
cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000
for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions
for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as
described in Gross Income Tests and
Asset Tests.
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no
relief provision applies, we would be subject to federal income
tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable
income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable
income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would
not be able to deduct amounts paid out to shareholders. In fact,
we would not be required to distribute any amounts to
shareholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our
current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions
to shareholders would be taxable as dividend income. Subject to
certain limitations, corporate shareholders might be eligible
for the dividends received deduction and shareholders taxed at
individual rates may be eligible for the reduced federal income
tax rate of 15% through 2010 on such dividends. Unless we
qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we
also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four
taxable years following the year during which we ceased to
qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all
circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.
Taxation of
Taxable U.S. Shareholders
As used herein, the term U.S. shareholder means
a holder of our common shares that for U.S. federal income
tax purposes is:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District
of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate whose income is subject to federal income taxation
regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of such trust and
one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid
election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.
|
If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership
for federal income tax purposes holds our common shares, the
federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership
will generally depend on the status of the partner and the
activities of the partnership. If you are a partner
102
in a partnership holding our common shares, you are urged to
consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the
ownership and disposition of our common shares by the
partnership.
As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. shareholder
must generally take into account as ordinary income
distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings
and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends
or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. shareholder will
not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally
available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a
U.S. shareholder generally will not qualify for the 15% tax
rate for qualified dividend income. The maximum tax
rate for qualified dividend income received by
U.S. shareholders taxed at individual rates is 15% through
2010. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower
than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is currently
35%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid
to U.S. shareholders taxed at individual rates by domestic
C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations.
Because we are not generally subject to federal income tax on
the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our
shareholders (see Taxation of Our
Company above), our dividends generally will not be
eligible for the 15% rate on qualified dividend income. As a
result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher
tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 15% tax
rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary
REIT dividends (i) attributable to dividends received by us
from non-REIT corporations, such as our TRS, and (ii) to
the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid
corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we
distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to
qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a
shareholder must hold our common shares for more than
60 days during the
121-day
period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the
date on which our common shares becomes ex-dividend.
A U.S. shareholder generally will take into account as
long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as
capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which
the U.S. shareholder has held our common shares. We
generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either
15% or 25% rate distributions. See Capital
Gains and Losses. A corporate U.S. shareholder,
however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital
gain dividends as ordinary income.
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term
capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to
the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to
such shareholder, a U.S. shareholder would be taxed on its
proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain.
The U.S. shareholder would receive a credit for its
proportionate share of the tax we paid. The
U.S. shareholder would increase the basis in its shares of
beneficial interest by the amount of its proportionate share of
our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the
tax we paid.
A U.S. shareholder will not incur tax on a distribution in
excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if
the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the
U.S. shareholders common shares. Instead, the
distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of
beneficial interest. A U.S. shareholder will recognize a
distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated
earnings and profits and the U.S. shareholders
adjusted basis in his or her shares of beneficial interest as
long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares
of beneficial interest have been held for one year or less,
assuming the shares of beneficial interest are a capital asset
in the hands of the U.S. shareholder. In addition, if we
declare a distribution in October, November, or December of any
year that is payable to a U.S. shareholder of record on a
specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be
treated as both paid by us and received by the
U.S. shareholder on December 31 of such year, provided that
we actually pay the distribution during January of the following
calendar year.
Shareholders may not include in their individual income tax
returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses.
Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for
potential offset against our future income. Taxable
distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our
common shares will not be treated as passive activity income
and, therefore, shareholders generally will not be able to apply
any passive activity losses, such as losses from
certain types of limited partnerships in which the shareholder
is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable
distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our
common shares generally will be treated as investment income for
103
purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify
shareholders after the close of our taxable year as to the
portions of the distributions attributable to that year that
constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.
Taxation of U.S.
Shareholders on the Disposition of Common Shares
A U.S. shareholder who is not a dealer in securities must
generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of our common shares as long-term capital gain or
loss if the U.S. shareholder has held our common shares for
more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or
loss. In general, a U.S. shareholder will realize gain or
loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the
fair market value of any property and the amount of cash
received in such disposition and the
U.S. shareholders adjusted tax basis. A
shareholders adjusted tax basis generally will equal the
U.S. shareholders acquisition cost, increased by the
excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the
U.S. shareholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on
such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a
U.S. shareholder must treat any loss upon a sale or
exchange of common shares held by such shareholder for six
months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of
capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed
distributions from us that such U.S. shareholder treats as
long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a
U.S. shareholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our
common shares may be disallowed if the U.S. shareholder
purchases other common shares within 30 days before or
after the disposition.
Capital Gains and
Losses
A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one
year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be
treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal
individual income tax rate currently is 35% (which rate, absent
additional congressional action, will apply until
December 31, 2010). The maximum tax rate on long-term
capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates
is 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one
year occurring through December 31, 2010. The maximum tax
rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of
Section 1250 property, or depreciable real
property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total
amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the
Section 1250 property.
With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain
dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to
distribute, we generally may designate whether such a
distribution is taxable to our shareholders taxed at individual
rates at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential
between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may
be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as
capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of
capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital
losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income
only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate
taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A
corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at
ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct
capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused
losses being carried back three years and forward five years.
Taxation of
Tax-Exempt Shareholders
Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and
profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts,
generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they
are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable
income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate
generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend
distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do
not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust
does not otherwise use the shares of beneficial interest in the
REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust.
Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt
shareholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a
tax-exempt shareholder were to finance its acquisition of common
shares with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from
us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the debt-financed
property rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee
benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts
and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from
taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws
104
are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will
require them to characterize distributions that they receive
from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified
employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10%
of our shares of beneficial interest must treat a percentage of
the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage
is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade
or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided
by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the
dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more
than 10% of our shares of beneficial interest only if:
|
|
|
|
|
the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must
treat as UBTI is at least 5%;
|
|
|
|
we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule
requiring that no more than 50% of our shares of beneficial
interest be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the
beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our
shares of beneficial interest in proportion to their actuarial
interests in the pension trust; and
|
|
|
|
either:
|
|
|
|
|
|
one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our shares
of beneficial interest; or
|
|
|
|
a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of
the value of our shares of beneficial interest collectively owns
more than 50% of the value of our shares of beneficial interest.
|
Taxation of
Non-U.S.
Shareholders
The term
non-U.S. shareholder
means a holder of our common shares that is not a
U.S. shareholder or a partnership (or entity treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules
governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien
individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and
other foreign shareholders are complex. This section is only a
summary of such rules. We urge
non-U.S. shareholders
to consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of
federal, state, and local income tax laws on the purchase,
ownership and sale of our common shares, including any reporting
requirements.
A
non-U.S. shareholder
that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain
from our sale or exchange of a United States real property
interest, or USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not
designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain
will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such
distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and
profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of
the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution
unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax.
However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected
with the
non-U.S. shareholders
conduct of a U.S. trade or business (conducted through a
United States permanent establishment, where applicable), the
non-U.S. shareholder
generally will be subject to federal income tax on the
distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as
U.S. shareholders are taxed with respect to such
distribution, and a
non-U.S. shareholder
that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch
profits tax with respect to that distribution. Except with
respect to certain distributions attributable to the sale of
USRPIs described below, we plan to withhold U.S. income tax
at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution
paid to a
non-U.S. shareholder
unless either:
|
|
|
|
|
a lower treaty rate applies and the
non-U.S. shareholder
files an IRS
Form W-8BEN
evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. shareholder
files an IRS
Form W-8ECI
with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected
income.
|
A
non-U.S. shareholder
will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current
and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of
such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its
common shares. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution
will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of beneficial
interest. A
non-U.S. shareholder
will be subject to tax on a
105
distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated
earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common
shares, if the
non-U.S. shareholder
otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or
disposition of its common shares, as described below. Because we
generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution
whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated
earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the
entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would
withhold on a dividend. However, a
non-U.S. shareholder
may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later
determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and
accumulated earnings and profits. We must withhold 10% of any
distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings
and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a
rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the
extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 10%
on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a
rate of 30%.
For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a
non-U.S. shareholder
will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain
from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign
Investment in Real Property Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI
includes certain interests in real property and stock in certain
corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of USRPIs.
Under FIRPTA, a
non-U.S. shareholder
is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of
USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a
U.S. business of the
non-U.S. shareholder.
A
non-U.S. shareholder
thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital
gains rates applicable to U.S. shareholders, subject to
applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative
minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A
non-U.S. corporate
shareholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may
be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution.
We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we
could designate as a capital gain dividend. A
non-U.S. shareholder
may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we
withhold.
However, if our common shares are regularly traded on an
established securities market in the United States, capital gain
distributions on our common shares that are attributable to our
sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends
rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the
non-U.S. shareholder
did not own more than 5% of our common shares at any time during
the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result,
non-U.S. shareholders
generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital
gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to
withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our
common shares will be regularly traded on an established
securities market in the United States following this offering.
If our common shares are not regularly traded on an established
securities market in the United States or the
non-U.S. shareholder
owned more than 5% of our common shares at any time during the
one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain
distributions that are attributable to our sale of real property
would be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the
preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a
non-U.S. shareholder
disposes of our common shares during the
30-day
period preceding the ex-dividend date of a dividend, and such
non-U.S. shareholder
(or a person related to such
non-U.S. shareholder)
acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our
common shares within 61 days of the first day of the
30-day
period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment
would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital
gain to such
non-U.S. shareholder,
then such
non-U.S. shareholder
shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that,
but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI
capital gain.
Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that
amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of the
common shares held by U.S. shareholders generally should be
treated with respect to
non-U.S. shareholders
in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain
dividends. Under this approach, a
non-U.S. shareholder
would be able to offset as a credit against its United States
federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate
share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and
to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the
non-U.S. shareholders
proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual
United States federal income tax liability, provided that the
non-U.S. shareholder
furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.
106
Non-U.S. shareholders
could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon
a disposition of our common shares if we are a United States
real property holding corporation during a specified testing
period. If at least 50% of a REITs assets are USRPIs, then
the REIT will be a United States real property holding
corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real
property holding corporation based on our investment strategy.
However, if we are a United States real property holding
corporation, a
non-U.S. shareholder
generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale
of our common shares if we are a domestically controlled
qualified investment entity. A domestically controlled
qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all
times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value
of its shares are held directly or indirectly by
non-U.S. shareholders.
We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If our common
shares are regularly traded on an established securities market,
an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be
available with respect to our common shares, even if we do not
qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity
at the time the
non-U.S. shareholder
sells our common shares. Under that exception, the gain from
such a sale by such a
non-U.S. shareholder
will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if:
|
|
|
|
|
our common shares are treated as being regularly traded under
applicable U.S. Treasury regulations on an established
securities market; and
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. shareholder
owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common
shares at all times during a specified testing period.
|
As noted above, we anticipate that our common shares will be
regularly traded on an established securities market following
this offering.
If the gain on the sale of our common shares were taxed under
FIRPTA, a
non-U.S. shareholder
would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as
U.S. shareholders, subject to applicable alternative
minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of
nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a
non-U.S. shareholder
generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with the
non-U.S. shareholders
U.S. trade or business, in which case the
non-U.S. shareholder
will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. shareholders
with respect to such gain; or
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. shareholder
is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the
U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and
has a tax home in the United States, in which case
the
non-U.S. shareholder
will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.
|
Information
Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
We will report to our shareholders and to the IRS the amount of
distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount
of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules,
a shareholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of
28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:
|
|
|
|
|
is a corporation or qualifies for certain other exempt
categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or
|
|
|
|
provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no
loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise
complies with the applicable requirements of the backup
withholding rules.
|
A shareholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer
identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed
by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be
creditable against the shareholders income tax liability.
In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital
gain distributions to any shareholders who fail to certify their
non-foreign status to us.
Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of
dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities
as such, to a
non-U.S. shareholder
provided that the
non-U.S. shareholder
furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification
as to its
107
non-U.S. status,
such as providing a valid IRS
Form W-8BEN
or W-8ECI,
or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our
paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the
holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Payments of the net proceeds from a disposition or a redemption
effected outside the U.S. by a
non-U.S. shareholder
made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will
not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding.
However, information reporting (but not backup withholding)
generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain
connections with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary
evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a
non-U.S. shareholder
and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise
established. Payment of the net proceeds from a disposition by a
non-U.S. shareholder
of common shares made by or through the U.S. office of a
broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup
withholding unless the
non-U.S. shareholder
certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a
U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or
otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting
and backup withholding.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts
withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or
credited against the shareholders federal income tax
liability if certain required information is furnished to the
IRS. Shareholders are urged consult their own tax advisors
regarding application of backup withholding to them and the
availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from,
backup withholding.
Other Tax
Consequences
Tax Aspects of
Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary
Partnerships
The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax
considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments
in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or
limited liability companies that we form or acquire (each
individually a Partnership and, collectively, the
Partnerships). The discussion does not cover state
or local tax laws or any federal tax laws other than income tax
laws.
Classification as Partnerships. We will be
entitled to include in our income our distributive share of each
Partnerships income and to deduct our distributive share
of each Partnerships losses only if such Partnership is
classified for federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or
an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if
the entity has only one owner or member) rather than as a
corporation or an association taxable as a corporation. An
unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will
be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation,
for federal income tax purposes if it:
|
|
|
|
|
is treated as a partnership under the Treasury regulations
relating to entity classification (the
check-the-box
regulations); and
|
|
|
|
is not a publicly traded partnership.
|
Under the
check-the-box
regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners
or members may elect to be classified either as an association
taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity
fails to make an election, it generally will be treated as a
partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income
tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) for
federal income tax purposes. Each Partnership intends to be
classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and
no Partnership will elect to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation under the
check-the-box
regulations.
A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests
are traded on an established securities market or are readily
tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent
thereof. A publicly traded partnership will not, however, be
treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each
taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it
was classified as a publicly traded partnership, 90% or more of
the partnerships gross income for such year consists of
certain passive-type income, including real property rents,
gains from the sale or other disposition of real property,
interest, and dividends (the 90% passive income
exception). Treasury regulations (the PTP
regulations) provide
108
limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly traded
partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors (the
private placement exclusion), interests in a
partnership will not be treated as readily tradable on a
secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof if
(1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a
transaction or transactions that were not required to be
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
(2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at
any time during the partnerships taxable year. In
determining the number of partners in a partnership, a person
owning an interest in a partnership, grantor trust, or
S corporation that owns an interest in the partnership is
treated as a partner in such partnership only if
(1) substantially all of the value of the owners
interest in the entity is attributable to the entitys
direct or indirect interest in the partnership and (2) a
principal purpose of the use of the entity is to permit the
partnership to satisfy the 100-partner limitation. Each
Partnership is expected to qualify for the private placement
exclusion in the foreseeable future. Additionally, if our
operating partnership were a publicly traded partnership, we
believe that our operating partnership would have sufficient
qualifying income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception
and thus would continue to be taxed as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes.
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling
from the IRS that the Partnerships will be classified as
partnerships for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason
a Partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a
partnership, for federal income tax purposes, we likely would
not be able to qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain
relief provisions. See Gross Income
Tests and Asset Tests. In
addition, any change in a Partnerships status for tax
purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we
might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution.
See Distribution Requirements. Further,
items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass
through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as
shareholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership
would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its
net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute
dividends that would not be deductible in computing such
Partnerships taxable income.
Income Taxation
of the Partnerships and their Partners
Partners, Not the Partnerships, Subject to
Tax. A partnership is not a taxable entity for
federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take
into account our allocable share of each Partnerships
income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for any taxable
year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year,
without regard to whether we have received or will receive any
distribution from such Partnership.
Partnership Allocations. Although a
partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of
income and losses among partners, such allocations will be
disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the
provisions of the federal income tax laws governing partnership
allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for federal
income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be
reallocated in accordance with the partners interests in
the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account
all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic
arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each
Partnerships allocations of taxable income, gain, and loss
are intended to comply with the requirements of the federal
income tax laws governing partnership allocations.
Tax Allocations With Respect to Our
Properties. Income, gain, loss, and deduction
attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is
contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the
partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the
contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from,
respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated
with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of
such unrealized gain or unrealized loss (built-in
gain or built-in loss) is generally equal to
the difference between the fair market value of the contributed
property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis
of such property at the time of contribution (a book-tax
difference). Any property purchased by our operating
partnership for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis
equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax
difference. In the future, however, our operating partnership
may admit partners in exchange for a contribution of appreciated
or depreciated property, resulting in book-tax differences. Such
allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do
not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal
109
arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury
Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use
a reasonable method for allocating items with
respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining
several reasonable allocation methods. Under certain available
methods, the carryover basis of contributed properties in the
hands of our operating partnership (i) could cause us to be
allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax
purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed
properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market
value at the time of the contribution and (ii) in the event
of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated
taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to
us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the
contributing partners. An allocation described in
(ii) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in
excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other
disposition of property, which might adversely affect our
ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and
may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed
as dividends. We have not yet decided what method will be used
to account for book-tax differences for properties that may be
acquired by our operating partnership in the future.
Basis in Partnership Interest. Our adjusted
tax basis in our partnership interest in our operating
partnership generally is equal to:
|
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash and the basis of any other property
contributed by us to our operating partnership;
|
|
|
|
increased by our allocable share of our operating
partnerships income and our allocable share of
indebtedness of our operating partnership; and
|
|
|
|
reduced, but not below zero, by our allocable share of our
operating partnerships loss and the amount of cash
distributed to us, and by constructive distributions resulting
from a reduction in our share of indebtedness of our operating
partnership.
|
If the allocation of our distributive share of our operating
partnerships loss would reduce the adjusted tax basis of
our partnership interest below zero, the recognition of such
loss will be deferred until such time as the recognition of such
loss would not reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero. To the
extent that our operating partnerships distributions, or
any decrease in our share of the indebtedness of our operating
partnership, which is considered a constructive cash
distribution to the partners, reduce our adjusted tax basis
below zero, such distributions will constitute taxable income to
us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally
will be characterized as long-term capital gain.
Depreciation Deductions Available to Our Operating
Partnership. To the extent that our operating
partnership acquires its hotels in exchange for cash, its
initial basis in such hotels for federal income tax purposes
generally was or will be equal to the purchase price paid by our
operating partnership. Our operating partnerships initial
basis in hotels acquired in exchange for units in our operating
partnership should be the same as the transferors basis in
such hotels on the date of acquisition by our operating
partnership. Although the law is not entirely clear, our
operating partnership generally will depreciate such depreciable
hotel property for federal income tax purposes over the same
remaining useful lives and under the same methods used by the
transferors. Our operating partnerships tax depreciation
deductions will be allocated among the partners in accordance
with their respective interests in our operating partnership,
except to the extent that our operating partnership is required
under the federal income tax laws governing partnership
allocations to use a method for allocating tax depreciation
deductions attributable to contributed properties that results
in our receiving a disproportionate share of such deductions.
Sale of a
Partnerships Property
Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of
property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be
long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that
is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain
or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of
contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners
of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent
of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for federal
income tax purposes. The partners built-in gain or loss on
such contributed properties will equal the difference between
the
110
partners proportionate share of the book value of those
properties and the partners tax basis allocable to those
properties at the time of the contribution, subject to certain
adjustments. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the
Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties,
and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the
disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the
partners in accordance with their respective percentage
interests in the Partnership.
Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of
any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other
property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary
course of the Partnerships trade or business will be
treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject
to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income also
may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the
income tests for REIT status. See Gross Income
Tests. We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to
allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that
represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale
to customers in the ordinary course of our or such
Partnerships trade or business.
Sunset of Reduced
Tax Rate Provisions
Several of the tax considerations described herein are subject
to a sunset provision. The sunset provisions generally provide
that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010,
certain provisions that are currently in the Code will revert
back to a prior version of those provisions. These provisions
include provisions related to the reduced maximum income tax
rate for long-term capital gains of 15% (rather than 20%) for
taxpayers taxed at individual rates, the application of the 15%
tax rate to qualified dividend income, and certain other tax
rate provisions described herein. The impact of this reversion
is not discussed herein. Consequently, prospective shareholders
are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect
of sunset provisions on an investment in our common shares.
State, Local and
Foreign Taxes
We and/or
you may be subject to taxation by various states, localities and
foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or a
shareholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The
state, local and foreign tax treatment may differ from the
federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you
are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect
of state, local and foreign tax laws upon an investment in our
common shares.
111
ERISA
CONSIDERATIONS
A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other
employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA,
should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the
context of the plans particular circumstances before
authorizing an investment of a portion of such plans
assets in the common shares. Accordingly, such fiduciary should
consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the
diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of
ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with
the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by
Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA, and (iii) whether the
investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition
of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and
diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the
Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets
of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships
to the plan (parties in interest within the meaning
of ERISA, disqualified persons within the meaning of
the Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in
our common shares also should consider whether the acquisition
or the continued holding of the shares might constitute or give
rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not
subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or
the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and
foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those
considering investing in the shares on behalf of such a plan
should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding
of the shares might violate any such similar restrictions.
The DOL has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as
to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under
ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity
interest in an entity, which interest is neither a
publicly offered security nor a security issued by
an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended, the plans assets would include,
for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA,
both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of
the entitys underlying assets unless certain specified
exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered
security as a security that is widely held,
freely transferable, and either part of a class of
securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant
to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act
(provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act
within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the
issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares
are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities
Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.
The DOL Regulations provide that a security is widely
held only if it is part of a class of securities that is
owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of
one another. A security will not fail to be widely
held because the number of independent investors falls
below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result
of events beyond the issuers control. We expect our common
shares to be widely held upon completion of this
offering.
The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is
freely transferable is a factual question to be
determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances.
The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part
of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or
less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions
ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding
that such securities are freely transferable. We
believe that the restrictions imposed under our declaration of
trust on the transfer of our shares are limited to the
restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL
Regulations and are not likely to result in the failure of the
common shares to be freely transferable. The DOL
Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding
of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be
given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.
Assuming that the common shares will be widely held
and freely transferable, we believe that our common
shares will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the
DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be
plan assets of any plan that invests in our common
shares.
Each holder of our common shares will be deemed to have
represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of such
common shares (or any interest therein) will not constitute or
result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code.
112
UNDERWRITING
Barclays Capital Inc. is acting as the sole representative of
the underwriters and the sole book-running manager of this
offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which
will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each
of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase
from us the respective number of common shares shown opposite
its name below:
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters
obligation to purchase common shares depends on the satisfaction
of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the obligation to purchase all of the common shares offered
hereby (other than those common shares covered by their option
to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the
shares are purchased;
|
|
|
|
the representations and warranties made by us to the
underwriters are true;
|
|
|
|
there is no material change in our business or the financial
markets; and
|
|
|
|
we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
|
Commissions and
Expenses
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and
commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are
shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares. The
underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to
the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the
shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per
Share(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
At the closing of this offering,
the underwriters will be entitled to receive
$
(or % of the total underwriting
discount) from us for each share sold in this offering. The
underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of
$ per share
(or % of the total underwriting
discount) until we purchase hotel properties with an aggregate
purchase price (including the aggregate purchase price of the
initial acquisition hotels) equal to at
least % of the net proceeds from
this offering and the concurrent private placement (after
deducting the full underwriting discount and other estimated
offering expenses payable by us). The following table presents
information about the underwriting discount in scenarios in
which the payment condition described above is satisfied and in
which it is not satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment condition is satisfied
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discount paid by us at closing
( %)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total underwriting discount paid by us
( %)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment condition is not satisfied
|
|
Per Share
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discount paid by us at closing
( %)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional underwriting discount paid by us when met
( %)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total underwriting discount paid by us when met
( %)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferral by the underwriters of a portion of the underwriting
discount reduces the underwriting discount immediately payable
by us at closing. However, once we purchase hotel properties
with an aggregate purchase price at least equal
to % of the net proceeds from this
offering and the concurrent private placement, as described
above, we will pay the underwriters a cash amount equal to the
deferred amount. By deferring a portion of the underwriting
discount, full
113
payment will only occur if and when we have purchased hotel
properties with the specified aggregate purchase price, instead
of at the closing when we have not yet invested all of the net
proceeds raised in this offering.
The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the
underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the
public at the public offering price on the cover of this
prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the
underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession
not in excess of $ per share.
After the offering, the representative may change the offering
price and other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of
the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are
estimated to be $ (excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions).
Option to
Purchase Additional Shares
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for
30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase,
from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate
of common
shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts
and commissions. This option may be exercised if the
underwriters sell more than shares in connection with this
offering.
To the
extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro
rata portion of these additional shares based on the
underwriters underwriting commitment in the offering as
indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting
Section.
Lock-Up
Agreements
We and our trustees and executive officers have agreed that,
without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., we
and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for
sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any
transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected
to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the
future of) any common shares (including, without limitation,
common shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us
or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and common shares that may be
issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common
shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives
transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any
of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares,
(3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or
cause to be filed a registration statement, including any
amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any
common shares or securities convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable into common shares or any of our other securities,
or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the
foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus.
The 180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to us occurs; or
|
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
announcement of the material news or occurrence of material
event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays
Capital, Inc.
|
Barclays Capital Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the
common shares and other securities subject to the
lock-up
agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with
or without notice. When determining whether or not to release
common shares and other securities from
lock-up
agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. will consider, among other
factors, the holders reasons for requesting
114
the release, the number of common shares and other securities
for which the release is being requested and market conditions
at the time.
Offering Price
Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common shares. The initial public offering price will be
negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining
the initial public offering price of our common shares, the
representatives will consider:
|
|
|
|
|
the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
|
|
|
|
our financial information;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our management and our business potential and
earning prospects;
|
|
|
|
the prevailing securities markets at the time of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded
shares of generally comparable companies.
|
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and
to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required
to make for these liabilities.
Stabilization,
Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The representative may engage in stabilizing transactions, short
sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales,
and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing
or maintaining the price of our common shares, in accordance
with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying
security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares
in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated
to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short
position. This short position may be either a covered short
position or a naked short position. In a covered short position,
the number of shares involved in the sales made by the
underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are
obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares
that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase
additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of
shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their
option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close
out any short position by either exercising their option to
purchase additional shares
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source
of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will
consider, among other things, the price of shares available for
purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which
they may purchase shares through their option to purchase
additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be
created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be
downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common
shares in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the common shares
originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding
a
115
decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result,
the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
the common shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the
underwriters make representation that the representative will
engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any
transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without
notice.
Electronic
Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet sites or through other online services maintained by
one or more of the underwriters
and/or
selling group members participating in this offering, or by
their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and, depending upon the particular
underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may
be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree
with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to
online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online
distributions will be made by the representative on the same
basis as other allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriters or selling group members web
site and any information contained in any other web site
maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part
of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its
capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not
be relied upon by investors.
The New York
Stock Exchange
We expect to apply for the listing of our common shares for
quotation on the NYSE under the symbol . The
underwriters have undertaken to sell the common shares in this
offering to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners in round lots
of 100 or more units to meet NYSE distribution requirements for
trading.
Discretionary
Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to
confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the
total number of shares offered by them.
Stamp
Taxes
If you purchase common shares offered in this prospectus, you
may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the
laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to
the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Relationships
Barclays Capital and certain of the underwriters
and/or their
affiliates may in the future engage in commercial and investment
banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their
business. They expect to receive, customary compensation and
expense reimbursement for these commercial and investment
banking transactions. The underwriters may in the future perform
investment banking and advisory services for us from time to
time for which they expect to receive customary fees and expense
reimbursement.
EXPERTS
The balance sheet of Chatham Lodging Trust, a development stage
company, as of October 30, 2009 included in this Prospectus
has been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered certified
public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.
116
The combined financial statements of RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC,
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas
Hotel Limited Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ
Maitland Hotel, LLC (collectively the Initial Acquisition
Hotels) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008
included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on
the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
LEGAL
MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be
passed upon for us by Hunton & Williams LLP. Venable
LLP will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of
Maryland law, including the validity of the common shares
offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been
represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles,
California.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-11,
including exhibits and schedules filed with this registration
statement, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with
respect to our common shares to be sold in this offering. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in
the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the
registration statement. For further information with respect to
our company and our common shares to be sold in this offering,
reference is made to the registration statement, including the
exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements
contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract
or other document referred to in this prospectus are not
necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to
the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all
respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference
relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the
exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be
examined without charge at the public reference room of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street,
N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about
the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by
calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0300.
Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be
obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment
of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration
statement, are also available to you on the SECs website
www.sec.gov.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the
information and reporting requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports
and proxy statements and will make available to our shareholders
quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal
year containing unaudited interim financial information.
REPORTS TO
SHAREHOLDERS
We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements audited by our independent
registered certified public accounting firm.
117
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Audited Financial Statements for Initial Acquisition Hotels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
|
|
|
|
|
F-19
|
|
|
|
|
F-20-25
|
|
Unaudited Financial Statements for Initial Acquisition Hotels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
|
|
|
|
|
F-30-31
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING
FIRM
The Board of Trustees and Shareholder
Chatham Lodging Trust:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Chatham
Lodging Trust (a development stage company) at October 30,
2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America. This financial statement is the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial
statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this
statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statement is free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
November 4, 2009
F-2
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
BALANCE SHEET
October 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS:
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000 shares
authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
10
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
9,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial
statement.
F-3
Chatham Lodging Trust (the Company) was formed as a
Maryland real estate investment trust on October 26, 2009,
and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for
U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes. The Company plans to be
internally-managed and was organized to invest primarily in
premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service, and
full-service hotels. The Company expects that a significant
portion of its portfolio will consist of hotels in the upscale
extended-stay category, including brands such as Homewood Suites
by
Hilton®,
Residence Inn by
Marriott®
and Summerfield Suites by
Hyatt®.
The Company is in the development stage, has no assets other
than cash and has not yet commenced operations. The Company has
not entered into any contracts to acquire hotel properties or
other assets. The Company is in the process of forming a
subsidiary, Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Operating
Partnership). The Company will be the sole general partner
of the Operating Partnership and plans to conduct substantially
all of its business through the Operating Partnership following
its formation.
The Company intends to offer for sale up to $230 million in
common shares through the filing of a registration statement on
Form S-11.
Concurrently with the closing of its initial public offering, in
a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under
the Securities Act of 1933, the Company will sell common shares
for an aggregate purchase price of $10 million to its chief
executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share equal
to the price to the public in the initial public offering, and
without payment by the Company of any underwriting discount or
commission.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Below is a discussion of significant accounting policies as the
Company prepares to commence operations and acquire hotel assets:
Basis of
Presentation
The balance sheet includes all of the accounts of the Company as
of October 30, 2009, presented in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Income
Taxes
The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate
investment trust (REIT) for federal income tax
purposes. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain
organizational and operational requirements, including a
requirement to distribute at least 90% of the Companys
annual REIT taxable income to its shareholders (which is
computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net
capital gain and which does not necessarily equal net income as
calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles). As a REIT, the Company generally will
not be subject to federal income tax to the extent it
distributes qualifying dividends to its shareholders.
F-4
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENT (Continued)
If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year,
it will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income
at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be
permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income
tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year
during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue
Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory
provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the
Companys net income and net cash available for
distribution to shareholders. However, the Company intends to
organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for
treatment as a REIT.
The Company plans to lease its hotels to subsidiaries of its
taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS, Chatham TRS Holding, Inc. The
TRS would be subject to federal and state income taxes and the
Company would account for them, where applicable, using the
asset and liability method which recognizes deferred tax assets
and liabilities arising from differences between financial
statement carrying amounts and income tax bases.
Organizational
and Offering Costs
The Company expenses organization costs as incurred and offering
costs, which include selling commissions, will be deferred and
charged to shareholders equity.
The Company will reimburse its sole shareholder for any
out-of-pocket expenses to be incurred in connection with the
organization of the Company and the proposed offering of common
shares to the public. If the proposed offering is terminated,
the Company will have no obligation to reimburse the shareholder
for any organizational or offering costs.
Recently
Issued Accounting Standards
In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that made
the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the
Codification) the source of authoritative GAAP
recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental
entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under
authority of federal securities laws are also sources of
authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification has
superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting
standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting
literature not included in the Codification became
non-authoritative. This accounting standard is effective for
financial statements issued for interim and annual periods
ending after September 15, 2009. Following the issuance of
this accounting standard, the FASB will not issue new standards
in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging
Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting
Standards Updates. The Board will not consider Accounting
Standards Updates as authoritative in their own right.
Accounting Standards Updates will serve only to update the
Codification, provide background information about the guidance,
and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the
Codification. The adoption of this accounting standard did not
have a significant impact on the Companys financial
statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to the
consolidation of variable-interest entities, which requires
enterprises to qualitatively assess the determination of the
primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity
(VIE) based on whether the entity (1) has the
power to direct matters that most significantly impact the
activities of the VIE, and (2) has the obligation to absorb
losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could
potentially be significant to the VIE. The amendments change the
consideration of kick-out rights in determining if an entity is
a VIE which may cause certain additional entities to now be
considered VIEs. Additionally, they require an ongoing
reconsideration of the primary beneficiary and provide a
framework for the events that trigger a reassessment of whether
an entity is a VIE. This guidance will be effective for
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
November 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the
impact of this accounting standard.
F-5
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
NOTES TO FINANCIAL
STATEMENT (Continued)
Under the Declaration of Trust of the Company, the total number
of shares initially authorized for issuance is 1,000 common
shares. The Board of Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust
to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares.
On October 30, 2009, the Company issued the sole
shareholder of the Company 1,000 common shares at $10 per share.
|
|
4.
|
Related Party
Transactions
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher, the Companys Chief Executive Officer,
President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees, owns 90% of
Island Hospitality Management, Inc. (IHM), a hotel
management company. The Company may enter into hotel management
agreements with IHM for certain acquired hotels.
The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures
and/or
adjustments resulting from subsequent events through
November 4, 2009, which is the date the financial statement
was issued. This evaluation did not result in any subsequent
events that necessitated disclosures
and/or
adjustments.
|
|
6.
|
Subsequent Events
(unaudited)
|
The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or
adjustments resulting from subsequent events through
February 12, 2010, which is the date the financial
statement was reissued. This evaluation did not result in any
subsequent events that necessitated disclosures and/or
adjustments.
F-6
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
Chatham Lodging Trust was formed on October 26, 2009. In
November 2009, Chatham Lodging Trust signed an agreement to
acquire six hotels for $73.5 million from wholly owned
subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC (RLJ). Hotels
to be acquired include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Property
|
|
Rooms
|
|
|
Homewood Suites Billerica, Massachusetts
|
|
|
147
|
|
Homewood Suites Bloomington, Minnesota
|
|
|
144
|
|
Homewood Suites Brentwood, Tennessee
|
|
|
121
|
|
Homewood Suites Dallas, Texas
|
|
|
137
|
|
Homewood Suites Farmington, Connecticut
|
|
|
121
|
|
Homewood Suites Maitland, Florida
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total rooms
|
|
|
813
|
|
The acquisition will be funded from proceeds of the
Companys planned underwritten common share offering of up
to $230 million and a concurrent $10 million private
placement to Jeffrey H. Fisher. The $200 million common
share offering assumes that the underwriters option to
purchase up to $30 million of additional common shares to
cover any over-allotments is not exercised. The proceeds of the
common share offering and the private placement will be
contributed to Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the
Partnership), in exchange for limited partnership
interests in the Partnership. Together these transactions are
referred to as the Offering. Chatham Lodging Trust
and the Partnership are herein referred to as the
Company. No debt will be issued or assumed in
connection with the acquisition of the hotels. The hotels will
be managed by Promus Hotels, Inc. (Promus), an
affiliate of Hilton Hotels Corporation, and are subject to
franchise agreements with Promus. The hotels are collectively
referred to as the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
information of the Company includes the unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30,
2009 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of
operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and
the year ended December 31, 2008. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated balance sheet assumes that the purchase
of the Initial Acquisition Hotels and the Offering occurred on
September 30, 2009 and is based on the Companys
audited balance sheet as of October 30, 2009 and the
Initial Acquisition Hotels unaudited combined statement of
financial position as of September 30, 2009. The purchase price
allocation is preliminary since the purchase of the Initial
Acquisition Hotels is probable but not certain and the Company
is in the process of obtaining certain information to support
the allocations. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements
of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009
and the year ended December 31, 2008 assumes that the
closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels, the
Offering and the formation of the Company (the Company
Formation) occurred on January 1, 2008 and is based
on the unaudited combined statement of operations for the
Initial Acquisition Hotels for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009 and the audited combined statement of
operations for the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
In managements opinion, all material adjustments necessary
to reflect the effects of the Offering, the purchase of the
Initial Acquisition Hotels and the Company Formation have been
made. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not
purport to represent what the Companys results of
operations or financial condition would actually have been if
these transactions had in fact occurred at the beginning of the
periods presented, or to project the Companys results of
operations or financial condition for any future period. In
addition, the unaudited pro forma financial information is based
upon available information and upon assumptions and estimates,
some of which are set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro
forma financial information and which the Company believes are
reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma
financial information and accompanying notes should be read in
conjunction with the Companys audited balance sheet as of
October 30, 2009 included in its
Form S-11
as well as the Initial Acquisition Hotels combined
financial statements and notes thereto.
F-7
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
UNAUDITED PRO
FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER
30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
|
Lodging
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Lodging
|
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
Offering
|
|
|
Hotels
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
|
(Note a)
|
|
|
(Note b)
|
|
|
(Note c)
|
|
|
(Note d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Investment in hotels, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,500
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,500
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
193,990
|
|
|
|
(73,472
|
)
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
119,713
|
|
Prepaid and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Deferred and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
193,990
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
(815
|
)
|
|
$
|
193,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares
authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding,
respectively
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
193,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194,000
|
|
Distributions in excess of earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
193,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(815
|
)
|
|
|
193,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
193,990
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
(815
|
)
|
|
$
|
193,622
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited ProForma Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations
F-8
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(in thousands, except share data)
The accompanying Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of
September 30, 2009 is based on the Historical Balance Sheet
of the Company as of October 30, 2009, adjusted to reflect
the initial public offering of common shares by the Company, the
concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, the purchase of
the Initial Acquisition Hotels and application of the net
proceeds as described in Use of Proceeds.
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
assumes the following occurred on September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
Company Formation
|
|
|
|
Completion of the Offering
|
|
|
|
Completion of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels
|
|
|
|
Payment of costs and expenses of approximately $815 related to
the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
|
Notes and
Management Assumptions:
a) Represents the Companys audited historical balance
sheet as of October 30, 2009.
b) Represents cash proceeds of $200,000 from the sale of
common shares registered under this registration statement
excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the
underwriters overallotment option and $10,000 from the
sale of common shares to Mr. Fisher in the concurrent private
placement, net of estimated underwriters fees of $14,000
and other transaction costs of $2,000 associated with the common
share offering and the $10 repurchase of 1,000 common shares
issued to Jeffrey H. Fisher upon the Company Formation.
c) Pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement for the
Initial Acquisition Hotels, there will be a proration of
operating results on the date of closing between the Company and
RLJ and this proration is not reflected in the pro forma
adjustments. Other than the assets and liabilities described in
notes 2 and 4 below, no other assets and liabilities will
be acquired pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between
the Company and RLJ. The following represents the fair value of
assets and liabilities acquired in the Initial Acquisition
Hotels based on the unaudited combined statement of financial
position of the Initial Acquisition Hotels at September 30,
2009:
1. Investment in hotels of $73,500 is recorded at cost and
depreciated using the straight line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets (5 years for furniture and
equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years
for buildings and improvements). No intangible assets are
expected to be recognized in connection with the purchase of the
Initial Acquisition Hotels based on the estimated values of the
identifiable assets acquired. The allocation of the purchase
price to each individual Initial Acquisition Hotel is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture &
|
|
Property
|
|
Allocation
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
Building
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
Homewood Suites Billerica, Massachusetts
|
|
$
|
12,550
|
|
|
$
|
1,757
|
|
|
$
|
10,291
|
|
|
$
|
502
|
|
Homewood Suites Bloomington, Minnesota
|
|
|
18,000
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
14,760
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
Homewood Suites Brentwood, Tennessee
|
|
|
11,250
|
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
9,225
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
Homewood Suites Dallas, Texas
|
|
|
10,700
|
|
|
|
1,498
|
|
|
|
8,774
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
Homewood Suites Farmington, Connecticut
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
|
|
1,610
|
|
|
|
9,430
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
Homewood Suites Maitland, Florida
|
|
|
9,500
|
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
|
|
7,790
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
73,500
|
|
|
$
|
10,290
|
|
|
$
|
60,270
|
|
|
$
|
2,940
|
|
F-9
2. Prepaid and other assets consisting of prepaid real
estate taxes and property taxes of $49.
3. Deferred franchise costs of $360. The deferred franchise
fees will be amortized over the term of the new franchise
agreements, which is 15 years from the closing of the purchase
of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
4. Accounts payable and accrued expenses of $437, comprised
of accrued real estate and personal property taxes of $412 and
$25 in advance deposits.
d) Represents the costs expected to be incurred by the
Company to complete the purchase of the Initial Acquisition
Hotels:
1. Costs associated with due diligence involving the
Initial Acquisition Hotels of $415.
2. Legal costs of $225.
3. Accounting fees of $175 for services related to the
audit and review of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
F-10
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
UNAUDITED PRO
FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE
MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
Initial
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Lodging
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
Hotels
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Lodging Trust
|
|
|
|
(Note a)
|
|
|
(Note b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hotel operating:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rooms
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,187
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,187
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,601
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rooms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,153
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,238
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,445
|
|
Sales and marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,522
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,522
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
18
|
c
|
|
|
665
|
|
Management fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,956
|
|
|
|
807
|
d
|
|
|
2,763
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
Corporate general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,346
|
e
|
|
|
2,346
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,274
|
|
|
|
3,171
|
|
|
|
16,445
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,327
|
|
|
|
(3,171
|
)
|
|
|
156
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,683
|
)
|
|
|
2,683
|
f
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
|
(488
|
)
|
|
|
156
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
644
|
|
|
$
|
(488
|
)
|
|
$
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited ProForma Consolidated Statements of
Operations
F-11
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(in thousands)
a) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009. As a
result, there were no results of operations for the Company for
the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
b) Represents the combined unaudited historical results of
operations of the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the nine months
ended September 30, 2009. The historical unaudited combined
financial statements of the Initial Acquisition Hotels are
included herein.
c) Reflects the adjustment to amortization of franchise
fees based on the franchise application fees paid of $360 and
the remaining terms of the new franchise agreements, which is 15
years from the closing of the purchase of the Initial
Acquisition Hotels.
d) Reflects the net increase in depreciation expense based
on the Companys cost basis in the Initial Acquisition
Hotels and its accounting policy for depreciation. Depreciation
is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, 5 years for furniture and
equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years
for buildings and improvements.
e) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009 and thus
there was no corporate general and administrative expense
related to the Company for the nine months ended
September 30, 2009. Reflects the adjustment to include
corporate general and administrative expenses that the Company
expects to be contractually obligated to pay, including:
1. Salaries and benefits of $645 to be paid to the
executive officers of the Company, who are currently Jeffrey H.
Fisher, the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, Peter Willis, the Executive Vice President and
Chief Investment Officer of the Company,
and ,
Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
2. Amortization of restricted share awards of $188 to Mr.
Fisher, Mr. Willis and
Mr. based
on a three-year vesting period. The aggregate estimated value of
the restricted share awards are $450 to Mr. Fisher, $300 to Mr.
Willis and $ to
Mr. .
3. Amortization of LTIP unit awards of $702 to
Mr. Fisher, Mr. Willis and
Mr.
based on a five-year vesting period. The aggregate undiscounted
estimated value of the LTIP unit awards are $5,296 for
Mr. Fisher, $867 for Mr. Willis and
$ for
Mr. .
After applying the share-based payment accounting guidance, the
estimated discounted values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024
for Mr. Fisher, $658 for Mr. Willis and
$ for
Mr. .
The discounted value is used for purposes of determining the
amortization.
4. Cash compensation of $214 and restricted share
compensation of $372 to the Trustees.
5. Directors and officers insurance of $225.
There are certain costs which have not been included in this
adjustment as they are not currently a contractual obligation or
factually supportable. This adjustment does not include certain
items that the Company anticipates it will incur after the
Offering, such items include but are not limited to salaries and
benefits for any other employee, incentive compensation for any
other employee, office rent, public company related expenses and
other administrative costs associated with operating the Company.
f) Reflects the decrease to interest expense associated
with RLJ defeasing the existing loans upon the Initial
Acquisition Hotels. RLJ is required under the terms of the
purchase and sale agreement to cause the defeasance to occur on
or before the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition
Hotels. The purchase price for the Initial Acquisition Hotels
will be fully funded from equity proceeds of the Offering.
F-12
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
UNAUDITED PRO
FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
Initial
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Lodging
|
|
|
Acquisition
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Chatham
|
|
|
|
Trust
|
|
|
Hotels
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Lodging Trust
|
|
|
|
(Note a)
|
|
|
(Note b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hotel operating:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rooms
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,105
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
24,105
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rooms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,656
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,780
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
Sales and marketing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,374
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
964
|
|
|
|
24
|
c
|
|
|
988
|
|
Management fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
551
|
d
|
|
|
3,032
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,227
|
|
Corporate general and administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,128
|
e
|
|
|
3,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,223
|
|
|
|
3,703
|
|
|
|
22,926
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,741
|
|
|
|
(3,703
|
)
|
|
|
2,038
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,672
|
)
|
|
|
3,672
|
f
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,069
|
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
2,038
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,069
|
|
|
$
|
(31
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,038
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of
Operations
F-13
CHATHAM LODGING
TRUST
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
(in thousands, except share data)
a) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009. As a
result , there were no results of operations for the Company for
the year ended December 31, 2008.
b) Represents the combined audited historical results of
operations of the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The historical unaudited combined
financial statements of the Initial Acquisition Hotels are
included herein.
c) Reflects the adjustment to amortization of franchise
fees based on the franchise application fees paid of $360 and
the remaining terms of the new franchise applications, which is
15 years from the closing of the purchase of the Initial
Acquisition Hotels.
d) Reflects the net increase in depreciation expense based
on the Companys cost basis in the Initial Acquisition
Hotels and its accounting policy for depreciation. Depreciation
is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets, 5 years for furniture and
equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years
for buildings and improvements.
e) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009 and thus
there was no corporate general and administrative expense
related to the Company for the year ended December 31,
2008. Reflects the adjustment to include corporate general and
administrative expenses that the Company expects to be
contractually obligated to pay, including:
1. Salaries and benefits of $860 to be paid to the
executive officers of the Company, who are currently Jeffrey H.
Fisher, the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of
the Company, Peter Willis, the Executive Vice President and
Chief Investment Officer of the Company
and ,
Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
2. Amortization of restricted share awards of $250 to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and based
on a three-year vesting period. The aggregate estimated value of
the restricted share awards are $450 to Mr. Fisher, $300 to Mr.
Willis and $ to
Mr. .
3. Amortization of LTIP unit awards of $936 to
Messrs. Fisher, Willis
and based
on a five-year vesting period. The aggregate undiscounted
estimated value of the LTIP unit awards are $5,296 for
Mr. Fisher, $867 for Mr. Willis and
$ to
Mr. .
After applying the share-based payment accounting guidance, the
estimated discounted values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024
for Mr. Fisher, $658 for Mr. Willis and
$ to
Mr. .
The discounted value is used for purposes of determining the
amortization.
4. Cash compensation of $286 and restricted share
compensation of $496 to the Trustees.
5. Directors and officers insurance of $300.
There are certain costs which have not been included in this
adjustment as they are not currently a contractual obligation or
factually supportable. This adjustment does not include certain
items that the Company anticipates it will incur after the
Offering, such items include but are not limited to salaries and
benefits for any other employee, incentive compensation for any
other employee, office rent, public company related expenses and
other administrative costs associated with operating the Company.
f) Reflects the decrease to interest expense associated
with RLJ defeasing the existing loans upon the purchase of the
Initial Acquisition Hotels. RLJ is required under the terms of
the purchase and sale agreement to cause the defeasance to occur
on or before the closing of the purchase of the Initial
Acquisition Hotels. The purchase price for the Initial
Acquisition Hotels will be fully funded from equity proceeds of
the Offering.
F-14
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
To the
Shareholder of
Chatham Lodging Trust
In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of
financial position and the related combined statements of
operations, of changes in members capital and of cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC, RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC,
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited
Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ Maitland Hotel,
LLC (collectively the Initial Acquisition Hotels or
the Hotels) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Hotels management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with auditing standards generally
accepted in the United States of America. Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, Virginia
November 30, 2009
F-15
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Financial Position
December 31,
2008 and 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,227,649
|
|
|
$
|
922,475
|
|
Cash held in escrow
|
|
|
1,470,539
|
|
|
|
2,245,185
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
524,714
|
|
|
|
633,279
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
157,262
|
|
|
|
135,613
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,380,164
|
|
|
|
3,936,552
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
51,540,562
|
|
|
|
52,662,829
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net
|
|
|
127,511
|
|
|
|
192,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
55,048,237
|
|
|
$
|
56,791,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of mortgage notes payable
|
|
$
|
1,166,841
|
|
|
$
|
1,068,899
|
|
Accounts payable, trade
|
|
|
85,511
|
|
|
|
13,952
|
|
Accounts payable, management companies
|
|
|
275,534
|
|
|
|
302,475
|
|
Advance deposits
|
|
|
32,327
|
|
|
|
15,129
|
|
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
|
|
|
177,268
|
|
|
|
197,310
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
201,229
|
|
|
|
199,472
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
237,890
|
|
|
|
243,653
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
511,193
|
|
|
|
510,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,687,793
|
|
|
|
2,551,761
|
|
Mortgage notes payable
|
|
|
42,774,737
|
|
|
|
43,941,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
45,462,530
|
|
|
|
46,493,118
|
|
Members capital
|
|
|
9,585,707
|
|
|
|
10,298,652
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and members capital
|
|
$
|
55,048,237
|
|
|
$
|
56,791,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-16
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Operations
For the Three
Years Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Room revenues
|
|
$
|
24,105,287
|
|
|
$
|
24,074,091
|
|
|
$
|
22,505,191
|
|
Other service revenues
|
|
|
859,176
|
|
|
|
865,378
|
|
|
|
854,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,964,463
|
|
|
|
24,939,469
|
|
|
|
23,359,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Room expenses
|
|
|
4,656,224
|
|
|
|
4,584,978
|
|
|
|
4,319,223
|
|
Other service expenses
|
|
|
1,780,142
|
|
|
|
1,759,520
|
|
|
|
1,692,791
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
5,170,572
|
|
|
|
5,034,445
|
|
|
|
5,030,768
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
2,374,485
|
|
|
|
2,385,135
|
|
|
|
2,167,058
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
2,480,970
|
|
|
|
2,294,127
|
|
|
|
2,049,508
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
1,227,023
|
|
|
|
1,204,138
|
|
|
|
1,215,185
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
964,231
|
|
|
|
962,964
|
|
|
|
900,207
|
|
Management fees
|
|
|
570,362
|
|
|
|
562,382
|
|
|
|
508,089
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,224,009
|
|
|
|
18,787,689
|
|
|
|
17,882,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,740,454
|
|
|
|
6,151,780
|
|
|
|
5,476,710
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(3,671,782
|
)
|
|
|
(3,747,351
|
)
|
|
|
(3,824,755
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,068,672
|
|
|
$
|
2,404,429
|
|
|
$
|
1,651,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-17
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Changes in Members Capital
For the Three
Years Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Members capital beginning of year
|
|
$
|
10,298,652
|
|
|
$
|
8,115,356
|
|
|
$
|
8,116,327
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
2,068,672
|
|
|
|
2,404,429
|
|
|
|
1,651,955
|
|
Distributions to RLJ Development, LLC
|
|
|
(2,781,617
|
)
|
|
|
(1,791,537
|
)
|
|
|
(1,652,926
|
)
|
Contributions from RLJ Development, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,570,404
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members capital end of year
|
|
$
|
9,585,707
|
|
|
$
|
10,298,652
|
|
|
$
|
8,115,356
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-18
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Cash Flows
For the Three
Years Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,068,672
|
|
|
$
|
2,404,429
|
|
|
$
|
1,651,955
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
2,480,970
|
|
|
|
2,294,127
|
|
|
|
2,049,508
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
64,877
|
|
|
|
64,877
|
|
|
|
64,877
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funding of real estate tax and insurance escrow, net
|
|
|
179,229
|
|
|
|
(136,877
|
)
|
|
|
(107,336
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
108,566
|
|
|
|
(202,678
|
)
|
|
|
38,087
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(21,649
|
)
|
|
|
21,948
|
|
|
|
(66,842
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
44,618
|
|
|
|
(5,344
|
)
|
|
|
(199,214
|
)
|
Advance deposits
|
|
|
17,198
|
|
|
|
(13,683
|
)
|
|
|
17,039
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
322
|
|
|
|
(23,123
|
)
|
|
|
150,329
|
|
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
|
|
|
(20,042
|
)
|
|
|
21,854
|
|
|
|
3,910
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
1,757
|
|
|
|
16,617
|
|
|
|
22,392
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
(5,763
|
)
|
|
|
(5,377
|
)
|
|
|
(4,947
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
4,918,755
|
|
|
|
4,436,770
|
|
|
|
3,619,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from replacement and renovation reserves held in
escrow, net
|
|
|
595,417
|
|
|
|
12,207
|
|
|
|
(117,642
|
)
|
Advances to affiliates, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(49,026
|
)
|
|
|
218,432
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,358,703
|
)
|
|
|
(1,818,563
|
)
|
|
|
(1,264,942
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(763,286
|
)
|
|
|
(1,855,382
|
)
|
|
|
(1,164,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions of members capital
|
|
|
(2,781,617
|
)
|
|
|
(1,607,537
|
)
|
|
|
(1,652,926
|
)
|
Contributions of members capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal payments on mortgage notes
|
|
|
(1,068,678
|
)
|
|
|
(993,494
|
)
|
|
|
(916,489
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(3,850,295
|
)
|
|
|
(2,595,033
|
)
|
|
|
(2,569,415
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
305,174
|
|
|
|
(13,645
|
)
|
|
|
(113,809
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
922,475
|
|
|
|
936,120
|
|
|
|
1,049,929
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
1,227,649
|
|
|
$
|
922,475
|
|
|
$
|
936,120
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
3,612,667
|
|
|
$
|
3,687,832
|
|
|
$
|
3,764,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of payable to RLJ Development, LLC to equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,564,406
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of a receivable to RLJ Development, LLC
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
184,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-19
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements
For the Three
Years Ended December 31, 2008
|
|
1.
|
Businesses and
Organization
|
Description of
Business
The Initial Acquisition Hotels are comprised of the following
six Homewood Suites hotel properties:
|
|
|
|
|
RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC
|
|
Bedford, Massachusetts
|
|
147 rooms
|
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC
|
|
Brentwood, Tennessee
|
|
121 rooms
|
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota
|
|
144 rooms
|
RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership
|
|
Dallas, Texas
|
|
137 rooms
|
RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC
|
|
Farmington, Connecticut
|
|
121 rooms
|
RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC
|
|
Maitland, Florida
|
|
143 rooms
|
The six hotel properties (collectively the Initial
Acquisition Hotels or Hotels) are wholly owned
by RLJ Development, LLC. RLJ Development, LLC owns and operates
limited service hotels. Limited service hotels offer amenities
such as limited meeting space, fitness centers, swimming pools,
continental breakfast or similar services.
The Initial Acquisition Hotels operate in the hospitality and
lodging industry and are subject to risks common to companies in
that industry.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
The combined financial statements have been prepared on the
accrual basis of accounting and in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated
in combination.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
Room revenues are recognized the night of occupancy. Cash
received prior to guest arrival is recorded as an advance from
customers and recognized as revenue at the time of occupancy.
The Hotels also recognize revenues for food, beverage, telephone
charges and various ancillary services performed at the time the
service is provided. These amounts are included in other service
revenues.
Accounts
Receivable, net
Accounts receivable consist primarily of payments due from
credit card companies and from corporate customers. The
allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the
amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts
receivable. The Hotels record bad debt expense in general and
administrative expense in the accompanying statements of
operations based on an assessment of the ultimate realizability
of receivables considering historical collection experience, the
economic environment, and the individual circumstances of each
receivable. When the Hotels determine that an account is not
collectible, the account is written-off to the associated
allowance for doubtful accounts.
F-20
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for
doubtful accounts balance was $7,817 and $9,794, respectively.
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
The Hotels consider all funds held in money market accounts and
highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three
months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The Hotels
maintain their cash accounts at various major financial
institutions within the United States of America. At times,
deposits may be in excess of federally insured limits. The
Hotels have not experienced any losses on cash deposited with
the financial institutions.
Cash Held in
Escrow
The Hotels are required by certain mortgage agreements to
maintain escrow accounts for real estate taxes and insurance,
and by certain property management agreements
and/or
mortgages to maintain replacements reserves for each hotel
financed. The escrow accounts for real estate taxes and
insurance are determined by the lender, based on annual
estimates. The Hotels various debt and property management
agreements require individual hotel properties to contribute a
predetermined amount to replacement reserves based on adjusted
gross revenues from the preceding month. The predetermined
amounts required to be contributed range from 4% to 5%.
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounts held in escrow
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Insurance escrows
|
|
$
|
32,133
|
|
|
$
|
73,342
|
|
Tax escrows
|
|
|
443,772
|
|
|
|
569,140
|
|
Replacement and renovation reserves
|
|
|
994,634
|
|
|
|
1,602,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,470,539
|
|
|
$
|
2,245,185
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date
in the principal or most advantageous market. The fair value
hierarchy has three levels of inputs, both observable and
unobservable. Level 1 inputs include quoted market prices
in an active market for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 inputs are market data, other than Level 1,
that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2
inputs include quoted market prices for similar assets or
liabilities, quoted market prices in an inactive market, and
other observable information that can be corroborated by market
data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable and corroborated by
little or no market data.
The following table provides fair value information on the
Hotels financial assets and liabilities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying Amount in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using:
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2008
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
2,698,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,698,188
|
|
|
$
|
2,698,188
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Mortgage notes payable
|
|
|
43,941,578
|
|
|
|
42,532,176
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42,532,176
|
|
|
|
|
|
Because of their short-term nature, the carrying amount of the
Hotels current financial instruments approximates fair
value as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The fair value of
long-term mortgage notes payable is based on rates available to
the Hotels for debt with similar terms and maturities. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair market value of
mortgage notes payable for mortgages with fixed interest rates
is approximately $42,532,000 and $43,553,000 based on quoted
F-21
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
market prices at December 31, 2008 and December 31,
2007, respectively, as compared to the carrying value of
$43,941,578 and $45,010,254, respectively.
Property and
Equipment
The Hotels property and equipment consists primarily of
land, buildings, improvements and related fixtures, furniture
and equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major
renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and
repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation is computed
over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets using
the straight-line method.
When properties
and/or
equipment are sold or retired, their cost and related
accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and
the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations.
Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets
The Hotels periodically evaluate the recoverability of
long-lived assets when events or circumstances indicate that an
asset may be impaired. This evaluation consists of a comparison
of the carrying value of the assets with the assets
expected future cash flows, undiscounted and without interest
costs. Estimates of expected future cash flows represent
managements best estimate based on reasonable and
supportable assumptions and projections. If the expected future
undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying value of the asset,
no impairment is recognized. If expected undiscounted cash flows
are less than the carrying value then impairment is indicated.
Such impairment is measured as the difference between the
carrying value of long-lived assets and their fair market value.
During 2008 and 2007 there were no events or changes in
circumstances indicating that the carrying value of the
Hotels long-lived assets may not be recoverable.
Advances to
Affiliates, net
Amounts advanced to affiliates represent short-term transfers of
cash provided by and to other properties affiliated with RLJ
Development, LLC in order to meet short-term cash needs. During
2007, these affiliates of the Hotels were sold and amounts owed
to/from those affiliates were transferred and considered
receivable/payable to RLJ Development, LLC. The Hotels
recognized a non-cash contribution and distribution for this
transaction.
Deferred
Financing Costs
The Hotels deferred financing costs relate to fees and
costs incurred to obtain long-term financing to purchase the
hotel and related properties. These costs are amortized using
the straight-line method, which approximates the effective
interest method, over the life of the applicable mortgage and
are included as a component of interest expense. There were no
capitalized deferred financing costs in 2008 or 2007.
Accumulated amortization related to deferred financing costs as
of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $521,080 and $456,202,
respectively. Amortization expense related to deferred financing
costs for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was
$64,877 a year.
Advertising
Costs
The Hotels expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising
expenses were $1,410,254, $1,420,171 and $1,266,853 for the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively,
and have been included in sales and marketing expenses.
Income and
Sales Taxes
No provision has been made for federal or state income taxes
since the Hotels profits and losses are reported by the
individual members on their respective income tax returns.
F-22
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
Additionally, the Hotels collect sales, use, occupancy and
similar taxes which are presented on a net basis (excluded from
revenues) on the combined statements of operations.
|
|
3.
|
Property
Management Agreements
|
In December 2000, the Hotels entered into six separate fifteen
(15) year property management agreements (the Promus
Agreements) with Promus Hotels, Inc. (Promus)
that expire in 2015 with a five-year renewal option that may be
exercised by Promus. The Promus Agreements require that Promus
provide all services required to operate the six hotels, located
in Brentwood, TN; Bloomington, MN, Billerica, MA; Dallas, TX;
Farmington CT; and Maitland, FL., including directing the
day-to-day activities of the hotels and establishing all
policies and procedures relating to the management and operation
of the hotels.
In accordance with the Promus Agreements, Promus is required to
maintain and manage the operating activities of the hotels.
Accordingly, Promus initially pays for all operating expenses on
behalf of the hotels and is reimbursed by withdrawing funds from
the individual hotels operating cash account. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, $275,534 and $302,475,
respectively, was due to Promus under these arrangements and
have been included in accounts payable, management companies.
The Promus Agreements also include provisions for a management
fee and a management incentive fee to be paid to Promus for its
services. Additionally, the Promus Agreements call for a monthly
franchise fee to be paid to Hilton Hotels Corporation. The
management fee is computed in accordance with the Promus
Agreements and is based on 2% of adjusted monthly gross revenue
of the individual hotels. For the years ended December 31,
2008, 2007 and 2006, the management fees incurred by the hotels
were $498,810, $497,626 and $466,105, respectively. The
incentive management fee is calculated based on 10% of the
adjusted net operating income from operations of the individual
hotels at the end of each year. For the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the incentive management
fees incurred by the hotels were $71,552, $64,756, and $41,984,
respectively.
Each Hotel is charged a monthly franchise fee paid to Hilton
Hotels Corporation based on a percentage of the individual
hotels respective gross room revenue. For the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the franchise fees for
the Hotels were $964,231, $962,964, and $900,207, respectively.
|
|
4.
|
Property and
Equipment
|
Property and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007
consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lives
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,882,552
|
|
|
$
|
8,882,552
|
|
Projects-in-development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115,839
|
|
Building
|
|
|
39 years
|
|
|
|
44,953,448
|
|
|
|
44,857,946
|
|
Machinery, equipment and fixtures
|
|
|
5-15 years
|
|
|
|
26,719,714
|
|
|
|
25,340,674
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,555,714
|
|
|
|
79,197,011
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,015,152
|
)
|
|
|
(26,534,182
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
51,540,562
|
|
|
$
|
52,662,829
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2007 and 2006 was $2,480,970, $2,294,127 and $2,049,508,
respectively.
F-23
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
|
|
5.
|
Mortgage Notes
Payable
|
Mortgage notes payable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Mortgage notes with fixed interest rates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.84%, maturing January 2011
|
|
$
|
35,237,130
|
|
|
$
|
36,090,790
|
|
8.69%, maturing December 2010
|
|
|
8,704,448
|
|
|
|
8,919,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,941,578
|
|
|
|
45,010,256
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
1,166,841
|
|
|
|
1,068,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term mortgage notes payable
|
|
$
|
42,774,737
|
|
|
$
|
43,941,357
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2000, the Hotels entered into a $40.5 million
credit facility with a financial institution for mortgages
related to five of the hotels acquired in December 2000. In
April 2001, the credit facility was modified to split the five
individual mortgages into two collateralized pools. The first
collateralized pool consists of the mortgages to RLJ Brentwood
Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership, and RLJ
Farmington Hotel, LLC and had an initial borrowing under the
facility of $20.7 million, with combined principal and
interest of $157,578 payable monthly. As of December 31,
2008 and 2007, the outstanding balance of the first pool was
$18,010,089 and $18,446,405, respectively. The second
collateralized pool, consisting of the mortgages to RLJ
Billerica Hotel, LLC and RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, was
established with an initial borrowing under the facility of
$19.8 million, with combined principal and interest of
$150,726 payable monthly. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007,
the outstanding balance of the second pool was $17,227,041 and
$17,644,385, respectively. All related mortgage note agreements
mature in January 2011. The interest rates related to the
mortgages are 7.84% and are payable monthly. The mortgage note
agreements include a prepayment penalty in whole or in part
based on the higher of 3% of the principal amount of the note
being prepaid or the present value of a series of payments as
defined in the credit facility. The individual mortgages in the
credit facility are collateralized by the individual hotel
properties and equipment.
In December 2000, RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC entered into a
mortgage note agreement with a financial institution at an
initial borrowing of $10.0 million, with monthly principal
and interest payments of $81,807. The final payment on the
mortgage note is due in January 2011 and bears an 8.69% fixed
rate of interest. The mortgage note contains a prepayment
penalty provision based on rates defined in the note agreement,
related to the
10-year
Treasury note rate plus premium ranging from 0.013% to 0.120% of
the outstanding principal balance of the loan. The note is
collateralized by the individual hotel property and equipment.
The managing member of RLJ Development, LLC had personally
guaranteed up to $1,346,400 of the loan, the amount of the
guarantee outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, was
$50,847 and $265,864, respectively. As of December 31, 2008
and 2007, the outstanding balance on the note was $8,704,448 and
$8,919,466, respectively.
In accordance with all of the Hotels mortgage agreements,
including the Loan Pool Facility, mortgages may be prepaid at
any time, without penalty, at the option of the borrower. The
mortgage notes include financial and other covenants that
require the maintenance of certain ratios. As of
December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Hotels were in compliance
with all covenants under the mortgage notes.
F-24
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
Maturities of mortgage notes payable as of December 31,
2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
1,166,841
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,242,949
|
|
2011
|
|
|
41,531,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
43,941,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Guarantees and
Indemnifications
|
The Hotels may enter into service agreements with service
providers in which they agrees to indemnify the service provider
against certain losses and liabilities arising from the service
providers performance under the agreement. Generally, such
indemnification obligations do not apply in situations in which
the service provider is grossly negligent, engages in wilful
misconduct, or acts in bad faith. The Hotels believe their
liabilities under such service agreements are immaterial.
On November 16, 2009, a purchase and sale agreement was
signed related to the acquisition of the Hotels by Chatham
Lodging Trust for a total purchase price of $73.5 million
(for all six hotels).
F-25
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Financial Position
As of
September 30, 2009 (Unaudited) and December 31,
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
1,336,760
|
|
|
$
|
1,227,649
|
|
Cash held in escrow
|
|
|
1,657,699
|
|
|
|
1,470,539
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
622,206
|
|
|
|
524,714
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
381,044
|
|
|
|
157,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
3,997,709
|
|
|
|
3,380,164
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
49,948,308
|
|
|
|
51,540,562
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net
|
|
|
78,855
|
|
|
|
127,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
54,024,872
|
|
|
|
55,048,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of mortgage notes payable
|
|
$
|
1,239,681
|
|
|
$
|
1,166,841
|
|
Accounts payable, trade
|
|
|
11,834
|
|
|
|
85,511
|
|
Accounts payable, management companies
|
|
|
292,690
|
|
|
|
275,534
|
|
Advance deposits
|
|
|
24,899
|
|
|
|
32,327
|
|
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
|
|
|
187,674
|
|
|
|
177,268
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
190,178
|
|
|
|
201,229
|
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
225,705
|
|
|
|
237,890
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,099,805
|
|
|
|
511,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
3,272,466
|
|
|
|
2,687,793
|
|
Mortgage notes payable
|
|
|
41,837,477
|
|
|
|
42,774,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
45,109,943
|
|
|
|
45,462,530
|
|
Members capital
|
|
|
8,914,929
|
|
|
|
9,585,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and members capital
|
|
$
|
54,024,872
|
|
|
$
|
55,048,237
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-26
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Operations
Unaudited Nine
Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Room revenues
|
|
$
|
16,186,467
|
|
|
$
|
18,675,739
|
|
Other service revenues
|
|
|
414,285
|
|
|
|
666,401
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,600,752
|
|
|
|
19,342,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Room expenses
|
|
|
3,152,603
|
|
|
|
3,492,952
|
|
Other service expenses
|
|
|
1,237,871
|
|
|
|
1,347,998
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
3,444,656
|
|
|
|
3,871,594
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
1,521,982
|
|
|
|
1,799,307
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,955,879
|
|
|
|
1,842,784
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
956,097
|
|
|
|
939,672
|
|
Franchise fees
|
|
|
647,459
|
|
|
|
747,030
|
|
Management fees
|
|
|
356,798
|
|
|
|
460,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,273,345
|
|
|
|
14,501,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
3,327,407
|
|
|
|
4,840,169
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,683,065
|
)
|
|
|
(2,758,158
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
644,342
|
|
|
$
|
2,082,011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-27
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Combined
Statements of Changes in Members Capital
Unaudited Nine
Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Members capital beginning of period
|
|
$
|
9,585,707
|
|
|
$
|
10,298,652
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
644,342
|
|
|
|
2,082,011
|
|
Distributions to RLJ Development, LLC
|
|
|
(1,315,120
|
)
|
|
|
(2,590,473
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members capital end of period
|
|
$
|
8,914,929
|
|
|
$
|
9,790,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-28
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Unaudited
Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
644,342
|
|
|
$
|
2,082,011
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
1,955,879
|
|
|
|
1,842,784
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
48,656
|
|
|
|
48,656
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funding of real estate tax and insurance escrow, net
|
|
|
(123,018
|
)
|
|
|
(172,536
|
)
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(97,492
|
)
|
|
|
(170,879
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(223,782
|
)
|
|
|
16,678
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(56,521
|
)
|
|
|
50,621
|
|
Advance deposits
|
|
|
(7,428
|
)
|
|
|
41,086
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
588,612
|
|
|
|
470,687
|
|
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
|
|
|
10,406
|
|
|
|
39,906
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
(11,051
|
)
|
|
|
(11,929
|
)
|
Accrued interest
|
|
|
(12,185
|
)
|
|
|
(11,976
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
2,716,418
|
|
|
|
4,225,109
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from replacement and renovation reserves held in
escrow, net
|
|
|
(64,142
|
)
|
|
|
473,780
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(363,625
|
)
|
|
|
(726,116
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(427,767
|
)
|
|
|
(252,336
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions of members capital
|
|
|
(1,315,120
|
)
|
|
|
(2,590,473
|
)
|
Principal payments on mortgage notes
|
|
|
(864,420
|
)
|
|
|
(789,535
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(2,179,540
|
)
|
|
|
(3,380,008
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
109,111
|
|
|
|
592,765
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
1,227,649
|
|
|
|
922,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
1,336,760
|
|
|
$
|
1,515,240
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
2,695,250
|
|
|
$
|
2,770,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-29
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements
Unaudited Nine
Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
|
|
1.
|
Businesses and
Organization
|
Description of
Business
The Initial Acquisition Hotels are comprised of the following
six Homewood Suites hotel properties:
|
|
|
|
|
RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC
|
|
Bedford, Massachusetts
|
|
147 rooms
|
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC
|
|
Brentwood, Tennessee
|
|
121 rooms
|
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota
|
|
144 rooms
|
RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership
|
|
Dallas, Texas
|
|
137 rooms
|
RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC
|
|
Farmington, Connecticut
|
|
121 rooms
|
RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC
|
|
Maitland, Florida
|
|
143 rooms
|
The six hotel properties (collectively the Initial
Acquisition Hotels or Hotels) are wholly owned
by RLJ Development, LLC. RLJ Development, LLC owns and operates
limited service hotels. Limited service hotels offer amenities
such as limited meeting space, fitness centers, swimming pools,
continental breakfast or similar services.
The Initial Acquisition Hotels operate in the hospitality and
lodging industry and is subject to risks common to companies in
that industry.
|
|
2.
|
Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies
|
Cash Held in
Escrow
As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008,
amounts legally restricted and held in escrow were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance escrows
|
|
$
|
13,460
|
|
|
$
|
32,133
|
|
Tax escrows
|
|
|
585,463
|
|
|
|
443,772
|
|
Replacement and renovation reserves
|
|
|
1,058,776
|
|
|
|
994,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,657,699
|
|
|
$
|
1,470,539
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Financing Costs
The Hotels deferred financing costs relate to fees and
costs incurred to obtain long-term financing to purchase the
hotel and related properties. These costs are amortized using
the straight-line method, which approximates the effective
interest method, over the life of the applicable mortgage and
are included as a component of interest expense. There were no
capitalized deferred financing costs during the nine-month
periods ended September 31, 2009 and 2008. Accumulated
amortization related to deferred financing costs as of
September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $569,738
and $521,080, respectively. Amortization expense related to
deferred financing costs for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $48,658.
F-30
Initial
Acquisition Hotels
Notes to Combined
Financial Statements Continued
|
|
3.
|
Property and
Equipment
|
Property and equipment at September 30, 2009 and
December 31, 2008 consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Useful
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
Lives
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,882,552
|
|
|
$
|
8,882,552
|
|
Building
|
|
|
39 years
|
|
|
|
44,953,448
|
|
|
|
44,953,448
|
|
Machinery, equipment and fixtures
|
|
|
5-15 years
|
|
|
|
27,083,339
|
|
|
|
26,719,714
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,919,339
|
|
|
|
80,555,714
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,971,031
|
)
|
|
|
(29,015,152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,948,308
|
|
|
$
|
51,540,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense for the nine month periods ended
September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $1,955,879 and $1,842,784,
respectively.
|
|
4.
|
Mortgage Notes
Payable
|
Mortgage notes payable as of September 30, 2009 and
December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage notes with fixed interest rates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.84%, maturing January 2011
|
|
$
|
34,546,641
|
|
|
$
|
35,237,130
|
|
8.69%, maturing December 2010
|
|
|
8,530,517
|
|
|
|
8,704,448
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,077,158
|
|
|
|
43,941,578
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
1,239,681
|
|
|
|
1,166,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long term mortgage notes payable
|
|
$
|
41,837,477
|
|
|
$
|
42,774,737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Hotels have performed an evaluation of subsequent events
through January 13, 2010. On November 16, 2009, a
purchase and sale agreement was signed related to the
acquisition of the Hotels by Chatham Lodging Trust for a total
purchase price of $73.5 million (for all six hotels). No
other subsequent events were identified.
F-31
Shares
Common Shares
Prospectus
,
2010
Barclays Capital
PART II.
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 31.
|
Other Expenses of
Issuance and Distribution.
|
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses of the
sale and distribution of the securities being registered, all of
which are being borne by the Registrant.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
12,834
|
|
FINRA filing fee*
|
|
|
23,500
|
|
NYSE listing fee*
|
|
|
|
|
Printing and engraving fees*
|
|
|
|
|
Legal fees and expenses*
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses*
|
|
|
|
|
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)*
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees*
|
|
|
|
|
Director and officer liability insurance policy premium*
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total*
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be provided by amendment. |
All expenses, except the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee and FINRA filing fee, are estimated.
|
|
Item 32.
|
Sales to Special
Parties.
|
On October 29, 2009, we issued 1,000 common shares to
Jeffrey H. Fisher in connection with the formation and initial
capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of
$10,000.
On November 3, 2009, Mr. Fisher subscribed to purchase
$10,000,000 of our common shares at a price per share equal to
the initial public offering price.
|
|
Item 33.
|
Recent Sales of
Unregistered Securities.
|
We have issued the following securities that were not registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act):
On October 29, 2009, we issued 1,000 common shares to
Jeffrey H. Fisher in connection with the formation and initial
capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of
$10,000.
On November 3, 2009, Mr. Fisher subscribed to purchase
$10,000,000 of our common shares at a price per share equal to
the initial public offering price.
The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of
Regulation D thereunder.
|
|
Item 34.
|
Indemnification
of Trustees and Officers.
|
Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to
include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting the
liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its
shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting
from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in
money, property or services or (b) active or deliberate
dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to
the cause of action. Our declaration of trust contains a
provision which limits the liability of our trustees and
officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
II-1
Our declaration of trust permits us and our bylaws obligate us,
to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify
and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final
disposition of a proceeding to (a) any present or former
trustee or officer or (b) any individual who, while a
trustee or officer and at our request, serves or has served
another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, trustee,
officer, member, manager, partner, employee or agent and who is
made or is threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by
reason of his or her service in any such capacity, from and
against any claim or liability to which that individual may
become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of
his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse
his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition
of a proceeding. Our declaration of trust and bylaws also permit
us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a
predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described
above and to any employee or agent of our company or a
predecessor of our company. Maryland law requires us to
indemnify a trustee or officer who has been successful, on the
merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which
he is made a party by reason of his service in that capacity.
The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland real
estate investment trust to indemnify and advance expenses to its
trustees, officers, employees and agents to the same extent as
permitted for directors and officers of Maryland corporations.
The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and
former directors and officers, among others, against judgments,
penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually
incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they
may be a party by reason of their service in those or other
capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or
omission of the director or officer was material to the matter
giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad
faith or (ii) was a result of active and deliberate
dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received
an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or
(c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or
officer has reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission
was unlawful. However, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify
for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right if the
corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged to be
liable for an improper personal benefit, unless in either case a
court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In
accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, as a
condition to advancing expenses, we must obtain (a) a
written affirmation by the trustee or officer of his or her good
faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct
necessary for indemnification and (b) a written statement
by or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or
reimbursed by us if it shall ultimately be determined that the
standard of conduct was not met.
We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our
trustees and our executive officers providing for procedures for
indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and
advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to
claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
We expect to obtain an insurance policy under which our trustees
and executive officers will be insured, subject to the limits of
the policy, against certain losses arising from claims made
against such trustees and officers by reason of any acts or
omissions covered under such policy in their respective
capacities as trustees or officers, including certain
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
We have been advised that the SEC has expressed the opinion that
indemnification of trustees, officers or persons otherwise
controlling a company for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933 is against public policy and is therefore
unenforceable.
|
|
Item 35.
|
Treatment of
Proceeds from Shares Being Registered.
|
None of the net proceeds will be credited to an account other
than the appropriate capital share account.
II-2
|
|
Item 36.
|
Financial
Statements and Exhibits.
|
(a) Financial Statements. See
page F-1
for an index of the financial statements included in the
Registration Statement.
(b) Exhibits. The following exhibits are
filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this
registration statement on
Form S-11:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Chatham Lodging
Trust, Chatham Lodging, L.P. and the Underwriters named therein
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Chatham
Lodging Trust
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Bylaws of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Venable LLP
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.2(a)
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
10
|
.2(b)
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and
Peter Willis
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Subscription Agreement dated November 3, 2009 between
Jeffrey H. Fisher and Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for
Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated November 16, 2009
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Chatham Lodging Trust
and its officers and trustees
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of LTIP Unit Vesting Agreement
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Share Award Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow
Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated
December 24, 2009
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Form of IHM Hotel Management Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on
Financial Statement of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on
Financial Statements of Initial Acquisition Hotels
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
Venable LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.4*
|
|
Hunton & Williams LLP Consent (included in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
99
|
.1**
|
|
Consent of Miles Berger to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.2**
|
|
Consent of Thomas J. Crocker to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of Jack P. DeBoer to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Glen R. Gilbert to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.5**
|
|
Consent of C. Gerald Goldsmith to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.6**
|
|
Consent of Rolf E. Ruhfus to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.7**
|
|
Consent of Joel F. Zemans to being named as a trustee
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment |
II-3
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide
to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to
trustees, officers or controlling persons of the registrant
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of
its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes
that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of
the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that
contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered
herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe
that it meets all of the requirements for filing on
Form S-11
and has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of Palm Beach, State of Florida on the 12th day of
February, 2010.
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Jeffrey
H. Fisher
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher
Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 3 has been signed below by the following
person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey
H. Fisher
Jeffrey
H. Fisher
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (Principal Executive
Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting
Officer)
|
|
February 12, 2010
|
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Chatham Lodging
Trust, Chatham Lodging, L.P. and the Underwriters named therein
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Chatham
Lodging Trust
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Bylaws of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P.
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Venable LLP
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.2(a)
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
10
|
.2(b)
|
|
Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and
Peter Willis
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
Subscription Agreement dated November 3, 2009 between
Jeffrey H. Fisher and Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for
Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated November 16, 2009
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Chatham Lodging Trust
and its officers and trustees
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of LTIP Unit Vesting Agreement
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Form of Share Award Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow
Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated December 24,
2009
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Form of IHM Hotel Management Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on
Financial Statement of Chatham Lodging Trust
|
|
23
|
.2
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on
Financial Statements of Initial Acquisition Hotels
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
Venable LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.4*
|
|
Hunton & Williams LLP Consent (included in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
99
|
.1**
|
|
Consent of Miles Berger to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.2**
|
|
Consent of Thomas J. Crocker to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.3**
|
|
Consent of Jack P. DeBoer to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Glen R. Gilbert to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.5**
|
|
Consent of C. Gerald Goldsmith to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.6**
|
|
Consent of Rolf E. Ruhfus to being named as a trustee
|
|
99
|
.7**
|
|
Consent of Joel F. Zemans to being named as a trustee
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment |
II-6
exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
FIRST: Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the Trust) formed
under Title 8 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland
(Title 8), desires to amend and restate its Declaration of Trust as currently in effect.
SECOND: The following provisions are all the provisions of the Declaration of Trust currently
in effect and as hereinafter amended (the Declaration of Trust):
ARTICLE I
FORMATION
The Trust is a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Title 8. The Trust shall
not be deemed to be a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, joint stock company
or a corporation but nothing herein shall preclude the Trust from being treated for tax purposes as
an association under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
ARTICLE II
NAME
The name of the Trust is:
Chatham Lodging Trust
Under circumstances in which the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the Board of Trustees, or
Board) determines that the use of the name of the Trust is not practicable, the Trust may use any
other designation or name for the Trust.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSES AND POWERS
Section 3.1 Purposes. The purposes for which the Trust is formed are to engage in any
businesses and activities that a trust formed under Title 8 may legally engage in, including,
without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust (REIT)
within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.
Section 3.2 Powers. The Trust shall have all of the powers granted to real estate investment
trusts by Title 8 and all other powers set forth in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as it
may be amended and supplemented, which are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote
and attain the purposes set forth in the Declaration of Trust.
ARTICLE IV
RESIDENT AGENT
The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust in the State of Maryland are The
Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden St., Baltimore, MD 21201.
The resident agent of the Trust is a Maryland corporation. The Trust may have such offices or
places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Trustees may from time
to time determine.
ARTICLE V
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Section 5.1 Powers. Subject to any express limitations contained in the Declaration of Trust
or in the Bylaws of the Trust, as amended from time to time (the Bylaws), (a) the business and
affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees and (b) the
Board shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over any and all
property of the Trust. The Board may take any action as in its sole judgment and discretion is
necessary or appropriate to conduct the business and affairs of the Trust. The Declaration of
Trust shall be construed with the presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the
Board. Any construction of the Declaration of Trust or determination made in good faith by the
Board concerning its powers and authority hereunder shall be conclusive. The enumeration and
definition of particular powers of the Trustees included in the Declaration of Trust or in the
Bylaws shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of this
or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or construed or deemed by
inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board or the
Trustees under the general laws of the State of Maryland or any other applicable laws.
The Board, without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, shall have and may exercise,
on behalf of the Trust, without limitation, the power to cause the Trust to terminate its status as
a REIT under the Code pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof; to determine that compliance with any
restriction or limitation on ownership and transfers of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust
set forth in Article VII of the Declaration of Trust is no longer required in order for the Trust
to qualify as a REIT pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof; to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws; to elect
officers in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws; to solicit proxies from holders of shares of
beneficial interest in the Trust; and to do any other acts and deliver any other documents
necessary or appropriate to the foregoing powers.
Section 5.2 Number. The number of Trustees (hereinafter the Trustees) shall be one, which
number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be more than 15. The
Trustees shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders in the manner provided in the
Bylaws or, in order to fill any vacancy on the Board of Trustees, in the
2
manner provided in the Bylaws, to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and
until their successors are duly elected and qualify.
The name of the Trustee who shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualify is:
Jeffrey H. Fisher
The Board of Trustees may increase or decrease the number of Trustees in the manner provided
in the Bylaws. Vacancies on the Board of Trustees, whether resulting from an increase in the
number of Trustees or otherwise, may be filled only by the Board of Trustees in the manner provided
in the Bylaws. It shall not be necessary to list in the Declaration of Trust the names and
addresses of any Trustees hereinafter elected.
The Trust elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under
Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law that, except as may be provided by the
Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares (as hereinafter defined),
any and all vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a
quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of
the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred.
Section 5.3 Resignation or Removal. Any Trustee may resign by written notice to the Board,
effective upon execution and delivery to the Trust of such written notice or upon any future date
specified in the notice. Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of
Preferred Shares (as hereinafter defined) to elect or remove one or more Trustees, a Trustee may be
removed at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Trustees. For the purpose
of this paragraph, cause shall mean, with respect to any particular trustee, conviction of a
felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such trustee caused
demonstrable, material harm to the Trust through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.
Section 5.4 Determinations by Board. The determination as to any of the following matters,
made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees consistent with the
Declaration of Trust, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust and every
holder of Shares: the amount of the net income of the Trust for any period and the amount of assets
at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of Shares or the payment of
other distributions on Shares; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or
other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided
profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation,
increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety
thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have
been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences,
conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or
distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of
Shares; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair
value, of any asset owned or held by the Trust or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any
3
class of the Trust; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any
assets by the Trust; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Trust or
required or permitted by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or otherwise to be
determined by the Board of Trustees.
Section 5.5 REIT Qualification. If the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in
the best interests of the Trust to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Trustees may
revoke or otherwise terminate the Trusts REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code.
The Board of Trustees also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on
share ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII hereof is no longer required for REIT
qualification.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
Section 6.1 Authorized Shares. The beneficial interest of the Trust shall be divided into
shares of beneficial interest (the Shares). The Trust has authority to issue 500,000,000 common
shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (Common Shares), and 100,000,000
preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (Preferred Shares). If shares
of one class are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of shares pursuant to this
Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased
and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the
number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of
beneficial interest of all classes that the Trust has authority to issue shall not be more than the
total number of shares of beneficial interest set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph.
The Board of Trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action
by the shareholders of the Trust, may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase
or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the
Trust has authority to issue.
Section 6.2 Common Shares. Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may
otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, each Common Share
shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Shares are
entitled to vote. The Board of Trustees may reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to
time in one or more classes or series of Shares.
Section 6.3 Preferred Shares. The Board of Trustees may classify any unissued Preferred
Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from
time to time, in one or more series of Shares.
Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to issuance of classified or
reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Trustees by resolution shall (a) designate
that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the
number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the
provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares
outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including
exclusive voting
4
rights, if any), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions,
qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the
Trust to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of
Maryland (the SDAT). Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set pursuant to clause
(c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the Declaration of
Trust (including the occurrence of any event, including a determination or action by the Trust or
any other person or body or any other facts or events within the control of the Trust) and may vary
among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts or variations shall operate
upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles
supplementary filed with the SDAT.
Section 6.5 Authorization by Board of Share Issuance. The Board of Trustees may authorize the
issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized,
or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares of any class or
series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property,
past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Trustees may
deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a Share split or Share dividend), subject
to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust or the
Bylaws.
Section 6.6 Dividends and Distributions. The Board of Trustees may from time to time
authorize and the Trust may declare to shareholders such dividends or distributions, in cash or
other assets of the Trust or in securities of the Trust or from any other source as the Board of
Trustees in its discretion shall determine. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of
Trustees pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of
Shares at the time outstanding.
Section 6.7 General Nature of Shares. All Shares shall be personal property entitling the
shareholders only to those rights provided in the Declaration of Trust. The shareholders shall
have no interest in the property of the Trust and shall have no right to compel any partition,
division, dividend or distribution of the Trust or of the property of the Trust. The death of a
shareholder shall not terminate the Trust. The Trust is entitled to treat as shareholders only
those persons in whose names Shares are registered as holders of Shares on the share ledger of the
Trust.
Section 6.8 Fractional Shares. The Trust may, without the consent or approval of any
shareholder, issue fractional Shares, eliminate a fraction of a Share by rounding up to a full
Share, arrange for the disposition of a fraction of a Share by the person entitled to it, or pay
cash for the fair value of a fraction of a Share.
Section 6.9 Declaration and Bylaws. The rights of all shareholders and the terms of all
Shares are subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws.
Section 6.10 Divisions and Combinations of Shares. Subject to an express provision to the
contrary in the terms of any class or series of beneficial interest hereafter authorized, the Board
of Trustees shall have the power to divide or combine the outstanding shares of any class or series
of beneficial interest, without a vote of shareholders, and amend the Declaration of
5
Trust as necessary to effect the same, so long as the number of shares combined into one share
in any such combination or series of combinations within any period of twelve months is not greater
than ten.
ARTICLE VII
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
Section 7.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:
Beneficial Ownership. The term Beneficial Ownership shall mean ownership of Equity Shares
by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a
nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of
Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code. The
terms Beneficial Owner, Beneficially Owns and Beneficially Owned shall have the correlative
meanings.
Business Day. The term Business Day shall mean any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a
legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or
required by law, regulation or executive order to close.
Charitable Beneficiary. The term Charitable Beneficiary shall mean one or more
beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6 hereof, provided that
each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each
such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522
of the Code.
Charitable Trust. The term Charitable Trust shall mean any trust provided for in
Section 7.3.1 hereof.
Charitable Trustee. The term Charitable Trustee shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the
Trust and a Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Trust to serve as trustee of the Charitable
Trust.
Constructive Ownership. The term Constructive Ownership shall mean ownership of Equity
Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including
by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application
of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms
Constructive Owner, Constructively Owns and Constructively Owned shall have the correlative
meanings.
Equity Shares. The term Equity Shares shall mean Shares of all classes or series,
including, without limitation, Common Shares and Preferred Shares.
Excepted Holder. The term Excepted Holder shall mean a Person for whom an Excepted Holder
Limit is created by this Article VII or by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof.
6
Excepted Holder Limit. The term Excepted Holder Limit shall mean, provided that the
affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Declaration of
Trust or the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof and subject to adjustment pursuant
to Section 7.2.8 hereof, the percentage limit established for an Excepted Holder by the Declaration
of Trust or the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof.
Initial Date. The term Initial Date shall mean the date of the issuance of Common Shares
pursuant to the initial underwritten public offering of Common Shares or such other date as
determined by the Board of Trustees in its sole and absolute discretion.
Market Price. The term Market Price on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or
series of outstanding Equity Shares, the Closing Price for such Equity Shares on such date. The
Closing Price on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Equity Shares, regular
way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices, regular way, for such Equity Shares, in either case as reported in the principal
consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading
on the NYSE or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as
reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the
principal national securities exchange on which such Equity Shares are listed or admitted to
trading or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked
prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other
automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Equity Shares are not quoted by any
such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional
market maker making a market in such Equity Shares selected by the Board of Trustees or, in the
event that no trading price is available for such Equity Shares, the fair market value of Equity
Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees.
NYSE. The term NYSE shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
Person. The term Person shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17)
of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the
purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the
meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company, government, government subdivision,
agency or instrumentality or other entity and also includes a group as that term is used for
purposes of Rule 13d-5(b) or Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.
Prohibited Owner. The term Prohibited Owner shall mean, with respect to any purported
Transfer (or other event), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1 hereof, would
Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in violation of the provisions of Section
7.2.1(a) hereof, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been
the record owner of Equity Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.
7
Restriction Termination Date. The term Restriction Termination Date shall mean the first
day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Trustees determines pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof
that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a
REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive
Ownership and Transfers of Equity Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the
Trust to qualify as a REIT.
Share Ownership Limit. The term Share Ownership Limit shall mean nine and eight-tenths
percent (9.8%) in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding
shares of any class or series of Equity Shares of the Trust excluding any outstanding Equity Shares
not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or such other percentage determined
from time to time by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 7.2.8 hereof.
TRS. The term TRS shall mean a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the
Code) of the Trust.
Transfer. The term Transfer shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment,
devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire
Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause
any such events, of Equity Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Equity Shares,
including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), pledge,
security interest or similar right to acquire Equity Shares, (b) any disposition of any securities
or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares or any interest in Equity Shares or
any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other
entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares;
in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or
Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms Transferring and
Transferred shall have the correlative meanings.
Section 7.2 Equity Shares.
Section 7.2.1 Ownership Limitations. During the period commencing on the Initial
Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date or as otherwise set forth below, and subject to
Section 7.4 hereof:
(a) Basic Restrictions.
(i) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person, other than an Excepted
Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Share Ownership
Limit. No Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of
the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.
(ii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own
Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the
Trust being closely held within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to
whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year).
8
(iii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, any Transfer of Equity Shares
that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being Beneficially Owned by less than one hundred
(100) Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab
initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
(iv) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or
Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership
would cause the Trust to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in
a tenant (other than a TRS) of the Trusts real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B)
of the Code.
(v) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the
extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Trust to
fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any
eligible independent contractor (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a
qualified lodging facility (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS
failing to qualify as such.
(b) Transfer in Trust; Transfer Void Ab Initio. If any Transfer of Equity Shares
(or other event) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or
Constructively Owning Equity Shares in violation of Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof,
(i) then that number of Equity Shares the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive
Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or
(v) hereof (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred without
further action by the Trust or any other party, to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a
Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3 hereof, effective as of the close of business
on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in
such Equity Shares; or
(ii) if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this
sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Sections 7.2.1(a)(i),
(ii), (iv) or (v) hereof, then the Transfer of that number of Equity Shares that otherwise would
cause any Person to violate Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof shall be void ab initio,
and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
Section 7.2.2 Remedies for Breach. If the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized
committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has
taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof or that a Person intends to acquire
or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any Equity Shares in
violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of
Trustees or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give
effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the
Trust to redeem Equity Shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Trust
or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted
Transfers or other events in violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof shall be
9
regarded as having been
transferred to the Charitable Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other
event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the
Board of Trustees or a committee thereof.
Section 7.2.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer. Any Person who acquires or attempts or
intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares that will or may
violate Section 7.2.1(a) hereof, or any Person who would have owned Equity Shares that resulted in
a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) hereof, shall
immediately give written notice to the Trust of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or
attempted transaction, give at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice, and shall provide to
the Trust such other information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any,
of such Transfer on the Trusts status as a REIT.
Section 7.2.4 Owners Required To Provide Information. From the Initial Date and
prior to the Restriction Termination Date:
(a) every owner of more than five percent (5%) (or such lower percentage as required
by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the
outstanding Equity Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written
notice to the Trust stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Equity Shares of each
class and/or series Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are
held. Each such owner shall provide to the Trust such additional information as the Trust may
request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Trusts
status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with Section 7.2.1(a) hereof; and
(b) each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Equity Shares and
each Person (including the shareholder of record) who is holding Equity Shares for a Beneficial
Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Trust such information as the Trust may request,
in good faith, in order to determine the Trusts status as a REIT and to comply with the
requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and
to ensure compliance with the Share Ownership Limit.
Section 7.2.5 Remedies Not Limited. Subject to Section 5.5 hereof, nothing
contained in this Section 7.2 hereof shall limit the authority of the Board of Trustees to take
such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Trust and the interests of its
shareholders in preserving the Trusts status as a REIT.
Section 7.2.6 Ambiguity. In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of
the provisions of this Article VII, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the
application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts
known to it. In the event Sections 7.2 or 7.3 hereof requires an action by the Board of Trustees
and the Declaration of Trust fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the
Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action
is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 hereof. Absent a decision to the
contrary by the Board of Trustees (which the Board of Trustees may make in its sole and absolute
discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2.1 hereof)
acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares in violation of
10
Section 7.2.1 hereof, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the Equity Shares which, but for such
remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and second to Equity Shares which, but for
such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned)
by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such Equity Shares based upon the
relative number of Equity Shares held by each such Person.
Section 7.2.7 Exceptions.
(a) The Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or
retroactively) a Person from the restrictions contained in Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv) hereof, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such
Person if the Board of Trustees obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the
Board of Trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the
exemption and/or establishing or increasing the Excepted Holder Limit, as the case may be,
will not cause the Trust to lose its status as a REIT.
(b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a) hereof, the Board
of Trustees may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in
either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, as
it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Trusts status as a REIT.
Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Trustees may impose such
conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.
(c) Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) and (v) hereof, an underwriter, placement
agent or initial purchaser that participates in a public offering, private placement or other
private offering of Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity
Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for Equity Shares) in excess of the Share Ownership Limit, but only to the extent
necessary to facilitate such public offering, private placement or immediate resale of such Equity
Shares and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof will not be violated
following the distribution by such underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser of such Equity
Shares.
Section 7.2.8 Change in Share Ownership Limit and Excepted Holder Limits.
(a) The Board of Trustees may from time to time increase or decrease the Share
Ownership Limit; provided, however, that a decreased Share Ownership Limit will not be effective
for any Person whose percentage ownership of Equity Shares is in excess of such decreased Share
Ownership Limit until such time as such Persons percentage of Equity Shares equals or falls below
the decreased Share Ownership Limit, but until such time as such Persons percentage of Equity
Shares falls below such decreased Share Ownership Limit, any further acquisition of Equity Shares
in excess of such decreased Share Ownership Limit will be in violation of the Share Ownership Limit
and, provided further, that the new Share Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer individuals
(including any entity treated as an individual under Section 542(a)(2) of the Code and taking into
account all Excepted Holders) to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding
Equity Shares.
11
(b) The Board of Trustees may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted
Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the
terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in
connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No
Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the then current Share
Ownership Limit.
Section 7.2.9 Legend. Each certificate, if any, for Equity Shares shall bear a
legend summarizing the restrictions on transfer and ownership contained herein. Instead of a
legend, the certificate, if any, may state that the Trust will furnish a full statement about
certain restrictions on transferability to a shareholder on request and without charge.
Section 7.3 Transfer of Equity Shares in Trust.
Section 7.3.1 Ownership in Trust. Upon any purported Transfer or other event
described in Section 7.2.1(b) hereof that would result in a transfer of Equity Shares to a
Charitable Trust, such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Charitable
Trustee as trustee of a Charitable Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable
Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the
close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results
in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b) hereof. The Charitable
Trustee shall be appointed by the Trust and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Trust and any
Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Trust as provided in
Section 7.3.6 hereof.
Section 7.3.2 Status of Shares Held by the Charitable Trustee. Equity Shares held
by the Charitable Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust. The
Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Charitable Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit
economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Charitable Trustee, shall have no
rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights
attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust.
Section 7.3.3 Dividend and Voting Rights. The Charitable Trustee shall have all
voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Equity Shares held in
the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable
Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Trust that
Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be paid with respect to such
Equity Shares to the Charitable Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution
authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Charitable Trustee. Any dividends or
distributions so paid over to the Charitable Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable
Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the
Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that Equity Shares have
been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee shall have the authority (at the
Charitable Trustees sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner
prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable
Trust and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Charitable Trustee acting
for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Trust has already
12
taken irreversible trust action, then the Charitable Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Trust has received notification that
Equity Shares have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on
its share transfer and other shareholder records for purposes of preparing lists of shareholders
entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise
conducting votes of shareholders.
Section 7.3.4 Sale of Shares by Charitable Trustee. Within twenty (20) days of receiving
notice from the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the
Charitable Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the Equity Shares held in the Charitable
Trust to a Person, designated by the Charitable Trustee, whose ownership of the Equity Shares will
not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof. Upon such sale, the
interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Equity Shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable
Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable
Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4 hereof. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the
lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Equity Shares in the transaction that
resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the Transfer
to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Equity Shares at Market Price, the
Market Price of such Equity Shares on the day of the event which resulted in the Transfer of such
Equity Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (2) the price per share received by the Charitable
Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of
the Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Charitable Trustee may reduce the amount
payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been
paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee
pursuant to Section 7.3.3 hereof. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the
Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the
discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, such
Equity Shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have
been sold on behalf of, or in respect of, the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the
Prohibited Owner received an amount for such Equity Shares that exceeds the amount that such
Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4 hereof, such excess shall
be paid to the Charitable Trustee upon demand.
Section 7.3.5 Purchase Right in Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee. Equity Shares
transferred to the Charitable Trust shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Trust, or
its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the
transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted
in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Equity Shares at Market
Price, the Market Price of such Equity Shares on the day of the event which resulted in the
Transfer of such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the
Trust, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Trust may reduce the amount payable to the
Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed
by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 hereof. The Trust may pay the
amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Trust
shall have the right to accept such offer until the Charitable Trustee has sold the Equity Shares
held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4 hereof. Upon such a sale to the Trust, the
interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Equity Shares sold shall terminate and
13
the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable
Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.3.4 hereof and any dividends or other distributions held
by the Charitable Trustee shall be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.
Section 7.3.6 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries. By written notice to the Charitable
Trustee, the Trust shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable
Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (i) Equity Shares held in the
Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof in the
hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section
501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction
under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
Section 7.4 NYSE Transactions. Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of
any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities
exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any
transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any
transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set
forth in this Article VII.
Section 7.5 Enforcement. The Trust is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief,
including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.
Section 7.6 Non-Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of the Trust or the Board of Trustees
in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Trust or the Board
of Trustees, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.
Section 7.7 Severability. If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such
provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the
issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of
such provisions shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of
such court.
ARTICLE VIII
SHAREHOLDERS
Section 8.1 Meetings. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders, to be held on
proper notice at such time and convenient location as shall be determined by or in the manner
prescribed in the Bylaws, for the election of the Trustees, if required, and for the transaction of
any other business within the powers of the Trust. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration
of Trust, special meetings of shareholders may be called only in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
If there are no Trustees, the officers of the Trust shall promptly call a special meeting of the
shareholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Trustees. Any meeting may be adjourned
and reconvened as the Trustees determine or as provided in the Bylaws.
Section 8.2 Voting Rights. Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then
outstanding, the shareholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a)
14
election of Trustees as provided in Section 5.2 hereof and the removal of Trustees as provided in Section
5.3 hereof; (b) amendment of the Declaration of Trust as provided in Article X hereof; (c)
termination of the Trust as provided in Section 12.2 hereof; (d) merger or consolidation of the
Trust, or the sale or disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Trust, as provided in
Article XI hereof; (e) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Trustees has adopted a
resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted
to the shareholders for approval or ratification; and (f) such other matters as may be properly
brought before a meeting of shareholders pursuant to the Bylaws. Except with respect to the
matters described in clauses (a) through (e) above, no action taken by the shareholders at any
meeting shall in any way bind the Board of Trustees.
Section 8.3 Preemptive and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of
Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof,
or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Trustees, no holder of Shares
shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares
of the Trust or any other security of the Trust which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of
beneficial interest shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting shareholder
provided for under Title 8 or Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law or any
successor statute unless the Board of Trustees, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Board of Trustees, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or
series of shares of beneficial interest, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of
such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to
exercise such rights.
Section 8.4 Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 5.3 hereof
(relating to removal of Trustees) and in Section 10.3 hereof (relating to certain amendments to the
Declaration of Trust), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to
be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of a greater number of votes, any such action shall
be effective and valid if advised by the Board of Trustees and taken or approved by the affirmative
vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
Section 8.5 Board Approval. The submission of any action of the Trust to the shareholders for
their consideration shall first be approved by the Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE IX
LIABILITY LIMITATION, INDEMNIFICATION
AND TRANSACTIONS WITH THE TRUST
Section 9.1 Limitation of Shareholder Liability. No shareholder shall be liable for any debt,
claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Trust by
reason of his or her being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal
liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the property
or the affairs of the Trust by reason of his or her being a shareholder.
15
Section 9.2 Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability. To the maximum extent that Maryland
law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of trustees and officers of a
real estate investment trust, no present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable
to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this
Section 9.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust
inconsistent with this Section 9.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of
the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such
amendment, repeal or adoption.
Section 9.3 Indemnification. The Trust shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted
by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or
reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any
individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust or (b) any individual who,
while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a
trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate
investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such
person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such
capacity or capacities. The Trust shall have the power, with the approval of its Board of
Trustees, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a
predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee
or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.
Section 9.4 Transactions Between the Trust and its Trustees, Officers, Employees and Agents.
Subject to any express restrictions in the Declaration of Trust or adopted by the Trustees in the
Bylaws or by resolution, the Trust may enter into any contract or transaction of any kind with any
person, including any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any person affiliated
with a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, whether or not any of them has a financial
interest in such transaction.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
Section 10.1 General. The Trust reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to
the Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the
terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Declaration of Trust, of any Shares. All
rights and powers conferred by the Declaration of Trust on shareholders, Trustees and officers are
granted subject to this reservation. An amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be signed,
acknowledged and filed as required by Maryland law. All references to the Declaration of Trust
shall include all amendments thereto.
Section 10.2 By Trustees. The Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time,
in the manner provided by Title 8, without any action by the shareholders, (i) to qualify as a REIT
under the Code or under Title 8, (ii) in any respect in which the charter of a corporation may be
amended in accordance with Section 2-605 of the Corporations and
16
Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland and (iii) as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust.
Section 10.3 By Shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, any
amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and
approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the
matter. Any amendment to Section 5.3 hereof or to this sentence of the Declaration of Trust shall
be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE XI
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF TRUST PROPERTY
Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Trust
may (a) merge the Trust into another entity, (b) consolidate the Trust with one or more other
entities into a new entity or (c) sell, lease, exchange or otherwise transfer all or substantially
all of the Trust Property. Any such action must be advised by the Board of Trustees and, after
notice to all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter, approved by the affirmative vote of at
least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE XII
DURATION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
Section 12.1 Duration. The Trust shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to
Section 12.2 hereof or pursuant to any applicable provision of Title 8.
Section 12.2 Termination.
(a) Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, after
approval by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, the Trust may be terminated upon approval
at any meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes
entitled to be cast on the matter. Upon the termination of the Trust:
(i) The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
(ii) The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of
the Trustees under the Declaration of Trust shall continue, including the powers to fulfill or
discharge the Trusts contracts, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining property of the Trust to one or more persons
at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash,
securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities and do all other acts
appropriate to liquidate its business. The Trustees may appoint any officer of the Trust or any
other person to supervise the winding up of the affairs of the Trust and delegate to such officer
or such person any or all powers of the Trustees in this regard.
17
(iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon
receipt of such releases, indemnities and agreements as the Trustees deem necessary for their
protection, the Trust may distribute the remaining property of the Trust among the shareholders so
that after payment in full or the setting apart for payment of such preferential amounts, if any,
to which the holders of any Shares at the time outstanding shall be entitled, the remaining
property of the Trust shall, subject to any participating or similar rights of Shares at the time
outstanding, be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Shares at the time outstanding.
(b) After termination of the Trust, the liquidation of its business and the distribution to
the shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees or an authorized officer shall
execute and file with the Trusts records a document certifying that the Trust has been duly
terminated, and the Trustees shall be discharged from all liabilities and duties hereunder, and the
rights and interests of all shareholders shall cease.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 13.1 Governing Law. The rights of all parties and the validity, construction and
effect of every provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be subject to and construed according
to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
Section 13.2 Reliance by Third Parties. Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to
any person dealing with the Trust if executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
Trust or a Trustee, and if certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees, officers of the
Trust or shareholders; (b) the due authorization of the execution of any document; (c) the action
or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees or
shareholders; (d) a copy of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy
as then in force; (e) an amendment to the Declaration of Trust; (f) the termination of the Trust;
or (g) the existence of any fact relating to the affairs of the Trust. No purchaser, lender,
transfer agent or other person shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any
transaction purporting to be made by the Trust on its behalf or by any officer, employee or agent
of the Trust.
Section 13.3 Severability.
(a) The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Board of Trustees
shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any one or more of such provisions (the
Conflicting Provisions) are in conflict with the Code, Title 8 or other applicable federal or
state laws, the Conflicting Provisions, to the extent of the conflict, shall be deemed never to
have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust, even without any amendment of the Declaration
of Trust pursuant to Article X and without affecting or impairing any of the remaining provisions
of the Declaration of Trust or rendering invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to
such determination. No Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination.
In the event of any such determination by the Board of Trustees, the Board shall amend the
Declaration of Trust in the manner provided in Section 10.2 hereof.
18
(b) If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or
unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable such
provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any
jurisdiction.
Section 13.4 Construction. In the Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise
requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and
words denoting any gender include all genders. The title and headings of different parts are
inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of the
Declaration of Trust. In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Trust and its
Trustees and officers, reference shall be made, to the extent appropriate and not inconsistent with
the Code or Title 8, to Titles 1 through 3 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the
Annotated Code of Maryland. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, in accordance
with the provisions of Title 3, Subtitles 6 and 7, of the Corporations and Associations Article of
the Annotated Code of Maryland, the Trust shall be included within the definition of corporation
for purposes of such provisions.
Section 13.5 Recordation. The Declaration of Trust and any amendment hereto shall be filed
for record with the SDAT and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees
deem appropriate, but failure to file for record the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto
in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or
effectiveness of the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto. A restated Declaration of Trust
shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter
be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration of Trust and the various amendments thereto.
THIRD: The amendment to and restatement of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust as
hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the
shareholders of the Trust as required by law.
FOURTH: The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust had authority to
issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000, consisting of 1,000 Common
Shares, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of beneficial interest
having par value was $10.
FIFTH: The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust has authority to
issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Declaration of Trust is
600,000,000, consisting of 500,000,000 Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000
Preferred Shares, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of
beneficial interest having par value is $6,000,000.
The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the
trust act of the Trust and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the
undersigned President acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these
matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the
penalties for perjury.
19
[Signature page follows.]
20
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed
in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its
Secretary on this
day of , 20
.
|
|
|
|
ATTEST:
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
Secretary
|
|
President |
|
21
exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the Trust in the State of Maryland shall
be located at such place as the Board of Trustees may designate.
Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Trust may have additional offices, including a principal
executive office, at such places as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine or the
business of the Trust may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive
office of the Trust or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Trustees and stated in
the notice of the meeting.
Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of Trustees
and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Trust shall be held at a convenient
location and on proper notice, on the date and at the time set by the Board of Trustees. Failure
to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Trusts existence or affect any otherwise valid
acts of the Trust.
Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or
Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to call a special meeting of the shareholders.
Section 4. NOTICE. Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of
shareholders, the secretary shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to
each shareholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or
by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special
meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is
called, by mail, by presenting it to such shareholder personally, by leaving it at the
shareholders residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law.
If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail
addressed to the shareholder at the shareholders address as it appears on the records of the
Trust, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to
be given when transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number
of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions. The Trust
may give a single notice to all shareholders who share an address, which single notice shall
be effective as to any shareholder at such address, unless a shareholder objects to receiving such
single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice
of any meeting to one or more shareholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect
the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II, or the validity of any
proceedings at any such meeting.
Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Trust may be transacted at an
annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such
business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be
transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice.
The Trust may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a public announcement (as
defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the
meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not
less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT. Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an
individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of
such appointment, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or
absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in
the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the chief executive officer,
if there be one other than the chairman of the board, the president, the chief financial officer,
if there be one, the chief operating officer, if there be one, the vice presidents in their order
of rank and seniority, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders
by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy. The
secretary, or, in the secretarys absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the
secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the
absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as
secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the shareholders, an assistant
secretary, or, in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of
Trustees or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of
business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by
the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and
procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the
shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation,
(a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting
attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust, their duly authorized proxies and
such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at
the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Trust entitled to vote on such matter,
their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may
determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining
when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f)
maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual
who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of
the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and
time and at a place announced
2
at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state or local laws and regulations concerning
safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of
shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary
procedure.
Section 6. QUORUM. At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of
shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on
any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any
statute or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the Declaration of Trust) for the vote
necessary for the adoption of any measure. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the
shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to
a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement
at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be
transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
The shareholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called
and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough shareholders to leave fewer than required
to establish a quorum.
Section 7. VOTING. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called
and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Trustee. Each share may be voted
for as many individuals as there are Trustees to be elected and for whose election the share is
entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at
which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come
before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the
Declaration of Trust. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Declaration of Trust, each
outstanding share of beneficial interest, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on
each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Voting on any question or in any
election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot
or otherwise.
Section 8. PROXIES. A shareholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the holder of the
shares of beneficial interest owned of record by the shareholder in person or by proxy executed by
the shareholder or by the shareholders duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such
proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Trust
before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.
Section 9. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust
registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be
voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee manager or
member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing persons, unless
some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of
the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a
partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in
3
which case such person may vote such shares. Any trustee or fiduciary may vote shares of
beneficial interest registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such trustee or
fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be
voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares
entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in
which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding
shares at any given time.
The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify
in writing to the Trust that any shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of the
shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder. The
resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose
for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be
contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record
date within which the certification must be received by the Trust; and any other provisions with
respect to the procedure which the Board of Trustees considers necessary or desirable. On receipt
of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the
purposes set forth in the certification, the shareholder of record of the specified shares of
beneficial interest in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.
Section 10. INSPECTORS. The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may appoint,
before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the
inspector. The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of beneficial interest
represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii)
receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman
of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the
right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each
such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is
more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of
a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the
number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie
evidence thereof.
Section 11. NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY SHAREHOLDERS.
(a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders.
(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees and the proposal of other
business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i)
pursuant to the Trusts notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or
(iii) by any shareholder of the Trust who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of
notice by the shareholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual
meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or
on any such other business, and who has complied with this Section 11(a).
4
(2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a
shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the shareholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Trust and such other business
must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders. To be timely, a shareholders
notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the
secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 150th day nor later
than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date
of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding years
annual meeting (which for the annual meeting in 2011 shall be deemed to be April 30, 2011); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is
advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding
years annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be
timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting
and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the
date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which
public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a
postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the
giving of a shareholders notice as described above.
(3) Such shareholders notice shall set forth:
(i) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection
as a trustee (each, a Proposed Nominee), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that
would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election
of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not
involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case
pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules
thereunder;
(ii) as to any business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a
description of such business, the shareholders reasons for proposing such business at the meeting
and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and any Shareholder Associated
Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to
the shareholder or the Shareholder Associated Person therefrom;
(iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Shareholder
Associated Person,
(A) the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest in the Trust or other
securities of the Trust (collectively, the Trust Securities), if any, which are owned
(beneficially or of record) by such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated
Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such
acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit
from any decrease in the price of such shares or other securities) in any Trust Securities of any
such person,
5
(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Trust Securities owned beneficially but not of
record by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person and
(C) whether and the extent to which such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder
Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to
or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series
of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any
short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the
effect or intent of which is to manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Trust Securities
for such shareholder, (I) Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person or (II) increase or
decrease the voting power of, such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person
in the Trust disproportionately to such persons economic interest in the Trust Securities;
(iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person with an
interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section
11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,
(A) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trusts share ledger and
the current name and business address, if different, of each such Shareholder Associated Person and
any Proposed Nominee and
(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such shareholder and each such
Shareholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering
memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such
shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person; and
(v) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any
other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a Trustee or the proposal of
other business on the date of such shareholders notice.
(4) Such Shareholders notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a
certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not,
and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or
entity other than the Trust in connection with service or action as trustee that has not been
disclosed to the Trust and (b) will serve as a trustee of the Trust if elected; and (ii) attaching
a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Trust,
upon request, to the shareholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to
the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of
proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an
election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such
solicitation in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the
Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national
securities exchange or over-the-counter market).
6
(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the
event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased, and there is
no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date
of the proxy statement for the preceding years annual meeting, a shareholders notice required by
this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new
positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal
executive office of the Trust not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the tenth day
following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
(6) For purposes of this Section 11, Shareholder Associated Person of any shareholder shall
mean (i) any person acting in concert with such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of
beneficial interest of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder (other than a
shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or
more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such
shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.
(b) Special Meetings of Shareholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special
meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trusts
notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at
a special meeting of shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected only by or at the direction
of the Board of Trustees. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of shareholders for the
purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder may
nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee as specified
in the Trusts notice of meeting, if the shareholders notice, containing the information required
by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 11, shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal
executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not
later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special
meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date
of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such
meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not
commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholders notice as described above.
(c) General.
(1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any shareholder proposing a
nominee for election as a Trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders
shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been
provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such shareholder shall notify the Trust of any
inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days (as defined below) of becoming aware of such
inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary of the Trust
or the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery
of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written
verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or any authorized officer of
the Trust, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to
this Section 11 and (B) a written update of any information submitted by
7
the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a shareholder fails to
provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which
written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in
accordance with this Section 11.
(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be
eligible for election by shareholders by trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a
meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this
Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or
any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may
be, in accordance with this Section 11.
(3) For purposes of this Section 11, the date of the proxy statement shall have the same
meaning as the date of the companys proxy statement as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under
the Exchange Act. Public announcement shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by
the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated
news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a shareholder shall also
comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this
Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal
in, nor the right of the Trust to omit a proposal from, the Trusts proxy statement pursuant to
Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall
require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the shareholder or Shareholder Associated
Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such
shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
(5) For purposes of these Bylaws, Business Day shall mean any date other than a Saturday, a
Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Section 12. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may
permit one or more shareholders to participate in meetings of the shareholders by means of a
conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all persons participating in the
meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means
constitutes presence in person at the meeting.
Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law
(or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of beneficial
interest of the Trust. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether
before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to
8
the extent
provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.
ARTICLE III
TRUSTEES
Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the
direction of its Board of Trustees.
Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. At any regular meeting or at any special
meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may establish, increase
or decrease the number of Trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the
minimum number required by the Maryland REIT Law (the MRL), nor more than 15, and further
provided that the tenure of office of a Trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number
of Trustees. Any Trustee of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her written
notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any
resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the
resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless
otherwise stated in the resignation.
Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be
held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice other
than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held
at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special
meetings of the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and
place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such
resolution.
Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called by or at
the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a
majority of the Trustees then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings
of the Board of Trustees may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the
Board of Trustees called by them. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and
place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such
resolution.
Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be delivered
personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier
to each Trustee at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery,
telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the
meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting.
Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be
deemed to be given when the Trustee or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a
telephone call to which the Trustee or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall
be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the
Trust by the Trustee. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be
9
given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Trust by the Trustee and receipt of a
completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given
when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited
with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor
the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in
the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.
Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for transaction of
business at any meeting of the Board of Trustees, provided that, if less than a majority of such
Trustees is present at such meeting, a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting
from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law,
the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a
particular group of Trustees is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such
percentage of such group.
The Trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been
established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
from the meeting of enough Trustees to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
Section 7. VOTING. The action of the majority of the Trustees present at a meeting at which a
quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater
proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.
If enough Trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a
quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Trustees
necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Trustees,
unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the
Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.
Section 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board
or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman
of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief
executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the
absence of the president, a Trustee chosen by a majority of the Trustees present, shall act as
chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the
Trust, or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed
by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference
telephone or other communications equipment if all individuals participating in the meeting can
hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute
presence in person at the meeting.
Section 10. CONSENT BY TRUSTEES WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting,
10
if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by a majority of the Trustees and is
filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Trustees.
Section 11. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all of the Trustees cease to be Trustees,
such event shall not terminate the Trust or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining
Trustees hereunder. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any
class or series of preferred shares of beneficial interest, any vacancy on the Board of Trustees
may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Trustees, even if the remaining Trustees do not
constitute a quorum. Any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the
full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and
qualifies.
Section 12. COMPENSATION; FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE. Trustees shall not receive any stated salary
for their services as Trustees but, by resolution of the Trustees, may receive compensation per
year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by
the Trust and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as Trustees. Trustees may
be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the
Trustees or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each
property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as Trustees; but
nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Trustees from serving the Trust in any
other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 13. RELIANCE. Each Trustee and officer of the Trust shall, in the performance of his
or her duties with respect to the Trust, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or
statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an
officer or employee of the Trust whom the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and
competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to
a matter which the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be within the persons professional or
expert competence, or, with respect to a Trustee, by a committee of the Board of Trustees on which
the Trustee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the Trustee
reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
Section 14. RATIFICATION. The Board of Trustees or the shareholders may ratify and make
binding on the Trust any action or inaction by the Trust or its officers to the extent that the
Board of Trustees or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any
action or inaction questioned in any shareholders derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on
the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a trustee,
officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or
practices of accounting, or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of
Trustees or by the shareholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the
questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be
binding upon the Trust and its shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of
any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
Section 15. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS. The Trustees shall have no
responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Trust. Any Trustee or officer of
the Trust, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of
11
any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities
similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Trust.
Section 16. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of
Trust or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or
other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Trustees under
Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an Emergency). During any Emergency,
unless otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees: (a) a meeting of the Board of Trustees or a
committee thereof may be called by any Trustee or officer by any means feasible under the
circumstances; (b) notice of any meeting of the Board of Trustees during such an Emergency may be
given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many Trustees and by such means as may be
feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (c) the number of Trustees
necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Trustees may appoint from among
its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more Trustees, to serve at
the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.
Section 2. POWERS. The Board of Trustees may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1
of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Trustees.
Section 3. MEETINGS. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice
for special meetings of the Board of Trustees. A majority of the members of a committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a
majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The
Board of Trustees may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence
of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the
committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In
the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting,
whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Trustee to act in the place of such
absent member.
Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of a committee of the Board of Trustees may
participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if
all individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation
in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be
taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a
consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is
12
given by a majority of the members of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.
Section 6. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Trustees shall have the
power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an
alternate member, to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Trust shall include a president, a
secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a
chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial
officer, a chief investment officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant
treasurers. In addition, the Board of Trustees may from time to time elect such other officers
with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Trust
shall be elected annually by the Board of Trustees, except that the chief executive officer or
president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and
assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is
elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner
hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by
the same individual. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights
between the Trust and such officer or agent.
Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Trust may be removed, with or
without cause, by the Board of Trustees if in its judgment the best interests of the Trust would be
served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the
individual so removed. Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her
resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary.
Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in
the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective
unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the
contract rights, if any, of the Trust.
Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Trustees for the
balance of the term.
Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief executive
officer. In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief
executive officer of the Trust. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for
implementation of the policies of the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees, and for the
management of the business and affairs of the Trust. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage,
bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly
delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust
or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and
13
in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the
Board of Trustees from time to time.
Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief operating
officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by
the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
Section 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief financial
officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by
the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
Section 7. CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief investment
officer. The chief investment officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by
the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
Section 8. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Trustees shall designate a chairman of the
board. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Trustees and of
the shareholders at which he or she shall be present. The chairman of the board shall perform such
other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Trustees.
Section 9. PRESIDENT. In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in
general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Trust. In the absence of a
designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Trustees, the president shall be the chief
operating officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument,
except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees
or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be
otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and
such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
Section 10. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in
such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice
presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any
designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and
when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice
president by the president or by the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may designate one or
more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or as vice president for
particular areas of responsibility.
Section 11. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the
shareholders, the Board of Trustees and committees of the Board of Trustees in one or more books
provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the trust records and of the
seal of the Trust; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall
be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer
14
books of the Trust; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Trustees.
Section 12. TREASURER. The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of
the Trust and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books
belonging to the Trust and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to
the credit of the Trust in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Trustees. In the
absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Trustees, the treasurer shall
be the chief financial officer of the Trust.
The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of
Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and
Board of Trustees, at the regular meetings of the Board of Trustees or whenever it may so require,
an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust.
Section 13. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The assistant secretaries and
assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the
secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Trustees.
Section 14. COMPENSATION. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, the President and
the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Investment Officer, if any,
shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Trustees and no such
officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is
also a Trustee.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Trustees may authorize any officer or agent to enter into
any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and
such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage,
lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Trust when duly authorized or ratified
by action of the Board of Trustees and executed by an authorized person.
Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money,
notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust shall be signed by such
officer or agent of the Trust in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board
of Trustees.
Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Trust not otherwise employed shall be deposited or
invested from time to time to the credit of the Trust as the Board of Trustees, the chief executive
officer, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Trustees may
determine.
15
ARTICLE VII
SHARES
Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The Trust may issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the
Trusts classes or series of beneficial interest without certificates if authorized by the Board of
Trustees. In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest evidenced by
certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Trustees or a
duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MRL and shall
be signed by the officers of the Trust in the manner permitted by the MRL. In the event that the
Trust issues shares of beneficial interest without certificates, to the extent then required by the
MRL, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the
information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates. There shall be no
differences in the rights and obligations of shareholders based on whether or not their shares are
evidenced by certificates. If shares of a class or series of beneficial interest are authorized by
the Board of Trustees to be issued without certificates, no shareholder shall be entitled to a
certificate or certificates evidencing any shares of such class or series of beneficial interest
held by such shareholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Trustees and then only upon
written request by such shareholder to the secretary of the Trust.
Section 2. TRANSFERS. All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Trust, by the
holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees
or any officer of the Trust may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of
certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated
shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees that such shares shall no longer be
evidenced by certificates. Upon the transfer of uncertificated shares, to the extent then required
by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to record holders of such shares a written statement of the
information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates.
The Trust shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of beneficial interest
as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it
shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of
the State of Maryland.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of beneficial
interest will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust and all of the terms and
conditions contained therein.
Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. Any officer of the Trust may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
Trust alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of
that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated;
provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be
issued unless requested in writing by such shareholder and the Board of Trustees has determined
such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Trust, the owner
of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or
16
her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new
certificate or certificates, to give the Trust a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Trust.
Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Trustees may set, in advance, a record date
for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the
allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other
proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the
record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of
shareholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action
requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.
When a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at
any meeting of shareholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall
continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned to a
date more than 120 days or postponed to a date more than 90 days after the record date originally
fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set
forth herein.
Section 5. SHARE LEDGER. The Trust shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of
its counsel, accountants or transfer agent an original or duplicate share ledger containing the
name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such
shareholder.
Section 6. FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF UNITS. The Board of Trustees may issue fractional
shares or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may
determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the
Board of Trustees may issue units consisting of different securities of the Trust. Any security
issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the
Trust, except that the Board of Trustees may provide that for a specified period securities of the
Trust issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Trust only in such unit.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR
The Board of Trustees shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the
Trust by a duly adopted resolution.
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of beneficial
interest of the Trust may be authorized by the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of law
and the Declaration of Trust. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in
17
cash, property or shares of beneficial interest in the Trust, subject to the provisions of law
and the Declaration of Trust.
Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may
be set aside out of any assets of the Trust available for dividends or other distributions such sum
or sums as the Board of Trustees may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as
a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or
maintaining any property of the Trust or for such other purpose as the Board of Trustees shall
determine, and the Board of Trustees may modify or abolish any such reserve.
ARTICLE X
INVESTMENT POLICY
Subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees may from time to
time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the
Trust as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
Section 1. SEAL. The Board of Trustees may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Trust.
The seal shall contain the name of the Trust and the year of its formation and the words Formed
Maryland. The Board of Trustees may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the
custody thereof.
Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Trust is permitted or required to affix its seal to a
document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating
to a seal to place the word (seal) adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute
the document on behalf of the Trust.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES
To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall
indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to
indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a
proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust and who
is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that
capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of
the Trust, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee
or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or
threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.
The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust and
18
these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a Trustee or officer. The Trust may,
with the approval of its Board of Trustees, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses
to an individual who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or
(b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust. The
indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be
deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or
payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation,
insurance, agreement or otherwise.
Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other
provision of the Bylaws or Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or
affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or
failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust
or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic
transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business
to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice,
unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the
express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is
not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision
of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments and supplements
thereto and any other documents filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation related
thereto.
19
exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CHATHAM LODGING, L.P.
(a Delaware limited partnership)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I |
|
DEFINED TERMS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II |
|
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP |
|
|
10 |
|
|
2.01 |
|
|
Formation of the Partnership |
|
|
10 |
|
|
2.02 |
|
|
Name |
|
|
11 |
|
|
2.03 |
|
|
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office |
|
|
11 |
|
|
2.04 |
|
|
Term and Dissolution |
|
|
11 |
|
|
2.05 |
|
|
Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership |
|
|
12 |
|
|
2.06 |
|
|
Certificates Describing Partnership Units |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III |
|
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV |
|
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS |
|
|
13 |
|
|
4.01 |
|
|
Capital Contributions |
|
|
13 |
|
|
4.02 |
|
|
Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units |
|
|
13 |
|
|
4.03 |
|
|
Additional Funding |
|
|
16 |
|
|
4.04 |
|
|
LTIP Units |
|
|
16 |
|
|
4.05 |
|
|
Conversion of LTIP Units |
|
|
19 |
|
|
4.06 |
|
|
Capital Accounts |
|
|
22 |
|
|
4.07 |
|
|
Percentage Interests |
|
|
22 |
|
|
4.08 |
|
|
No Interest on Contributions |
|
|
23 |
|
|
4.09 |
|
|
Return of Capital Contributions |
|
|
23 |
|
|
4.10 |
|
|
No Third-Party Beneficiary |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V |
|
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
23 |
|
|
5.01 |
|
|
Allocation of Profit and Loss |
|
|
23 |
|
|
5.02 |
|
|
Distribution of Cash |
|
|
25 |
|
|
5.03 |
|
|
REIT Distribution Requirements |
|
|
27 |
|
|
5.04 |
|
|
No Right to Distributions in Kind |
|
|
27 |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions |
|
|
27 |
|
|
5.06 |
|
|
Distributions Upon Liquidation |
|
|
27 |
|
|
5.07 |
|
|
Substantial Economic Effect |
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI |
|
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER |
|
|
28 |
|
|
6.01 |
|
|
Management of the Partnership |
|
|
28 |
|
|
6.02 |
|
|
Delegation of Authority |
|
|
30 |
|
|
6.03 |
|
|
Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees |
|
|
30 |
|
|
6.04 |
|
|
Liability of the General Partner |
|
|
32 |
|
|
6.05 |
|
|
Partnership Obligations |
|
|
33 |
|
|
6.06 |
|
|
Outside Activities |
|
|
33 |
|
|
6.07 |
|
|
Employment or Retention of Affiliates |
|
|
34 |
|
|
6.08 |
|
|
General Partner Activities |
|
|
34 |
|
- i -
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.09 |
|
|
Title to Partnership Assets |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII |
|
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER |
|
|
35 |
|
|
7.01 |
|
|
Transfer of the General Partners Partnership Interest |
|
|
35 |
|
|
7.02 |
|
|
Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner |
|
|
37 |
|
|
7.03 |
|
|
Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner |
|
|
37 |
|
|
7.04 |
|
|
Removal of General Partner |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII |
|
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS |
|
|
39 |
|
|
8.01 |
|
|
Management of the Partnership |
|
|
39 |
|
|
8.02 |
|
|
Power of Attorney |
|
|
39 |
|
|
8.03 |
|
|
Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners |
|
|
39 |
|
|
8.04 |
|
|
Common Unit Redemption Right |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX |
|
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS |
|
|
42 |
|
|
9.01 |
|
|
Purchase for Investment |
|
|
42 |
|
|
9.02 |
|
|
Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units |
|
|
42 |
|
|
9.03 |
|
|
Admission of Substitute Limited Partner |
|
|
44 |
|
|
9.04 |
|
|
Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units |
|
|
45 |
|
|
9.05 |
|
|
Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner |
|
|
45 |
|
|
9.06 |
|
|
Joint Ownership of Partnership Units |
|
|
45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X |
|
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.01 |
|
|
Books and Records |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.02 |
|
|
Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.03 |
|
|
Fiscal and Taxable Year |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.04 |
|
|
Annual Tax Information and Report |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.05 |
|
|
Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10.06 |
|
|
Reports to Limited Partners |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI |
|
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII |
|
GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
48 |
|
|
12.01 |
|
|
Notices |
|
|
48 |
|
|
12.02 |
|
|
Survival of Rights |
|
|
48 |
|
|
12.03 |
|
|
Additional Documents |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.04 |
|
|
Severability |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.05 |
|
|
Entire Agreement |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.06 |
|
|
Pronouns and Plurals |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.07 |
|
|
Headings |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.08 |
|
|
Counterparts |
|
|
49 |
|
|
12.09 |
|
|
Governing Law |
|
|
49 |
|
- ii -
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
EXHIBIT B Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
EXHIBIT C-1 Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are
Entities)
EXHIBIT C-2 Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are
Individuals)
EXHIBIT D Notice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
EXHIBIT E Notice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units
- iii -
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CHATHAM LODGING, L.P.
RECITALS
Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws
of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware effective as of November 18, 2009 and this Agreement of Limited
Partnership, entered into this [___] day of , 2010, by and between Chatham Lodging Trust, a
Maryland real estate investment trust (together with its successors and assigns, the General
Partner), and the Limited Partners set forth on Exhibit A hereto. Capitalized terms used
herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in Article I below.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties
hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
Act means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from
time to time.
Additional Funds has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
Additional Securities has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(ii) hereof.
Adjustment Event has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
Administrative Expenses means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses
incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner,
including any salaries or other payments to trustees, officers or employees of the General Partner,
and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners have
agreed, are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not
included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided, however, that
Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the
- 1 -
General Partner that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are
owned by the General Partner other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
Affiliate means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by
or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of
such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such
Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (excluding
trustees and persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such
Person). For the purposes of this definition, control (including the correlative meanings of the
terms controlled by and under common control with), as used with respect to any Person, shall
mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership
interests or otherwise.
Agreed Value means the fair market value of a Partners non-cash Capital Contribution as of
the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and
addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value
of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A,
as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
Agreement means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or
restated from time to time.
Board of Trustees means the Board of Trustees of the General Partner.
Capital Account has the meaning provided in Section 4.06 hereof.
Capital Account Limitation has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
Capital Contribution means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value
of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to
the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the
Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor
holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
Cash Amount means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares
Amount on the date of receipt by the Partnership and the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
Certificate means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of
Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and
sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the
power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in
the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect
or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or
substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited
Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.
- 2 -
Change of Control means, as to the General Partner, the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the
assets of the General Partner, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than
an Affiliate of the General Partner; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision),
including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General
Partner in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share
exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within
the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of
the total voting power of the voting capital securities of the General Partner.
Common Partnership Unit Distribution has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii)
hereof.
Common Redemption Amount means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected
by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.
Common Unit means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the
Partnership.
Common Unit Distribution has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a) hereof.
Common Unit Economic Balance has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
Common Unit Redemption Right has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
Common Unit Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time
to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code
at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
Commission means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Constituent Person has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
Conversion Date has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
Conversion Factor means 1.0, provided that in the event that the General
Partner (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a
distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its
outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT
Shares, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on
- 3 -
the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such
purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such
time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without
the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and, provided further,
that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of the General Partner shall become
General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner with or
into another entity (the Successor Entity), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by
multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one
REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the
date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall
become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date,
if any, for such event; provided, however, that if the General Partner receives a
Notice of Redemption after the record date, but prior to the effective date of such dividend,
distribution, subdivision or combination, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the
General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for such
dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment
shall be made to the Conversion Factor if the number of outstanding Common Units is otherwise
adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the adjustment to the number of outstanding
REIT Shares.
Conversion Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
Conversion Right has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
Declaration of Trust means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the General Partner
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time.
Defaulting Limited Partner means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to
the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by
the Partnership.
Distributable Amount has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
Economic Capital Account Balances has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
Equity Incentive Plan means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by
the Partnership or the General Partner, including, without limitation, the General Partners Equity
Incentive Plan.
Event of Bankruptcy as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to
such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar
provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has
been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally
determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to
accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a
substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such
- 4 -
Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt
or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either
by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by
another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces
therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within
90 days.
Excepted Holder Limit has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of Trust.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Forced Conversion has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
Forced Conversion Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
General Partner has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
General Partner Loan means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited
Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on
behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
General Partnership Interest means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in
its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest
as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number
of Partnership Units. A number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of
one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units shall be deemed to be the General
Partnership Interest. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership
Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute
a Limited Partnership Interest.
Indemnitee means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A)
the General Partner or (B) a trustee of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the
Partnership or the General Partner, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the
General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether
before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
Independent Trustee means a trustee of the General Partner who meets the NYSE requirements
for an independent director as set forth from time to time.
Limited Partner means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached
hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute
Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Persons capacity as a Limited Partner
in the Partnership.
Limited Partnership Interest means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any
particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners,
and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be
entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the
- 5 -
obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of
such Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or
other Partnership Units.
Liquidating Gains has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
LTIP Unit means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the
rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this
Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners
shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
LTIP Unitholder means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
Loss has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
Majority in Interest means the Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the
Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
Notice of Redemption means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
NYSE means the New York Stock Exchange.
Offer has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
Offering means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares by the General
Partner.
Partner means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and Partners means the General
Partner and the Limited Partners.
Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section
1.704-2(i). A Partners share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
Partnership means Chatham Lodging, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the Act and
pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
Partnership Interest means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited
Partner or the General Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a
Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations
of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest
may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
Partnership Loan means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership
pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.
- 6 -
Partnership Minimum Gain has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is
determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership
would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other
than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A
Partners share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations
Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
Partnership Record Date means the record date established by the General Partner for the
distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the
record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its shareholders of some or
all of its portion of such distribution.
Partnership Unit means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all
Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of
Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof. The number of Partnership Units
outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on
Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time. The ownership of
Partnership Units may be evidenced by a certificate in a form approved by the General Partner.
Percentage Interest means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership
Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint
venture, trust or other entity.
Profit has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
Property means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or
indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
Redeeming Limited Partner has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
Regulations means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and
as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations
shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the
Regulations.
REIT means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
REIT Expenses means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of
existence and operation of the General Partner and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries
shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of the General Partner), including
taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to
any director, officer or employee of the General Partner, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any
public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by the General Partner, and
all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation,
underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of
- 7 -
securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such
securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated
with any repurchase of any securities by the General Partner, (iv) costs and expenses associated
with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by the General
Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission,
(v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and
regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities
exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or
other plan providing for compensation for the employees of the General Partner, (vii) costs and
expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership
Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in
the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or in connection with the Partnership.
REIT Share means one common share of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the
General Partner (or Successor Entity, as the case may be).
REIT Shares Amount means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of
Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the
Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that
in the event the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or
convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or
purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the Rights),
and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount
shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date
fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.
Restriction Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
Rights has the meaning set forth in the definition of REIT Shares Amount contained herein.
Safe Harbor Election has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
Safe Harbor Interest has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
Secondary Market Safe Harbors has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(f) hereof.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Service means the Internal Revenue Service.
Share Ownership Limit has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of Trust.
Specified Redemption Date means the first business day of the month that is at least 60
calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
- 8 -
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a
majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity
interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
Subsidiary Partnership means any partnership or limited liability company in which the
General Partner, the Partnership, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the General Partner or the
Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.
Substitute Limited Partner means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
Successor Entity has the meaning set forth in the definition of Conversion Factor
contained herein.
Survivor has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
Tax Matters Partner has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.
Trading Day means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a
security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security
is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other
than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Transaction has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
Transfer has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
TRS means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the
General Partner.
Unvested LTIP Units has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
Value means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market price of such
security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation.
The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to
trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way,
on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked
prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the
NYSE or any national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale
takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported
by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or (iii) if the security is not
listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such last
reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high
bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the
General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high
bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to
the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that
- 9 -
if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in
question, the value of the security shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith
on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment,
appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights, then the value of such
rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such
quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
Vested LTIP Units has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
Vesting Agreement means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered
into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive
Plan.
Withheld Amount means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to
any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.
ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP
2.01 Formation of the Partnership. The Partnership was formed as a limited
partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of
the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act.
The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.
- 10 -
2.02 Name. The Name of the Partnership shall be Chatham Lodging, L.P. and the
Partnerships business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the
General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words
Limited Partnership, LP, L.P. or Ltd. or similar words or letters shall be included in the
Partnerships name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction
that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of
the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in
the next regular communication to the Partners.
2.03 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office. The address of the registered
office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209
Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the
Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a
Delaware corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite
200, Palm Beach, FL 33480 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time
designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or
desirable.
2.04 Term and Dissolution.
(a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon
the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the
dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof; provided that if a
General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such
General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of
Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the
Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or
partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such
partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;
(ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Partnership (provided that if the Partnership receives an
installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership
shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such
time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
(iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any such Limited
Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to
continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited
Partners; or
(iv) the election by the General Partner that the Partnership should be dissolved.
- 11 -
(b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued
pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or
legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnerships assets
and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of,
or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those
necessary to satisfy the Partnerships debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the
Partners in kind.
2.05 Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership. The General Partner
shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and
any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such
places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited
partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in
which the Partnership conducts business.
2.06 Certificates Describing Partnership Units. At the request of a Limited Partner,
the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited
Partners interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership
Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of
such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the
General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following
effect:
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY
THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF CHATHAM LODGING,
L.P., AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME.
ARTICLE III
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct
any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act,
provided, however, that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a
manner as to permit the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the General
Partner otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Trustees determines, pursuant to Section 5.5 of the
Declaration of Trust, that the General Partner shall no longer qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter
into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing
or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do
anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without
limiting the General Partners right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a
REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the General Partner intends to elect REIT status and the
avoidance of income and excise taxes on the General Partner inures to the benefit of all the
Partners and not solely to the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited
- 12 -
Partners agree that the General Partner may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the
Code at any time. The General Partner shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things
necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
4.01 Capital Contributions. The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a
capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite
such Partners name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time
by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other
Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or
similar events having an effect on a Partners ownership of Partnership Units.
4.02 Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.
Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right
or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The
General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and
receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in
the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
(a) Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.
(i) General. As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership
shall have two classes of Partnership Units, entitled Common Units and LTIP Units. The
General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional
Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any
time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other
Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by
the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any
Limited Partners. The General Partners determination that consideration is adequate shall
be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership
Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby
may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with
such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the
then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall be determined
by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any
Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations
of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or
series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership
Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or
series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership;
provided, however, that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to
the
- 13 -
General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General
Partner) unless:
(1) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an
issuance of REIT Shares of or other interests in the General Partner, which shares
or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the
economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and
other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or
any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the
Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner (or any
direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make a
Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration
received by the General Partner from the issuance of such REIT Shares or other
interests in the General Partner;
(2) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an
issuance of REIT Shares of or other interests in the General Partner pursuant to a
taxable share dividend declared by the General Partner, which shares or interests
have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic
interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other
rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any
direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the
Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02, (B) if the General Partner allows
the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT
Shares, other interests of the General Partner or cash, the Partnership will give
the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner or any direct or indirect
Subsidiary of the General Partner) the same election to elect to receive (I)
Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the election of the General Partner, REIT
Shares or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units
pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value
of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units
that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
(3) the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned
by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the
General Partner) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in
good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or
(4) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests.
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the
Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the
General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the
General Partner and the Partnership.
- 14 -
(ii) Upon Issuance of Additional Securities. The General Partner shall not
issue any additional REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an
exchange pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or a taxable share dividend as described in Section
4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights (collectively, Additional Securities) other than to all
holders of REIT Shares, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue
to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General
Partner) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all
such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional
Securities, and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary
of the General Partner) contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional
Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the
Partnership; provided, however, that the General Partner is allowed to issue
Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by
the General Partner, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional
Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees. Without limiting
the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities
for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the
Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the
General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the
General Partner and the Partnership and (y) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect
wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all proceeds from such issuance
to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and
corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a share purchase plan providing for purchases of
REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to share awards, including
share options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the
REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or
other share awards approved by the Board of Trustees. For example, in the event the General
Partner issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and the General Partner (or any direct
or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all of the proceeds
of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner (or any
direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be issued a number
of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares
issued by the General Partner, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B)
a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion
Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
(b) Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares. In connection with
any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned
Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the
proceeds therefrom, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by the
General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) are less
than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriters discount, commissions,
placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the
General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be
deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the
- 15 -
amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such
underwriters discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by the General Partner
(which discount, commissions, placement fees and expense shall be treated as an Administrative
Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b)).
(c) Repurchases of General Partner Securities. If the General Partner shall
repurchase shares of any class of its shares of beneficial interest, all costs incurred in
connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to the General Partner by the Partnership
pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner simultaneously shall cause the Partnership
to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by the
General Partner, or by the General Partner in its capacity as a Limited Partner, (which, in the
case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares
divided by the Conversion Factor).
4.03 Additional Funding. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best
interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (Additional Funds) for
any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds
from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide
such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
4.04 LTIP Units.
(a) Issuance of LTIP Units. The General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP
Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership or the General Partner, for such
consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as
Limited Partners. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special
provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with
all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the
Partners Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and
LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all
times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution
and other purposes, including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
(i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall
make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and
economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be
Adjustment Events: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common
Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into
a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of
units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding
Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more
than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once
using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all
Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall
not be
- 16 -
Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing,
reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the issuance of
Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution
reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General Partner in
respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of Additional
Securities by the General Partner. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common
Units other than actions specifically described above as Adjustment Events and in the
opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to
maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the
right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by any
Equity Incentive Plan, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole
discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is
made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books
and records of the Partnership an officers certificate setting forth such adjustment and a
brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be
conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly
after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall mail a notice to each LTIP
Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of
such adjustment; and
(ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General
Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive
distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the
Common Partnership Unit Distribution), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership
Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long
as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be
authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or
contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
(b) Priority. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special
provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the
Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and
distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of
distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any
class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on
a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or
senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an
LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject
to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units
pursuant to Article IX.
(c) Special Provisions. LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special
provisions:
(i) Vesting Agreements. LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General
Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on
- 17 -
transfer
pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole
discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the
relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under
the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as Vested LTIP Units; all other LTIP
Units shall be treated as Unvested LTIP Units.
(ii) Forfeiture. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the
occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of
the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase
price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General
Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable
Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further
action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise
specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with
respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared
with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In
connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of
the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP
Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance
contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholders
remaining LTIP Units, if any.
(iii) Allocations. LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special
allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
(iv) Redemption. The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners
under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they
are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
(v) Conversion to Common Units. Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted
into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
(d) Voting. LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the Limited
Partners, with the LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Units and having one vote
per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So
long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units outstanding at the time, given in person or by
proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal,
whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP
Units so as to materially and adversely affect any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP
Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects
equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the Limited
Partners; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:
- 18 -
(i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof),
so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to
materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the
LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and
(ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of
Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units,
whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to
distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up,
shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges
or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with
respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units
shall have been converted into Common Units.
4.05 Conversion of LTIP Units.
(a) An LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the Conversion Right), at his or her option, at
any time to convert all or a portion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Units;
provided, however, that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than one
thousand (1,000) Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than one thousand Vested LTIP
Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right
to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested LTIP Units;
provided, however, that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected
occurrence of an event that will cause his or her Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units,
such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as
of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP
Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner
shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. In
all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units shall be subject to the conditions
and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
(b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully
paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to
Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units
convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such
Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the
Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion
(the Capital Account Limitation).
In order to exercise his or her Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a
Conversion Notice) in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Partnership (with a copy to
the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the Conversion
Date) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided, however, that if the General
Partner has
- 19 -
not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit
Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of
such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice
until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a Common Unit
Transaction or (y) the third business day immediately preceding the effective date of such Common
Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01
hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units
to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all liens.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Notice of
Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be issued to
such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the Conversion Date;
provided, however, that the redemption of such Common Units by the Partnership
shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted that the
objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if he or she so
wishes, the Common Units into which his or her Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be redeemed
by the Partnership simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the
General Partner elects to assume the Partnerships redemption obligation with respect to such
Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder REIT Shares rather than
cash, then such holder can have such REIT Shares issued to him or her simultaneously with the
conversion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The General Partner and LTIP
Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the timing of the events
described in the foregoing sentence.
(c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number
of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a Forced Conversion) into an
equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section
4.04 hereof; provided, however, that the Partnership may not cause Forced
Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of
such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced
Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a Forced Conversion Notice) in the form
attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60
days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion
Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof.
(d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion
Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the
close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP
Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the
Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common
Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the
Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate
of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held
by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to
Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and
such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.
- 20 -
(e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the
Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account
Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP
Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units
converted and the Common Unit Economic Balance.
(f) If the Partnership or the General Partner shall be a party to any Common Unit Transaction
(including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or
substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or
substantially all of the Partnerships assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction which
constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be exchanged
for or converted into the right, or the holders of such Units shall otherwise be entitled, to
receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being
referred to herein as a Common Unit Transaction), then the General Partner shall, immediately
prior to the Common Unit Transaction, exercise its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect
to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any
allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction or that would occur in
connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the
Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in
good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Common Unit
Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Common Unit
Transaction).
In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction,
the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be
afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for
the Common Units into which his or her LTIP Units will be converted the same kind and amount of
cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation
of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units, assuming such
holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the
Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made,
as the case may be (a Constituent Person), or an affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event
that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be
received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such Common Unit Transaction
the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and
shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by
written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon
conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Units in connection with such Common
Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of
its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held him or her (or by any of his
or her transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would
receive if such Common Unit holder failed to make such an election.
Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement
and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable effort to cause
the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of
- 21 -
this Section 4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be,
for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain
provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit
Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under
the circumstances to the Common Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the
circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this
Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.
4.06 Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a Capital Account) shall be
established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in
exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a
Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership
Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis
Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the
Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a
Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the
property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its
sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance
with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the issuance of any LTIP Unit
shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnerships
property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted
in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such
Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent
in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be
allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of
such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and
absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the
revaluation.
4.07 Percentage Interests. If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class
or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partners
Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of
each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class
or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units
or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to
such increase or decrease. If the Partners Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this
Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be
allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnerships property is
revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i)
as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days
in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which
method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment
occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year
- 22 -
shall be based on
the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later
part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
4.08 No Interest on Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its
Capital Contribution.
4.09 Return of Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any
part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the
Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided
herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such
Partners Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
4.10 No Third-Party Beneficiary. No creditor or other third party having dealings
with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make
Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in
equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for
the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties hereto and their respective successors
and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital
Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any
purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold,
transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure
any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the
intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return
of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent
jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is
obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited
Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a
deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an
asset or property of the Partnership.
ARTICLE V
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
5.01 Allocation of Profit and Loss.
(a) Profit. Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall
be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(b) Loss. Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be
allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
(c) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any
expense of the Partnership that is a nonrecourse deduction within the meaning of Regulations
Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners respective Common Units,
(ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a partner nonrecourse deduction within the meaning of
Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the economic risk
of loss of such deduction in accordance with Regulations
- 23 -
Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is
a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1)
for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain
and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)
and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net
decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section
1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations
Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable
to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partners share of the
nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3)
shall be in accordance with a Partners Percentage Interest.
(d) Qualified Income Offset. If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment,
allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partners Capital Account
that exceeds the sum of such Partners shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse
Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i),
such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable
years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit
Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in
accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b),
items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the
income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
(e) Capital Account Deficits. Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the
extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partners Capital Account (after
reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and
(6)) to exceed the sum of such Partners shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse
Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General
Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with
this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall
be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated
to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
(f) Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee. If a Partner transfers any part or
all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss
allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between
the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnerships fiscal year had ended
on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a
Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such
fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its
sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the
distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the
transferee Partner.
- 24 -
(g) Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders
until their Economic Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of
LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of
their LTIP Units; provided that no such Liquidating Gains will be allocated with respect to any
particular LTIP Unit unless and to the extent that the Common Unit Economic Balance exceeds the
Common Unit Economic Balance in existence at the time such LTIP Unit was issued. For this purpose,
Liquidating Gains means net capital gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net
capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under
Section 704(b) of the Code. The Economic Capital Account Balances of the LTIP Unit holders will
be equal to their Capital Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP
Units. Similarly, the Common Unit Economic Balance shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of
the General Partner, plus the amount of the General Partners share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt
Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to the General
Partners ownership of Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account
all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g),
divided by (ii) the number of the General Partners Common Units. Any such allocations shall be
made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under
this Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the
Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital
Account balance associated with the General Partners Common Units (on a per-Unit basis), but only
if and to the extent that the Capital Account balance associated with the General Partners Common
Units has increased on a per-Unit basis since the issuance of the relevant LTIP Unit.
(h) Definition of Profit and Loss. Profit and Loss and any items of income, gain,
expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income
tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit
and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant
to Sections 5.01(c), (d)or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense
(and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all
allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section
704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by
the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the
Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the
Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
5.02 Distribution of Cash.
(a) Subject to Sections 5.02(d), (d) and (e) hereof, the Partnership shall distribute cash at
such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute
discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such
quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the
Partnership Record Date.
- 25 -
(b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive
distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Unit Distribution.
(c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a
Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date, the cash distribution
attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next
following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to
(i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to
(ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding
Partnership Record Date.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized
to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or
local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the
Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing
authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or
assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be
distributed to the Partner (the Distributable Amount) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the
entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if
the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over
the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner
on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall
be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the
Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the
event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the
Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the
Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the
payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the
date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the
Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall
succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to
that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any
distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner
until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so
received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited
Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section
5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate
loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in
The Wall Street Journal, or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation,
such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is
deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.
- 26 -
(e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership
Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend as the holder of record of a REIT Share
for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.
5.03 REIT Distribution Requirements. The General Partner shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable the General
Partner to pay distributions to its shareholders that will allow the General Partner to (i) meet
its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code
and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the
extent the General Partner elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
5.04 No Right to Distributions in Kind. No Partner shall be entitled to demand
property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
5.05 Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding any of the
provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner
shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a
Partners Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital
Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for
the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnerships
assets.
5.06 Distributions Upon Liquidation.
(a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts
and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the
Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with
their respective positive Capital Account balances.
(b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be
determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting
from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the
Partnerships assets.
(c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the
Partnerships taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the
date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate
arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds
are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
5.07 Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that the
allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be
consistent with the Partners interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses
attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted
by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.
- 27 -
ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND
POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
6.01 Management of the Partnership.
(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have
full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for
the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the
Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of
the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions
on behalf of the Partnership:
(i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any
other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General
Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
(ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or
leased by the Partnership;
(iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or
any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt
obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or
Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
(iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of
indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or
change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and
secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnerships
assets;
(v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, for all operating costs and general
administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its
Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
(vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General
Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the
terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and
secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on
the Partnerships assets;
(vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand)
for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment,
either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and
- 28 -
administrative expenses of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of
either, to third parties or to the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;
(viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnerships assets, whether or not
the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether
or not any portion of the Partnerships assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee,
or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such
terms as the General Partner may determine;
(ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in
favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner
may reasonably determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with
respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnerships assets;
(x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental
agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnerships assets or any
other aspect of the Partnerships business;
(xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any
taxing authority;
(xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and
any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of
Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in
such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
(xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to
the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
(xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss
employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal
counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General
Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to
pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and
proper;
(xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership
business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable
and proper;
(xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to
any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
(xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state
and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;
- 29 -
(xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with
this Agreement;
(xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further
limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems
desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the
contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an
equity interest from time to time);
(xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures,
contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
(xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
(xxii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the
Partnership will not be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation under Section 7704 of the Code; and
(xxiii) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other
documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems
necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and
affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with
allowing the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT unless the General Partner
voluntarily terminates its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and
powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner
require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any
obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it
for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or
require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to
third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
6.02 Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its
powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with
any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under
supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General
Partner may approve.
6.03 Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees.
(a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses),
judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions,
suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the
operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may
- 30 -
be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is
established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise
to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate
dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property
or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause
to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment,
order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite
standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by
conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of
probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner
contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section
6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
(b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an
Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding
upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitees
good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as
authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the
Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct
has not been met.
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights
to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any
vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who
has ceased to serve in such capacity.
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on
behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against
any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in
connection with the Partnerships activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the
power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an
Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its
duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan
or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect
to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of
this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee
benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that
is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason
of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.
- 31 -
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section
6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the
indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs,
successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit
of any other Persons.
(i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall
be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the
Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification
or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be
asserted.
6.04 Liability of the General Partner.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General
Partner, nor any of its trustees, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary
damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result
of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted
in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may
owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any
duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides
by the terms of this Agreement.
(b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of
the Partnership and the General Partners shareholders collectively, that the General Partner is
under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without
limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all,
of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take)
any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the shareholders of the General
Partner on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor
in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the shareholders of the
General Partner or the Limited Partners; provided, however, that for so long as the
General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General
Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse
to either the shareholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in
favor of the shareholders of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not be liable for
monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited
Partners in connection with such decisions.
(c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof,
the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform
any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or
- 32 -
through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the
General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from
acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or
omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to
continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent the General Partner from incurring any taxes under
Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this
Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
(e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall
be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partners or any
of its officers, directors, agents or employees liability to the Partnership and the Limited
Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or
repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be
asserted.
6.05 Partnership Obligations.
(a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the
provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which
it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general
partner of the Partnership.
(b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General
Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including
Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than
out of the funds of the Partnership.
6.06 Outside Activities. Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Declaration of Trust and
any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a
Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of the
General Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and
engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business
interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither
the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement
in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other
Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship
established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner
shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business
ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such
opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could
be taken by such Person.
- 33 -
6.07 Employment or Retention of Affiliates.
(a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and
may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of
goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any
compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and
reasonable.
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it
has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and
conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing
authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.
(c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or
other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject
to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable
law.
6.08 General Partner Activities. The General Partner agrees that, generally, all
business activities of the General Partner, including activities pertaining to the acquisition,
development, ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted
through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiary Partnerships; provided, however,
that the General Partner may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such
acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by the
General Partner or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent
Trustees. If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets (other than Partnership
Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership), the definition of REIT Shares Amount may be
adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of
a REIT Share attributable to the General Partners Partnership Units and other assets held on
behalf of the Partnership.
6.09 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal
or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an
entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such
Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be
held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General
Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby
declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the
General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General
Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use its best efforts
to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as
reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the
Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such
Partnership assets is held.
- 34 -
ARTICLE VII
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
7.01 Transfer of the General Partners Partnership Interest.
(a) The General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership
Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or
in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
(b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in
the aggregate at least 0.1%.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, the General Partner shall
not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of
all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General
Partners state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of
Control of the General Partner (a Transaction), unless at least one of the following conditions
is met:
(i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any
Subsidiary of the General Partner) is obtained;
(ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General
Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) will receive, or have the right to
receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal in
value to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or
other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one
REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase,
tender or exchange offer (Offer) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of
more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than
the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be given the option to
exchange its Partnership Units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property
that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit
Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged
pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption
Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
(iii) the General Partner is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the
holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction
or (B) all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General
Partner) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property
(expressed as an amount per REIT Share) that is no less in value than the product of the
Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash,
- 35 -
securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the
Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares.
(d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, the General Partner may merge with or into or
consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially
all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the Survivor), other than Partnership
Units held by the General Partner, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a
Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units with a fair market value equal to the value
of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor
expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder. Upon such
contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as
set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the
calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit
after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such
calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among
other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon
such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights
relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership
Units been exchanged immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this
Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion
Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such
amendments to Section 8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this
Section 7.01(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, the General Partner is
required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such transaction to avoid causing
the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary) to recognize a gain for
federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of or their participation in such
transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the
exercise of the Board of Trustees fiduciary duties to the shareholders of the General Partner
under applicable law.
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
(i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership
Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all
of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its
General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
(ii) the General Partner may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of
any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which
the REIT Shares are listed or traded.
- 36 -
7.02 Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be
admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following
terms and conditions are satisfied:
(a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have
accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a
counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in
order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the
admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other
actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been
performed;
(b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a
corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to
counsel for the Partnership of such Persons authority to become a General Partner and to be bound
by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
(c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from
other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute
or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in
connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will
cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partners limited liability.
7.03 Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General
Partner.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal
pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General
Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the
withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such
partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the
General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be
dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof.
The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or
successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal,
dissolution or removal of the General Partner.
(b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its
removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the
General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a
partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner
in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business
of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners,
within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the
balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof
and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority
in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the
- 37 -
Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of
any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this
Agreement.
7.04 Removal of General Partner.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General
Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided,
however, that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the
withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to or removal of a partner in such
partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the
General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not
remove the General Partner, with or without cause.
(b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership
is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and
assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner
approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be
admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the
removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair
market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner as reduced by any
damages caused to the Partnership by such General Partner. Such fair market value shall be
determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest
(excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following
the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an
appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner
and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser
shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partners General
Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partners removal, and the fair market value of
the removed General Partners General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two
appraisals; provided, however, that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower
appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than
40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete
an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partners General Partnership Interest
no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market
value of the removed General Partners General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two
appraisals closest in value.
(c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after
default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special
Limited Partner; provided, however, such removed General Partner shall not have any
rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled
to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions
allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General
Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items
that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer
is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.
- 38 -
(d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions
and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the
foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.
ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
8.01 Management of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the
management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the
Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being
vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner.
8.02 Power of Attorney. Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably appoints the General
Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name,
place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or
record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments as
may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of
this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, including amendments hereto, which power
of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal
incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its
Partnership Interest.
8.03 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall be liable
for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall
be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when
due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as
otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other
payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
8.04 Common Unit Redemption Right.
(a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any
agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units
(including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them, each Limited Partner
(other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner, shall have the right (the
Common Unit Redemption Right) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date
all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to
and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided
that such Common Units shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as
determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and subject to any
restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the Partnership or
General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of
Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership
(with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit
Redemption Right (the
- 39 -
Redeeming Limited Partner); provided, however, that the Partnership shall,
in its sole and absolute discretion, have the option to deliver either the Cash Amount or the REIT
Shares Amount; provided, further, that the Partnership shall not be obligated to
satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to purchase the Common
Units subject to the Notice of Redemption; and provided, further, that no Limited
Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year. A Limited
Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common
Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the
Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with
respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common
Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, a Limited Partner that exercises
the Common Unit Redemption Right shall be deemed to have offered to sell the Common Units described
in the Notice of Redemption to the General Partner, and the General Partner may, in its sole and
absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire such Common Units by paying to the
Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by the
General Partner (in its sole and absolute discretion), on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon
the General Partner shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited
Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units.
If the General Partner shall elect to exercise its right to purchase Common Units under this
Section 8.04(b) with respect to a Notice of Redemption, it shall so notify the Redeeming Limited
Partner within five Business Days after the receipt by the General Partner of such Notice of
Redemption.
In the event the General Partner shall exercise its right to purchase Common Units with
respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation
to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partners
exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the
Partnership and the General Partner shall treat the transaction between the General Partner and the
Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited
Partners Common Units to the General Partner. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute
such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of
REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner
shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares
to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the General Partner pursuant to Section
8.04(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not the General Partner would in fact exercise its rights
under Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as
defined in the Declaration of Trust) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the
Share Ownership Limit or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in Declaration of Trust) and
calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Declaration of Trust, (ii) result in
REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of
attribution), (iii) result in the General Partner being closely held within the meaning of
Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause the
- 40 -
General Partner to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in
a tenant (other than a TRS) of the General Partners, the Partnerships or a Subsidiary
Partnerships real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise
cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited
to, as a result of any eligible independent contractor (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the
Code) that operates a qualified lodging facility (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code)
on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such
Limited Partner to be integrated with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for
purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. The General Partner,
in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this
Section 8.04(c).
(d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04
shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General
Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90
days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to
provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount. Any REIT Share Amount to be
paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified
Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General Partner may elect to cause the
Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 60 days to the extent required for
the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the General Partner agrees to use its best efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of
redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized
to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or
local law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partners exercise of the Common Unit Redemption
Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is exempt from such withholding upon the
exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such Partner must furnish the General Partner with a
FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and any similar forms or
certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under state, local or foreign law. If the
Partnership or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any
amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partners exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the
Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be
treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the
Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not
receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated
as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall
contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership
before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall place
appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit
Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary to ensure that the Partnership does
- 41 -
not constitute a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of
the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary,
the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a Restriction Notice) to each of
the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the
Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or
reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a publicly traded partnership under
Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IX
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
9.01 Purchase for Investment.
(a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the
Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the
acquisition of such Limited Partners Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and
not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such
Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partners Partnership
Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or
otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General
Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.
9.02 Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b), (c) and (d) hereof, no Limited Partner may
offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited
Partners Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partners economic rights as a Limited Partner,
whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a
Transfer) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in
its sole and absolute discretion. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer
to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in
connection therewith.
(b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted
Transfer (i.e., a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or clause (c) below or
a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partners Partnership Units
pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partners Common
Units pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a
Limited Partners Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
(c) Subject
to Sections 9.02(d), (e) and (g) hereof, a Limited Partner may Transfer, with the
consent of the General Partner, all or a portion of such Limited Partners Partnership Units to
such Limited Partners (i) parent or parents spouse, (ii) spouse, (iii) natural
- 42 -
or adopted descendant or descendants, (iv) spouse of such Limited Partners descendant, (v)
brother or sister, (vi) trust created by such Limited Partner for the primary benefit of such
Limited Partner and/or any such Person(s) described in (i) through (v) above, of which trust such
Limited Partner or any such Person(s) or bank or other commercial entity in the business of acting
as a fiduciary in its ordinary course of business and having an equity capitalization of at least
$100,000,000 is a trustee, (vii) a corporation, partnership or limited liability company controlled
by a Person or Persons named in (i) through (v) above, or (viii) if the Limited Partner is an
entity, its beneficial owners.
(d) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part,
if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the
registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any
applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability
standards).
(e) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be
made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would
result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a
qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of
legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to
continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section
857 or Section 4981 of the Code or (iii) such Transfer is effectuated through an established
securities market or a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the
meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.
(f) The General Partner shall monitor the Transfers of Partnership Units (including any
acquisition of Common Units by the Partnership or the General Partner) to determine (i) if such
units could be treated as being traded on an established securities market or a secondary market
(or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and (ii)
whether such Transfers could result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for the safe
harbors set forth in Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published
by the Service setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as readily
tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof) within the meaning of
Section 7704 of the Code) (the Secondary Market Safe Harbors). The General Partner shall have
the authority (but shall not be required) to take any steps it determines are necessary or
appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion (i) to prevent any Transfer of Partnership Units
which could cause the Partnership to become a publicly traded partnership, within the meaning of
Code Section 7704 or (ii) to ensure that one or more of the Secondary Market Safe Harbors is met.
(g) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall
be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General
Partner or the Partnership.
(h) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the
transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and
- 43 -
other documents as the General Partner shall reasonably request in connection with such
Transfer.
9.03 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner.
(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units
of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or
other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited
Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given
or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory
completion of the following:
(i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions
of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised
Exhibit A, and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may
require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
(ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such
Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance
with the Act.
(iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set
forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section
9.01(b) hereof.
(iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership or trust, the assignee shall have
provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of
the assignees authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.
(v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and
provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.
(vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership
and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution
as a Limited Partner.
(vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner
to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in
the exercise of the General Partners sole and absolute discretion.
(b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the
Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the
records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section
9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the
transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments
of transfer and substitution.
- 44 -
(c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by
preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and
publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the
satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited
Partner of the Partnership.
9.04 Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units.
(a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by
operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize
the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received
notice thereof.
(b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partners Partnership
Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of
such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same
extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its
Partnership Units.
9.05 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited
Partner. The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a
Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall
include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the
Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a
bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate
or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partners executor, administrator or trustee, or, if
such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partners committee,
guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling
or managing such Limited Partners estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or
incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partners
Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission
of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
9.06 Joint Ownership of Partnership Units. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two
individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals
either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written
consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to
constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided, however,
that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been
provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single
joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint
owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of
survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner
and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a
jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received notice of such death. Upon notice to
the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be
divided into
- 45 -
two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former
owners.
ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
10.01 Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the
General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnerships specified office true and
complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including:
(a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of
the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the
Partnerships federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement
and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all
documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized
representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to
inspect or copy such records during ordinary business hours.
10.02 Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts.
(a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more
accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall
determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General
Partner may, from time to time, determine.
(b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the
Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be
commingled with the funds of any other Person except for such commingling as may necessarily result
from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
10.03 Fiscal and Taxable Year. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall
be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
10.04 Annual Tax Information and Report. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal
year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner
at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partners
individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
10.05 Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments.
(a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters
Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and
required, respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have
the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the
Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the
Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General
Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under
- 46 -
Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for
judicial review of such final adjustment within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the
Code, a copy of which petition shall be mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is
filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes
the General Partners reasons for determining not to file such a petition.
(b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any
applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute
discretion.
(c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner,
the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the
Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of
this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in
interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing,
maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this
Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect
to such election.
(d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an
election (the Safe Harbor Election) to have the liquidation value safe harbor provided in
Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal
Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is
issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the Safe Harbor), apply to
any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election
remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively,
such interests are referred to as Safe Harbor Interests). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized
and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the
Partners. The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the
Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply
with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all
Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax
consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe
Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also authorized to take such actions as are necessary to
achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements
of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury
Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
10.06 Reports to Limited Partners.
(a) If the General Partner is required to furnish an annual report to its shareholders
containing financial statements of the General Partner, the General Partner will, at the same time
and in the same manner, furnish such annual report to each Limited Partner.
- 47 -
(b) Any Partner shall further have the right to a private audit of the books and records of
the Partnership, provided that such audit is made for Partnership purposes, at the expense
of the Partner desiring it and is made during normal business hours.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
The General Partners consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The
General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any
respect; provided, however, that the following amendments shall require the consent
of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General
Partner):
(a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit
Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the
Limited Partners;
(b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive
the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional
Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
(c) any amendment that would alter the Partnerships allocations of Profit and Loss to the
Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant
to Section 4.02 hereof;
(d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional
Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or
(e) any amendment to this Article XI.
ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
12.01 Notices. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or upon deposit in the
United States mail, registered, postage prepaid return receipt requested, to the Partners at the
addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from
time to time; provided, however, that any Partner may specify a different address
by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General
Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its office address set forth in
Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by
notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
12.02 Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and
their respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.
- 48 -
12.03 Additional Documents. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and
execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary,
appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
12.04 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal,
invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable
from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity
or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof.
12.05 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the
entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and
contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter
hereof.
12.06 Pronouns and Plurals. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement
indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the
masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
12.07 Headings. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for
convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular
Article.
12.08 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have
signed the same counterpart.
12.09 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 49 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this
Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the [___] day of , 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL PARTNER: |
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Jeffrey H. Fisher |
|
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive
Officer |
|
|
- 50 -
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIMITED
PARTNERS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Jeffrey H. Fisher |
|
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive
Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name of LTIP-holding officer] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name of LTIP-holding officer] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name of LTIP-holding officer] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name of LTIP-holding officer] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[name of LTIP-holding officer] |
|
|
- 51 -
EXHIBIT A
(As of __________, 20__)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Agreed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Common |
|
|
LTIP |
|
|
Percentage |
|
Partner |
|
Contribution |
|
|
Contribution |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Interest |
|
General Partner: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chatham Lodging Trust |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Partners: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chatham Lodging Trust |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of officer] |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
[__address lines__] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of officer] |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
[__address lines__] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of officer] |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
[__address lines__] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of officer] |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
[__address lines__] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name of officer] |
|
$ |
[_______] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[_______] |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[__address lines__] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTALS |
|
$ |
[________] |
|
|
$ |
[________] |
|
|
|
[________] |
|
|
|
[______] |
|
|
|
100.0000 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A-1
EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the Agreement) of
Chatham Lodging, L.P., the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption
Common Units in Chatham Lodging, L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Common
Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and
all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount
(as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the
Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as
defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the
name(s) and at the address(es) specified below.
Dated: , ___
Name of Limited Partner:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature of Limited Partner) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Mailing Address) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(City) (State) (Zip Code) |
|
|
|
|
|
Signature Guaranteed by: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
Please insert social security or identifying number:
Name:
Exhibit B-1
EXHIBIT
C-1
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), in the
event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i)
50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests
(USRPIs), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the
gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to
withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Chatham
Lodging Trust (the General Partner) and Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership) that no
withholding is required with respect to the redemption or exchange of its Common Units in the
Partnership owned by (Partner), the undersigned hereby certifies the following on
behalf of Partner:
1. |
|
Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate,
as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder. |
|
2. |
|
Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section
1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii). |
|
3. |
|
The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is . |
|
4. |
|
The principal business address of Partner is:
,
and
Partners place of incorporation is
. |
|
5. |
|
Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time
during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice. |
|
6. |
|
Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service
by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by
fine, imprisonment, or both. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARTNER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C-1-1
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have
authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
Exhibit C-1-2
EXHIBIT C-2
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), in the
event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i)
50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests
(USRPIs), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the
gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to
withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Chatham
Lodging Trust (the General Partner) and Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership) that no
withholding is required with respect to the redemption or exchange of my Common Units in the
Partnership, I, , hereby certify the following:
1. |
|
I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation. |
|
2. |
|
My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is . |
|
3. |
|
My home address is: . |
|
4. |
|
I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time
during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice. |
|
5. |
|
I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the
General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine,
imprisonment, or both. |
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
Exhibit C-2-1
EXHIBIT D
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of
LTIP Units in Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership) set forth below into Common Units in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended;
and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion
be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and
certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or
interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership; (b) has the full right, power,
and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained
the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or
approve such conversion.
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Holder: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
|
|
|
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(City)
(State)
(Zip Code) |
Exhibit D-1
EXHIBIT E
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership) hereby irrevocably elects to cause the number of
LTIP Units held by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended.
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Holder: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
|
|
|
Number of
LTIP Units to be
Converted:
Exhibit E-1
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article I DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.01. |
|
|
Affiliate |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.02. |
|
|
Agreement |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.03. |
|
|
Board |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.04. |
|
|
Change in Control |
|
|
1 |
|
|
1.05. |
|
|
Code |
|
|
2 |
|
|
1.06. |
|
|
Committee |
|
|
2 |
|
|
1.07. |
|
|
Common Share |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.08. |
|
|
Company |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.09. |
|
|
Completion Date |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.10. |
|
|
Control Change Date |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.11. |
|
|
Corresponding SAR |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.12. |
|
|
Dividend Equivalent Right |
|
|
3 |
|
|
1.13. |
|
|
Exchange Act |
|
|
4 |
|
|
1.14. |
|
|
Fair Market Value |
|
|
4 |
|
|
1.15. |
|
|
Initial Value |
|
|
4 |
|
|
1.16. |
|
|
LTIP Unit |
|
|
4 |
|
|
1.17. |
|
|
Operating Partnership |
|
|
4 |
|
|
1.18. |
|
|
Option |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.19. |
|
|
Other Equity-Based Award |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.20. |
|
|
Participant |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.21. |
|
|
Performance Units |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.22. |
|
|
Plan |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.23. |
|
|
REIT |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.24. |
|
|
SAR |
|
|
5 |
|
|
1.25. |
|
|
Share Award |
|
|
6 |
|
|
1.26. |
|
|
Ten Percent Shareholder |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article II PURPOSES |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article III ADMINISTRATION |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IV ELIGIBILITY |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article V COMMON SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.01. |
|
|
Common Shares Issued |
|
|
7 |
|
|
5.02. |
|
|
Aggregate Limit |
|
|
8 |
|
|
5.03. |
|
|
Reallocation of Shares |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VI OPTIONS |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.01. |
|
|
Award |
|
|
9 |
|
|
6.02. |
|
|
Option Price |
|
|
9 |
|
|
6.03. |
|
|
Maximum Option Period |
|
|
9 |
|
-i-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
6.04. |
|
|
Nontransferability |
|
|
9 |
|
|
6.05. |
|
|
Transferable Options |
|
|
10 |
|
|
6.06. |
|
|
Employee Status |
|
|
10 |
|
|
6.07. |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
10 |
|
|
6.08. |
|
|
Payment |
|
|
10 |
|
|
6.09. |
|
|
Shareholder Rights |
|
|
11 |
|
|
6.10. |
|
|
Disposition of Shares |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VII SARS |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.01. |
|
|
Award |
|
|
11 |
|
|
7.02. |
|
|
Maximum SAR Period |
|
|
11 |
|
|
7.03. |
|
|
Nontransferability |
|
|
11 |
|
|
7.04. |
|
|
Transferable SARs |
|
|
12 |
|
|
7.05. |
|
|
Exercise |
|
|
12 |
|
|
7.06. |
|
|
Employee Status |
|
|
12 |
|
|
7.07. |
|
|
Settlement |
|
|
13 |
|
|
7.08. |
|
|
Shareholder Rights |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article VIII SHARE AWARDS |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.01. |
|
|
Award |
|
|
13 |
|
|
8.02. |
|
|
Vesting |
|
|
13 |
|
|
8.03. |
|
|
Employee Status |
|
|
13 |
|
|
8.04. |
|
|
Shareholder Rights |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.01. |
|
|
Award |
|
|
14 |
|
|
9.02. |
|
|
Earning the Award |
|
|
14 |
|
|
9.03. |
|
|
Payment |
|
|
14 |
|
|
9.04. |
|
|
Shareholder Rights |
|
|
14 |
|
|
9.05. |
|
|
Nontransferability |
|
|
15 |
|
|
9.06. |
|
|
Transferable Performance Units |
|
|
15 |
|
|
9.07. |
|
|
Employee Status |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article X OTHER EQUITYBASED AWARDS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.01. |
|
|
Award |
|
|
16 |
|
|
10.02. |
|
|
Terms and Conditions |
|
|
16 |
|
|
10.03. |
|
|
Payment or Settlement |
|
|
16 |
|
|
10.04. |
|
|
Employee Status |
|
|
16 |
|
|
10.05. |
|
|
Shareholder Rights |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XI ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.01. |
|
|
Effect on Employment and Service |
|
|
18 |
|
-ii-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section |
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
13.02. |
|
|
Unfunded Plan |
|
|
18 |
|
|
13.03. |
|
|
Rules of Construction |
|
|
18 |
|
|
13.04. |
|
|
Withholding Taxes |
|
|
19 |
|
|
13.05. |
|
|
REIT Status |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XIV change in control |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.01. |
|
|
Impact of Change in Control |
|
|
19 |
|
|
14.02. |
|
|
Assumption Upon Change in Control |
|
|
20 |
|
|
14.03. |
|
|
Cash-Out Upon Change in Control |
|
|
20 |
|
|
14.04. |
|
|
Limitation of Benefits |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XV AMENDMENT |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XVI DURATION OF PLAN |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article XVII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN |
|
|
22 |
|
-iii-
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures,
limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term control shall mean
ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or
interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by
contract or otherwise.
Agreement means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between
the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of a Share Award, an award of
Performance Units, an Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award (including an LTIP) granted to such
Participant.
1.03. |
|
Board |
|
|
|
Board means the Board of Trustees of the Company. |
|
1.04. |
|
Change in Control |
Change in Control shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have
occurred after the date hereof if:
(1) |
|
any person as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange
Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that
such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B)
any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily
holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any
corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company
in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Companys
common shares, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the
Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of
the Company representing at least 50% of the combined voting power or
common shares of the Company; |
|
(2) |
|
during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new trustee (other than
(A) a trustee designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with
the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of
this Section 1.05 or (B) a trustee whose initial assumption of office |
-1-
|
|
is in
connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not
limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of trustees of the
Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the
Companys shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of
the trustees then still in office who either were trustees at the beginning of
the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so
approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof; |
|
(3) |
|
there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any
direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other
than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of
the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent
(either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the
ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an
employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, more
than 50% of the combined voting power and common shares of the Company or such
surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such
merger or consolidation; or |
|
(4) |
|
there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the
Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets (or any transaction
having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or
disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets
to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and
common shares of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially
the same proportions as their ownership of the common shares of the Company
immediately prior to such sale. |
If a change in control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Option, SAR, Share Award,
Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is
subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment will be made under that award on account of a
Change in Control unless the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, as applicable,
constitutes a change in control event under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.05. |
|
Code |
|
|
|
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto. |
|
1.06. |
|
Committee |
Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the
Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board, each of
whom is intended to qualify as a non-employee director as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange
Act or any successor rule, an outside director for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (if
awards under the Plan are subject to the deduction
-2-
limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code) and an independent director under the rules of any
exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, traded or quoted;
provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the
members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the
foregoing requirements or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. If there is no
Compensation Committee, then Committee means the Board; and provided, further that with respect
to awards made to a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate,
Committee means the Board.
Common Share means common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the
Company.
1.08. |
|
Company |
|
|
|
Company means Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust. |
|
1.09. |
|
Completion Date |
Completion Date means the initial closing date of the initial public offering of the Common
Shares.
1.10. |
|
Control Change Date |
Control Change Date means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in
Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the Control Change Date is the date of the
last of such transactions.
Corresponding SAR means an SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can
be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to
which the SAR relates.
1.12. |
|
Dividend Equivalent Right |
Dividend Equivalent Right means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by
the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in
amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on Common Shares with
respect to specified Performance Units or Common Shares subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as
determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that such Dividend
Equivalents (if any) shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award
is vested or earned and also may provide that
-3-
Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Common
Shares or otherwise reinvested.
1.13. |
|
Exchange Act |
|
|
|
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. |
|
1.14. |
|
Fair Market Value |
Fair Market Value means, on any given date, the reported closing price of a Common Share on
the New York Stock Exchange for such date or, if there is no closing price for a Common Share on
the date in question, the closing price for a Common Share on the last preceding date for which a
quotation exists. If, on any given date, the Common Shares are not listed for trading on the New
York Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a Common Share on such
other exchange on which the Common Shares are listed for trading for such date (or, if there is no
closing price for a Common Share on the date in question, the closing price for a Common Share on
the last preceding date for which such quotation exists) or, if the Common Shares are not listed on
any exchange, the amount determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and
in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
Initial Value means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the
related Option and, with respect to an SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per
Common Share as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the price
shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Except as provided in Article
XI, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new
grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
LTIP Unit means an LTIP Unit as defined in the Operating Partnerships partnership
agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits,
payments or other rights in respect of an LTIP Unit set forth in that partnership agreement,
subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Agreement and that partnership agreement.
1.17. |
|
Operating Partnership |
|
|
|
Operating Partnership means Chatham Lodging, L. P. |
-4-
Option means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated
number of Common Shares at the price set forth in an Agreement.
1.19. |
|
Other Equity-Based Award |
Other Equity-Based Award means any award other than an Option, SAR, a Performance Unit award
or a Share Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee,
entitles a Participant to receive Common Shares or rights or units valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Shares (including securities convertible into Common
Shares) or other equity interests including LTIP Units.
Participant means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the
Board, or an individual who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate (including
an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or
providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV
and is selected by the Committee to receive an award of Performance Units or a Share Award, Option,
SAR, Other Equity-Based Award or a combination thereof.
Performance Units means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with
reference to a specified number of Common Shares or other securities or property, that in
accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each
specified unit equal to the value of the Performance Unit on the date of payment.
1.22. |
|
Plan |
|
|
|
Plan means this Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
1.23. |
|
REIT |
REIT means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of
the Code.
SAR means a share appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement
entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each Common Share encompassed by the exercise of
the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the Initial
-5-
Value. References to SARs include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently of
Options, unless the context requires otherwise.
1.25. |
|
Share Award |
|
|
|
Share Award means Common Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VIII. |
|
1.26. |
|
Ten Percent Shareholder |
Ten Percent Shareholder means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a parent corporation or
subsidiary corporation (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An
individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for
his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to
own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation,
partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSES
The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining
individuals and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such persons or
entities to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to associate
their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan is intended to permit the
grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (incentive stock options) and
Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Share Awards, Performance Units, and Other
Equity-Based Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that may be established by the
Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option shall be invalid for failure
to qualify as an incentive stock option. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of
Common Shares pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant
SARs, Share Awards, Performance Units, Options and Other Equity-Based Awards upon such terms (not
inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider appropriate. Such
terms may include conditions (in addition to those contained in this Plan), on the exercisability
of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the transferability or forfeitability of a Share
Award, an award of Performance Units or an Other Equity-Based Award. Notwithstanding any such
conditions, the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR
may be exercised, or the time at which a Share Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become
transferable or nonforfeitable or the time at which an Other
-6-
Equity-Based Award or an award of Performance Units may be settled. In addition, the Committee
shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of
Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of
the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment
of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of this Plan. The Committees determinations under the Plan (including without
limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount
and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be
uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible
to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express
grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any
power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in
connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the
Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any
Agreement, Option, SAR, Share Award, Other Equity-Based Award or award of Performance Units. All
expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY
Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an
Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate
in this Plan. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company
or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by
virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership) is eligible to
participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the
participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company.
ARTICLE V
COMMON SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.01. |
|
Common Shares Issued |
Upon the award of Common Shares pursuant to a Share Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in
settlement of an award of Performance Units, the Company may deliver to the Participant Common
Shares from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Shares. Upon the exercise of any
Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in Common Shares, the Company may deliver to
the Participant (or the Participants broker if the Participant so directs), Common Shares from its
treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Shares.
-7-
(a) The maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant
to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Share Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards and the
settlement of Performance Units is equal to _____ percent (___%) of the number of fully diluted
Common Shares (taking into account interests in the Operating Partnership that may become
convertible into Common Shares) outstanding on the Completion Date, but excluding any shares issued
pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option. Other Equity-Based Awards
that are LTIP Units shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued
under this Plan on a one-for-one basis, i.e., each such unit shall be treated as an award of Common
Shares.
(b) The maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan in accordance with
Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XI.
(c) The maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Options that
are incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options shall
be determined in accordance with Sections 5.02(a) and 5.02(b).
5.03. |
|
Reallocation of Shares |
If any award or grant under the Plan (including LTIP Units) expires, is forfeited or is
terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of Common Shares, then
any Common Shares covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled portion
of such award or grant and any forfeited, lapsed, cancelled or expired LTIP Units shall be
available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Share Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and
settlement of Performance Units under this Plan. Any Common Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy
the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall reduce the
number of Common Shares available under the Plan and shall not be available for future grants or
awards. If Common Shares are issued in settlement of an SAR, the number of Common Shares available
under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of Common Shares for which the SAR was exercised
rather than the number of Common Shares issued in settlement of the SAR. To the extent permitted
by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed for trading,
Common Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity
acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Affiliate shall not reduce the number of
Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 5.03, no Common Shares may be subject to an Option or granted or awarded if such action
would cause an Option intended to be an incentive stock option to fail to qualify as such.
-8-
ARTICLE VI
OPTIONS
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an Option is to be granted and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such
awards.
The price per Common Share purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the
Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the
Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per Common Share purchased on
the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a Ten
Percent Shareholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in
Article XI, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by amendment,
cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
6.03. |
|
Maximum Option Period |
The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on
the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from
the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a
Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any
Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.
Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any
transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR
that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or
entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the
Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a
Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of
such Participant.
-9-
6.05. |
|
Transferable Options |
Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not
an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participants children,
grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership
in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be
permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an
Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that
governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that
such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and
any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons
or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be transferred for
consideration absent shareholder approval.
For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to
incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be
exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after
termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of
absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall
not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be
exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with
such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options
(granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first
exercisable in a calendar year for Common Shares having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the
date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be exercised
with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be
exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Option from
time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the
remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the termination
of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is
exercised.
Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement,
payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering
Common Shares, by attestation of ownership of Common Shares, by a broker-assisted
-10-
cashless exercise or in such other form or manner acceptable to the Committee. If Common
Shares are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and cash equivalent and
the Fair Market Value (determined as of the day preceding the date of exercise) of the shares
surrendered or other consideration paid must not be less than the Option price of the shares for
which the Option is being exercised.
No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to Common Shares subject to
an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.
6.10. |
|
Disposition of Shares |
A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of Common Shares
acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition
occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of
the Common Shares to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the
Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
SARS
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom SARs are to be granted and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such awards.
No Participant may be granted Corresponding SARs (under the Plan and all plans of the Company and
its Affiliates) that are related to incentive stock options which are first exercisable in any
calendar year for Common Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date
the related Option is granted) that exceeds $100,000.
The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no
SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a
Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a
Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after
the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a
term that is less than such maximum period.
Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any
-11-
such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same
person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime
of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant.
No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien,
obligation, or liability of such Participant.
Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an SAR, other than a
Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant
to the Participants children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such
family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms
and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time
to time. The holder of an SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same
terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant;
provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of
descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant
or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same
person or person or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an SAR be
transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an SAR may be exercised
in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such
requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is
related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is
exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. An
SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than
the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of an SAR shall not
affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the
applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a
Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number
of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued
service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service,
the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service,
illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous
employment or service.
-12-
At the Committees discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be
settled in cash, Common Shares, or a combination of cash and Common Shares. No fractional share
will be deliverable upon the exercise of an SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.
No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an SAR, have any rights as a shareholder of the
Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that
the SAR is settled by the issuance of Common Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee
may provide in an Agreement that the holder of an SAR is entitled to Dividend Equivalents during
the period beginning on the date of the award and ending on the date the SAR is exercised.
ARTICLE VIII
SHARE AWARDS
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom a Share Award is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such
awards.
The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participants rights in a Share
Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such
conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the
Committee may prescribe that a Participants rights in a Share Award shall be forfeitable or
otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the
Companys, an Affiliates or a business units attainment of objectives stated with respect to
performance criteria established by the Committee.
In the event that the terms of any Share Award provide that shares may become transferable and
nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous
service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or
military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions
of continuous employment or service.
-13-
Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the Common
Shares granted pursuant to the Share Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable, a Participant
will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Share Award, including the right to receive
dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that during such period (i) a Participant may not
sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares granted pursuant to a
Share Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing shares granted
pursuant to a Share Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the Company a stock power,
endorsed in blank, with respect to each Share Award. The limitations set forth in the preceding
sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Share Award are transferable and are no
longer forfeitable.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares or
other securities or property covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether
Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.
The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, shall prescribe that the Performance
Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award
of Performance Units, only upon the satisfaction of performance objectives and such other criteria
as may be prescribed by the Committee.
In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is
earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of Common Shares, by the delivery of other
securities or property or a combination thereof. A fractional Common Share shall not be
deliverable when an award of Performance Units is earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu
thereof. The amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump
sum.
A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any
rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is
-14-
earned and settled in Common Shares. After an award of Performance Units is earned and
settled in Common Shares, a Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder as described in
Section 8.05.
Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of
a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or
liability of such Participant.
9.06. |
|
Transferable Performance Units |
Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of
Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participants children, grandchildren,
spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such
family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule
16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units
transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed
the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however
that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and
distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Performance Unit be transferred for
consideration absent shareholder approval.
In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made
unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee
may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary
disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
-15-
ARTICLE X
OTHER EQUITYBASED AWARDS
In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual
to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares or
other equity interests (including LTIP Units) covered by such awards; provided, however, that the
grant of LTIP Units must satisfy the requirements of the partnership agreement of the Operating
Partnership as in effect on the date of grant. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend
Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.
10.02. |
|
Terms and Conditions |
The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and
conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may
prescribe that a Participants rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable,
nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as
may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement. Other
Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards
granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other
Awards granted under the Plan.
10.03. |
|
Payment or Settlement |
Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on,
Common Shares, shall be payable or settled in Common Shares, cash or a combination of Common Shares
and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that any Common
Shares that are issued on account of the conversion of LTIP Units into Common Stock shall not be
issued under the Plan. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity interests other than Common
Shares may be paid or settled in shares or units of such equity interests or cash or a combination
of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only
during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of
employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for
governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be
deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
-16-
10.05. |
|
Shareholder Rights |
A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights
as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the Other Equity-Based Award is earned
and settled in Common Shares.
ARTICLE XI
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
The maximum number of Common Shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Share Awards
and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of outstanding Share Awards, Options,
SARs, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards shall be adjusted as the Board determines is
equitably required in the event that (i) the Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal
transactions between the Company and its shareholders such as a share dividend, extra-ordinary cash
dividend, share split-up, subdivision or consolidation of shares that affects the number or kind of
Common Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other
Company securities) and causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares subject to
outstanding awards or (b) engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii)
there occurs any other event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any
determination made under this Article XI by the Board shall be nondiscretionary, final and
conclusive.
The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of
any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the
exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations
of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no
adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to
which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Share Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted
or the terms of outstanding Share Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Shares or Other Equity-Based
Awards.
The Committee may make Share Awards and may grant Options, SARs, Performance Units or Other
Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock
options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee
of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in the first paragraph of
this Article XI. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the terms of such substituted Share
Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options or Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in
its discretion, determines is appropriate.
-17-
ARTICLE XII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Common Shares shall be issued, no certificates for
Common Shares shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance
with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation,
withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a party, and the rules
of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Companys shares may be listed. The Company shall
have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued
to evidence Common Shares when a Share Award is granted, a Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based
Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and statements as
the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations.
No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Share Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no
Common Shares shall be issued, no certificate for Common Shares shall be delivered, and no payment
shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the
Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
13.01. |
|
Effect on Employment and Service |
Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to
this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual or entity any right to continue
in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of
the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual or entity at
any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be
required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan.
Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based
solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such
obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on,
any property of the Company.
13.03. |
|
Rules of Construction |
Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to
facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be
construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.
-18-
Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding
obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement,
any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in
settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs or Other Equity-Based Award) or a cash equivalent
acceptable to the Committee. Except to the extent prohibited by Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-3(j), any minimum statutory federal, state, district or city withholding tax obligations
also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company Common Shares previously acquired by the
Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the number of Common Shares
otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, the settlement of a
Performance Unit award or an Other Equity-Based Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a
Share Award; or (c) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee. If Common Shares are
used to pay all or part of such withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares
surrendered, withheld or reduced shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises and the
number of Common Shares which may be withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of
shares which have a Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of withholding equal to the
aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal,
state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such
supplemental taxable income.
The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Companys status
as a REIT. No award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to any award granted under the
Plan, such award shall not vest, be exercisable or be settled (i) to the extent that the grant,
vesting, exercise or settlement could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation
of the common stock ownership limit or aggregate stock ownership limit prescribed by the Companys
Articles of Incorporation or Charter, as amended from time to time) or (ii) if, in the discretion
of the Committee, the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the award could impair the
Companys status as a REIT.
ARTICLE XIV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
14.01. |
|
Impact of Change in Control. |
Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and
SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Share Awards to become transferable and
nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards to become
earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.
-19-
14.02. |
|
Assumption Upon Change in Control. |
In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for
a Participants consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Share Award, Performance Unit
or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award granted by, the surviving
entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall be of the same type of
award as the original Option, SAR, Share Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award being
assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award shall have a value, as of the Control
Change Date, that is substantially equal to the value of the original award (or the difference
between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial Value in the case of Options and
SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such other terms and conditions as may
be prescribed by the Committee.
14.03. |
|
Cash-Out Upon Change in Control. |
In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of
a Participants consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Share Award and Performance Unit and
Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The payment may be in
cash, Common Shares or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in the Change in
Control transaction. The amount of the payment shall be an amount that is substantially equal to
(i) the amount by which the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control
exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per
share received by shareholders for each Common Share subject to a Share Award, Performance Unit or
Other Equity-Based Award or (iii) the value of the other securities or property in which the
Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award is denominated. If the option price or Initial Value
exceeds the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction, the
Option or SAR may be cancelled under this Section 14.03 without any payment to the Participant.
14.04. |
|
Limitation of Benefits |
The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits
that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which,
together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as Payments), may constitute
Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section
14.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced pursuant to this Section 14.04 if, and only to the
extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than a
Participant would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Participants total Parachute Payments.
-20-
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped
Payments). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable
to the Capped Payments.
The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant) in a manner that results in the best economic benefit to the
Participant (or, to the extent economically equivalent, in a pro rata manner). The Accounting Firm
will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be
reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed
calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Article XIV, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 14.04 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Participant under this Section 14.04 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Participant must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will
be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Participant to the Company unless,
and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on
which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed
under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or
substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the
Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid
to the Participant promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term Accounting Firm means the independent
accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of
this Article XIV, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or
Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and
any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The
determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate
imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped
Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment.
-21-
For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term Parachute Payment means a payment that is
described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the
regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 14.04, the limitations and provisions of
this Section 14.04 shall not apply to any Participant who, pursuant to an agreement with the
Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is entitled to indemnification for
any liability that the Participant may incur under Code Section 4999. In addition, nothing in this
Section 14.04 shall limit or otherwise supersede the provisions of any other agreement or plan
which provides that a Participant cannot receive Payments in excess of the Capped Payments.
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENT
The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment
may adversely impair the rights of Participants with respect to outstanding awards. In addition,
an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Companys shareholders if such approval is
required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed or if the
amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan,
materially increase the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan or
materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.
ARTICLE XVI
DURATION OF PLAN
No Share Award, Performance Unit Award, Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award may be granted
under this Plan after the day before the tenth anniversary of the date that the Plan is adopted by
the Board. Share Awards, Performance Unit awards, Options, SARs and Other Equity-Based Awards
granted before such date shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.
ARTICLE XVII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
Options, Share Awards, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted under
this Plan on and after the later of (i) the Completion Date and (ii) the date that the Plan is
adopted by the Board, provided that, this Plan shall not be effective unless, within twelve months
after the Boards adoption of the Plan, the Plan is approved by holders of a majority of the
outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote and present or represented by properly executed and
delivered proxies at a duly held shareholders meeting at which a quorum is present or by unanimous
consent of the shareholders, within twelve months before or after the date that the Plan is adopted
by the Board and provided further that no award shall be exercisable, vested or settled until such
shareholder approval is obtained.
-22-
exv10w2wa
Exhibit 10.2(a)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
AND JEFFREY H. FISHER
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of , 20___, between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a
Maryland real estate investment trust (the Company), and JEFFREY H. FISHER (the Executive),
recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company is a self-advised equity real estate investment trust which has been
formed to own hotel properties directly and through its subsidiaries; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his time,
attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Chairman of the Board of
Trustees (the Board), Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1. RECITALS. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2. EMPLOYMENT. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of [Title] to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof,
subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
3. TERM. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on [ ], 20___, and continuing
until [ ], 20___, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company
nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this
Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal
period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of
this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the
Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4. SERVICES. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and
effort to the Companys affairs; provided that the Company agrees that the Executive may, from time
to time, be the principal owner and serve as a director of Island Hospitality Management, Inc.
(IHM) and/or one or more of its sister companies whose primary business is leasing and/or
managing hotels, and that the Executive may devote business time to those companies; provided
further that (i) such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executives duties
hereunder; (ii) the Executive does not serve as an officer or employee of
IHM or any other entity providing hotel management services to the Company, its affiliates or
any other entity in which the Company or its affiliates have an interest (a Chatham Manager); and
(iii) the Executive does not receive any compensation for services as a director of any Chatham
Manager. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community
activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the
Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for
formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general
direction, approval and control of the Board.
5. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to $ , subject to any increases approved by the Board or its
Compensation Committee (the Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in twenty-six (26)
bi-weekly installments. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
(b) Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, during the Term the Executive shall
have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as determined by the Committee in its discretion or to
the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are
achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump
sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6. BENEFITS. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled each year to a vacation, during which time his
compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of
three (3) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a
prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of
termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he
shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken
more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b) Employee Benefits. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing,
insurance, hospital, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by
the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary
of such life insurance policy.
7. EXPENSES. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily
-2-
incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher
or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses
include, but are not limited to, travel, meals, entertainment, etc. Expenses that are reimbursable
to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the
Companys expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar
year in which the expense is incurred.
8. OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall
be entitled to an office of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial
and other assistants, at least equal to those provided to other management level employees of the
Company.
9. TERMINATION.
(a) Grounds. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death.
In the case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive as a
result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive
pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the
Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For
purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for
Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.
(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other
than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with 9(c)
below.
(c) Date of Termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination
means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the
Executives Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on
the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the
Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury
for at least hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not
have returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives
employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of
the Executive; (iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary
Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of
Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary
Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services
described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding
periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with
Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the
Executives illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the
-3-
Executives immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after
the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a
Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(ii) or (iii), then
Termination shall be effective upon Notice of Termination as defined in this Agreement; (v) if the
Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds
described in clause 12(i)(i) of this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive written
notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to
cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which employment shall be
deemed terminated at the end of such thirty (30) day period; (vi) if the Executives employment is
terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be
thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and any option, restricted share or similar equity
award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any
award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
11. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON. This Section 11 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section
10 except that all outstanding options, restricted Company shares and other equity awards, shall be
vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options shall remain
exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executives employment had not
terminated.
-4-
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executives Base Salary at
the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good
Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for
resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the highest annual bonus paid
to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of
Termination.
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the annual bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment no later than ten (10) days after the Date
of Termination.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid
by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the
Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to
three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for disability and life insurance
coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a
single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 11
unless and until the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims acceptable to the Company,
releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has
or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and
irrevocable. The cash benefits payable under this Section 11 shall be paid on the fifth
(5th) business day after the Executives release and waiver of claims has become binding
and irrevocable.
12. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a) Acquiring Person means that a Person, considered alone or together with all Control
Affiliates and Associates of that Person, is or becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner
of securities representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Companys then outstanding
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board.
(b) Affiliate means any subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section
424 of the Code) of the Company.
(c) Board means the Board of Trustees of the Company.
(d) Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement, means a Change in Control shall mean
any of the following events:
-5-
(i) In the event a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person;
(ii) In the event that the Company transfers at least fifty percent
(50%) of the Companys total assets on a consolidated basis, as
reported in the Companys consolidated financial statements filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(iii) In the event that the Company merges or consolidates the
Company or effects a statutory share exchange with another Person,
regardless of whether the Company is intended to be the surviving or
resulting entity after the merger, consolidation, or statutory share
exchange; provided that a merger, consolidation or statutory share
exchange in which the shareholders of the Company immediately before
such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding
securities of the surviving entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors shall not be a Change in Control;
(iv) Continuing Trustees cease to constitute a majority of the Board
(other than as a result of a merger, consolidation or statutory share
exchange that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause
12(d)(iii). For purposes of this Agreement, the term Continuing
Trustee means (i) a member of the Board on , 2010 or (ii)
a member whose nomination for, or election to, the Board was approved
or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Trustees.
(v) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or,
(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be
deemed to occur solely because any Person acquired Beneficial
Ownership as defined in the Exchange Act of more than the permitted
amount of the then outstanding securities as a result of the
acquisition of securities by the Company which by reducing the number
of securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the subject Person(s), provided that if
a Change in Control would occur as a result of the acquisition of
securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the
Company, the Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional
securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding
securities Beneficially Owned by the subject Person, then a Change in
Control shall occur.
(e) Control Affiliate, with respect to any Person, means an Affiliate as defined in Rule
12B-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1,
1990.
-6-
(f) Disability means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(g) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect from
time to time.
(h) Person means any human being, firm, corporation, partnership, or other entity. Person
also includes any human being, firm, corporation, partnership , or other entity as defined in
Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990. The term
Person does not include the Companies or any related entity within the meaning of Code Section
1563(a), 414(b) or 414(c), and the term Person does not include any employee-benefit plan
maintained by the Companies or by any Related Entity, and any Person or entity organized,
appointed, or established by the Companies or by any subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any
such employee-benefit plan, unless the Board determines that such an employee-benefit plan, or such
Person or entity is a Person.
(i) Termination With Cause means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral
turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described
in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(j) Voluntary Termination means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment,
other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, hereunder for any reason. For purposes of this
Section 10, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(k) Voluntary Termination for Good Reason means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his
material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the
Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus
opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50)
miles from the location of the Executives principal
-7-
office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executives
resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive
gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the
event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc.
that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not
later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
13. CODE SECTION 280G. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 13, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 13, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 13 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 13 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability
of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made,
the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be
deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to
-8-
the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either
reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a
refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon
controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting
Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that
Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 13, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
13, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 13, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
14. CODE SECTION 409A. This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 14, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall
not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
-9-
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving
effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall
be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of
the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the
Executives separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h));
provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury
Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after
such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of
the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if
earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of
the Executives estate following his death.
15. TAX WITHHOLDING. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive recognizes that the Companys business
interests require a confidential relationship between the Company and the Executive and the fullest
practical protection and confidential treatment of their trade secrets, operating manuals,
marketing techniques, designs, concepts, franchise operation and system management programs,
customer lists, innovations and improvements (collectively, Information) that will be conceived
or learned by him in the course of his employment with the Company. Accordingly, the Executive
agrees, both during and after termination of his employment, to keep secret and to treat
confidentially all of the Companys Information and not to use or aid others in using any such
Information in competition with the Company. The obligation set forth in this Section 16 shall
exist during the Executives employment and shall continue after the termination of the Executives
employment for so long as any of the Companys Information retains any confidentiality.
17. NOTICES. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Company:
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 Cocoanut Row |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Palm Beach, Florida 33480 |
|
|
|
|
To the Executive: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not
-10-
be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the
parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs,
successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
19. ARBITRATION. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Palm Beach County, Florida in
accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the
award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the
parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall
commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable attorneys fees and costs.
20. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Florida.
21. NO SETOFF. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
22. ASSIGNMENT. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
23. HEADINGS. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
-11-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___day of
, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland
real estate investment trust
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JEFFREY H. FISHER
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w2wb
Exhibit 10.2(b)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
AND PETER WILLIS
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of ___, 20___, between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a
Maryland real estate investment trust (the Company), and PETER WILLIS (the Executive), recites
and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, the Company is a self-advised equity real estate investment trust which has been
formed to own hotel properties directly and through its subsidiaries; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his time,
attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Chairman of the Board of
Trustees (the Board), Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth,
the parties agree as follows:
1. RECITALS. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part
hereof as set forth verbatim.
2. EMPLOYMENT. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be
so employed, in the capacity of [Title] to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof,
subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
3. TERM. The Initial Term of the Executives employment hereunder (the Initial
Term) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on [ ], 20___, and continuing
until [ ], 20___, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company
nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this
Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal
period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of
this Agreement, the word Term means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the
Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
4. SERVICES. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and
effort to the Companys affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic
and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the
performance of the Executives duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and
responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to
the general direction, approval and control of the Board.
5. COMPENSATION.
(a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an
annual Base Salary equal to $___, subject to any increases approved by the Board or its
Compensation Committee (the Committee). Such Base Salary shall be paid in twenty-six (26)
bi-weekly installments. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other
obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
(b) Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, during the Term the Executive shall
have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as determined by the Committee in its discretion or to
the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are
achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump
sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
6. BENEFITS. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
(a) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled each year to a vacation, during which time his
compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of
three (3) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a
prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of
termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he
shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken
more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in
compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
(b) Employee Benefits. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executives family, as the
case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other
executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be,
are eligible to participate, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing,
insurance, hospital, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by
the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary
of such life insurance policy.
7. EXPENSES. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain
out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Companys business, and the Company agrees
to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the
performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating
the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited
to, travel, meals, entertainment, etc. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this
Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Companys expense reimbursement
policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is
incurred.
8. OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall
be entitled to an office of a size and with furnishings and other appointments,
-2-
and to secretarial and other assistants, at least equal to those provided to other management
level employees of the Company.
9. TERMINATION.
(a) Grounds. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executives death.
In the case of the Executives Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive as a
result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive
pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the
Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For
purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for
Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.
(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other
than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as
applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination means a written notice which
(i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific
ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with 9(c)
below.
(c) Date of Termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, Date of Termination
means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the
Executives Disability, the Executives employment with the Company shall terminate effective on
the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the
Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury
for at least hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not
have returned to full-time performance of the Executives duties; (ii) if the Executives
employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of
the Executive; (iii) if the Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary
Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of
Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary
Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services
described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding
periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with
Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the
Executives illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executives immediate
family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such
four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause
based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(ii) or (iii), then Termination shall be effective
upon Notice of Termination as defined in this Agreement; (v) if the Company intends to treat the
termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(i) of this
Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination
and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Board, failing which employment shall be deemed terminated at the end of such
thirty (30) day period; (vi) if the
-3-
Executives employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the
Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR
DISABILITY. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive (or the Executives estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the
Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts
described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
(a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and
Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of
Termination.
(b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any
employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and any option, restricted share or similar equity
award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any
award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any
compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary
Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason.
11. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD
REASON. This Section 11 applies in the event that the Executives employment ends upon a
Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following
subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
(a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section
10 except that all outstanding options, restricted Company shares and other equity awards, shall be
vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options shall remain
exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executives employment had not
terminated.
(b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the Executives Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case
of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary
that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
(c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below)
times the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company
ended immediately before the Date of Termination.
-4-
(d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the annual bonus paid to the
Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and
(y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the
Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which
is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment no later than ten (10) days after the Date
of Termination.
(e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual
premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the
Executive and the Executives eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an
amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the
Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date
of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is one (1.0) if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause
before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90)
days after the Date of Termination or if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary
Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control and the Multiple is two (2.0)
if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a
Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or
if the Executives employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the
date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 11
unless and until the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims acceptable to the Company,
releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has
or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and
irrevocable. The cash benefits payable under this Section 11 shall be paid on the fifth
(5th) business day after the Executives release and waiver of claims has become binding
and irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Executives employment ends upon a Termination
Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 11 because a Change in
Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall
be paid on the fifth (5th) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if
later, the fifth (5th) business day after the Executives release and waiver of claims
has become binding and irrevocable.
12. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following definitions:
(a) Acquiring Person means that a Person, considered alone or together with all Control
Affiliates and Associates of that Person, is or becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner
of securities representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Companys then outstanding
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board.
(b) Affiliate means any subsidiary or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section
424 of the Code) of the Company.
-5-
(c) Board means the Board of Trustees of the Company.
(d) Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement, means a Change in Control shall mean
any of the following events:
(i) In the event a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person;
(ii) In the event that the Company transfers at least fifty percent
(50%) of the Companys total assets on a consolidated basis, as
reported in the Companys consolidated financial statements filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(iii) In the event that the Company merges or consolidates the
Company or effects a statutory share exchange with another Person,
regardless of whether the Company is intended to be the surviving or
resulting entity after the merger, consolidation, or statutory share
exchange; provided that a merger, consolidation or statutory share
exchange in which the shareholders of the Company immediately before
such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding
securities of the surviving entity entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors shall not be a Change in Control;
(iv) Continuing Trustees cease to constitute a majority of the Board
(other than as a result of a merger, consolidation or statutory share
exchange that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause
12(d)(iii). For purposes of this Agreement, the term Continuing
Trustee means (i) a member of the Board on ___, 2010 or (ii)
a member whose nomination for, or election to, the Board was approved
or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Trustees.
(v) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or,
(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be
deemed to occur solely because any Person acquired Beneficial
Ownership as defined in the Exchange Act of more than the permitted
amount of the then outstanding securities as a result of the
acquisition of securities by the Company which by reducing the number
of securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the subject Person(s), provided that if
a Change in Control would occur as a result of the acquisition of
securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the
Company, the Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional
securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding
securities Beneficially Owned by the subject Person, then a Change in
Control shall occur.
-6-
(e) Control Affiliate, with respect to any Person, means an Affiliate as defined in Rule
12B-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1,
1990.
(f) Disability means that the Executive is disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
(g) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect from
time to time.
(h) Person means any human being, firm, corporation, partnership, or other entity. Person
also includes any human being, firm, corporation, partnership , or other entity as defined in
Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990. The term
Person does not include the Companies or any related entity within the meaning of Code Section
1563(a), 414(b) or 414(c), and the term Person does not include any employee-benefit plan
maintained by the Companies or by any Related Entity, and any Person or entity organized,
appointed, or established by the Companies or by any subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any
such employee-benefit plan, unless the Board determines that such an employee-benefit plan, or such
Person or entity is a Person.
(i) Termination With Cause means the termination of the Executives employment by act of the
Companys Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executives failure to perform a material duty
or the Executives material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a
material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury,
(ii) the Executives breach of Executives fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executives
conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or
(iv) the Executives conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral
turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described
in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
(j) Voluntary Termination means the Executives voluntary termination of his employment,
other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, hereunder for any reason. For purposes of this
Section 10, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services
on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executives failure to
perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his
immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of
the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
(k) Voluntary Termination for Good Reason means the Executives termination of his
employment hereunder on account of (i) the Companys material breach of the terms of this Agreement
or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case
would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution
in the Executives duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without
the Executives consent or the Company preventing the
-7-
Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to
the Company and its affiliates without the Executives consent, (iii) a material reduction in the
Executives Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive
relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executives principal
office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executives
resignation shall not be deemed a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason unless the Executive
gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the
event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc.
that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not
later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
13. CODE SECTION 280G. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive
under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other
plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this
Agreement, are referred to as Payments), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to
Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 13, the Parachute Payments will be
reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater
Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable
to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to
the Executives total Parachute Payments.
The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the
Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the Capped Payments).
Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped
Payments.
The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever
provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the
Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any
benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to
Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and
then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or
arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be
directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it
determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the
Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time
that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 13, it is possible that
amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or
distributed under this Section 13 (Overpayments), or that additional amounts should be paid or
distributed to the Executive under this Section 13 (Underpayments). If the Accounting Firm
determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against
-8-
the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high
probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has
been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no
loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company
unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the
amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax
imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling
precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will
notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will
be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
For purposes of this Section 13, the term Accounting Firm means the independent accounting
firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section
13, the term Net After Tax Amount means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments,
as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local
income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net
After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing
taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable,
in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 13, the term Parachute Payment
means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code
Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
14. CODE SECTION 409A. This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits
provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section
409A of the Code (Section 409A), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and
construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found
not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be
modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the
Executives consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to
comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in
exercising its discretion under this Section 14, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least
restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement.
Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of
Section 409A.
With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the
Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of
in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for
reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the
expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable
year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses
referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be
made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year
in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to
-9-
reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another
benefit.
If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the
Executives termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes deferred
compensation (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to
the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable
only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the
Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executives
separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided,
however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation
section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such
separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the
seventh month beginning after the date of the Executives separation from service or, if earlier,
within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the
Executives estate following his death.
15. TAX WITHHOLDING. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by
applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive recognizes that the Companys business
interests require a confidential relationship between the Company and the Executive and the fullest
practical protection and confidential treatment of their trade secrets, operating manuals,
marketing techniques, designs, concepts, franchise operation and system management programs,
customer lists, innovations and improvements (collectively, Information) that will be conceived
or learned by him in the course of his employment with the Company. Accordingly, the Executive
agrees, both during and after termination of his employment, to keep secret and to treat
confidentially all of the Companys Information and not to use or aid others in using any such
Information in competition with the Company. The obligation set forth in this Section 16 shall
exist during the Executives employment and shall continue after the termination of the Executives
employment for so long as any of the Companys Information retains any confidentiality.
17. NOTICES. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3)
days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as
either may designate in writing to the other party:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the Company: |
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attn: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 Cocoanut Row |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Suite 200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Palm Beach, Florida 33480 |
|
|
|
|
To the Executive: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-10-
18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the
parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner
except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.
19. ARBITRATION. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this
Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Palm Beach County, Florida in
accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the
award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the
parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall
commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to
reasonable attorneys fees and costs.
20. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Florida.
21. NO SETOFF. The Companys obligation to make the payments provided for in this
Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have
against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other
employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under
the provisions of this Agreement.
22. ASSIGNMENT. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal.
Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under
this Agreement. The Executives rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executives successors and assigns.
23. HEADINGS. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
used to interpret or construe its provisions.
-11-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___day of
___, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland |
|
|
|
|
real estate investment trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PETER WILLIS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of the ___day
of January, 2010, by and between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust
(the Company), and (Indemnitee).
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as [a trustee] [and] [an
officer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as
a result of his service; and
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as [a trustee] [and] [an
officer], the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by
Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent
permitted by law; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding
indemnification and advance of expenses.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the
Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) Board of Trustees means the board of trustees of the Company.
(b) Change in Control means a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have
occurred after the date hereof if:
(1) any person as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified
and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter
temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any
corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Companys common shares, or (E)
any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the
Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or
indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting
power or common shares of the Company;
(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such
period constitute the Board of Trustees, and any new trustee (other than (A) a trustee
designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a
transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1(c) or (B) a trustee whose
initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest,
including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of trustees of
the Company) whose election by the Board of Trustees or nomination for election by the
Companys shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the trustees
then still in office who either were trustees at the beginning of the period or whose
election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority thereof;
(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation
which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior
thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into
voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the
ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, more than 50% of the combined voting
power and common shares of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(4) there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of the Companys assets (or any transaction having a similar effect,
including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or
substantially all of the Companys assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the
combined voting power and common shares of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common shares of the Company
immediately prior to such sale.
(c) Company Status means the status of a person as a present or former trustee, officer,
employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing
member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate
investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit
plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the
Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be
serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request
of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager,
managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, real estate investment trust,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or
indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by
the Company.
(d) Disinterested Trustee means a trustee of the Company who is not and was not a party to a
Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(e) Effective Date means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(f) Expenses means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys fees and costs,
retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness
2
fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,
postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a
result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and
penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting,
defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in
or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in
connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the
premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond supersedeas bond or other appeal
bond or its equivalent.
(g) Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in
matters of corporate law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to
represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than
with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under
similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the
Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who,
under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of
interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitees
rights under this Agreement.
(h) Proceeding means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration,
alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other
proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil
(including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative
(formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or
before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and
Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in
the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee will serve as [a trustee] [and] [an
officer] of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on
Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitees service to the Company. This Agreement shall
not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee
(a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law
in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change
in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder
based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in
this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of
this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the
Maryland General Corporation Law (the MGCL), as applicable to a Maryland real estate investment
trust by virtue of Section 8-301(15) of the Maryland REIT Law.
3
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification. If, by reason of Indemnitees Company
Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be
indemnified against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any such Proceeding
unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter
giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active
and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money,
property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause
to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, except to the extent provided by Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not
be entitled to:
(a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and
Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
(b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that
personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to
Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitees Company Status; or
(c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by
Indemnitee unless (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement,
and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement,
or (ii) the Companys declaration of trust or Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders entitled to
vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees or an agreement approved by
the Board of Trustees to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as
the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:
(a) if it determines Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the
MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover
the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
(b) if it determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in
view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of
conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of
an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such
indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any
Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the
circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.
4
Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to
the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his Company Status, made a party to (or
otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise,
in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly
successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but
less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee
under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in
connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate
basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue
or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a
successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 8. Advance of Expenses for a Party. If, by reason of Indemnitees Company
Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall,
without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitees ultimate entitlement to
indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee
in connection with such Proceeding within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement
or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after
final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the
Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written
affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitees good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary
for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a
written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time
of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating
to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that
the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully
resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to
Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses
shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this
Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be
accepted without reference to Indemnitees financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and
without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of his
Company Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether
instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be
advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably
incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the
Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether
prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall
reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.
5
Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a
written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably
available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from
time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his sole discretion. The
officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of
such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Trustees in writing that Indemnitee has
requested indemnification.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a
determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitees entitlement thereto
shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by
Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be
delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved
by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval
will not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by
the Board of Trustees by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Trustees or, if
such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the
Board of Trustees consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Trustees, (B) if Independent
Counsel has been selected by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of
the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by
Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be
delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of
Trustees, by the shareholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled
to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination.
Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with
respect to Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons
or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged
or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and
reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or
Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses
incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such
determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitees
entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless
therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is
appointed.
Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the
person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in
accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and
6
the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the
making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment,
order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an
order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet
the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other trustee, officer, employee
or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member,
fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment
trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to
indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee
is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely
made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to
indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days
after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is
not made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a
written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this
Agreement or the declaration of trust or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a
determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be
entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any
other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advance of
Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be
conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence any such proceeding seeking an adjudication or
an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right
to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing
clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7
of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to
its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose
Indemnitees right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12,
Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case
may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is
not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee
commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be
required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a
final determination is made with respect to
7
Indemnitees entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been
exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded
from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that
the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall
stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the
provisions of this Agreement.
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that
Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any
judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by
Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitees
statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication
of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of,
this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified
by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial
adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or
arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or
advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial
adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be
charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of
Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period commencing with
the date on which the Company was requested to advance expenses in accordance with Section 8 of
this Agreement or to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 12(a)
above Indemnitee requests indemnification, reimbursement or advance of any Expenses and ending on
the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any
summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any
Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder
and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of
the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify
Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to
indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Companys ability to
defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and
adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so
prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c)
below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any
8
Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the
Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following
receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without
the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed,
consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise
which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional
term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding,
which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would
impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall
not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitees Company Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably
concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld, that he may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect
to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee
reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential
conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to
assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be
represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitees choice, subject to the prior approval of the
Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if
the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that
the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable,
or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be
provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitees
choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at
the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in
connection with any such matter.
Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall
not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under
applicable law, the declaration of trust or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of
the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of
Trustees, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or
repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee
under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Company
Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to
such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No
right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of
any right or remedy hereunder, or
9
otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or
remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the
extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers
required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents
as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
Section 15. Insurance. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire
directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the
Board of Trustees, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against
Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or
advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by
reason of his Company Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this
Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the
amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all
judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a
Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase,
establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights
or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided
herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall
not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance
policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which
Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has directors and
officers liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to
the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
Section 16. Coordination of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this
Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as
Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such
payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 17. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect.
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that
Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as
a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of
any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person
is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee
is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto
and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).
10
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger,
consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company),
shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee
or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving
in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and
his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the
business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to
Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the
same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this
Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further
agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto
agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific
performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by
seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from
seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be
entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining
orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds
or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a
waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby
waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
Section 18. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision
held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable)
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest
extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent
necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties
hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including,
without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing
any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid,
illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
11
Section 19. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party
against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this
Agreement.
Section 20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the
construction thereof.
Section 21. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this
Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of
any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other
provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand
and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed
or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day
after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Chatham Lodging Trust
50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200
Palm Beach, FL 33480
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to
the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 23. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed
by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without
regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include
usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
12
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
The Board of Trustees of Chatham Lodging Trust
Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated
the ___ day of
, 20___, by and between Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real
estate investment trust (the Company), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the Indemnification
Agreement), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description
of Proceeding] (the Proceeding).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the
Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Company Status or by reason of alleged actions
or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good belief that at all times, insofar as
I was involved as [a trustee] [and] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events
giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty,
(2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the
case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me
was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys fees and
related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the Advanced Expenses), I
hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or
omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in
bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an
improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal
proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall
promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters
in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___day of
, 20___.
exv10w6
Exhibit 10.6
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
UNIT VESTING AGREEMENT
Under the Chatham Lodging Trust
Equity Incentive Plan
(Officers and Employees)
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Grantee: |
|
|
|
|
No. of LTIP Units:
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date:
|
|
|
|
|
Final Acceptance Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) as amended through
the date hereof and the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated ___, 2010 (the Partnership
Agreement), of Chatham Lodging, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the Partnership), Chatham
Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust and the general partner of the Partnership
(the Company), and for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership in a
partner capacity or in anticipation of being a partner, hereby grants to the Grantee named above an
Other Equity-Based Award (as defined in the Plan) (an Award) in the form of, and by causing the
Partnership to issue to the Grantee named above, a number of LTIP Units (as defined in the
Partnership Agreement) specified above having the rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations
as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption and conversion set forth
herein and in the Partnership Agreement. Upon acceptance of this Long Term Incentive Plan Unit
Vesting Agreement (this Agreement), the Grantee shall receive, effective as of the Closing Date
(as defined below), the number of LTIP Units specified above, subject to the restrictions and
conditions set forth herein and in the Partnership Agreement.
1. Acceptance of Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this
Agreement unless he or she shall have accepted this Agreement prior to the close of business on the
Final Acceptance Date specified above by (i) signing and delivering to the Partnership a copy of
this Agreement and (ii) unless the Grantee is already a Limited Partner (as defined in the
Partnership Agreement), signing, as a Limited Partner, and delivering to the Partnership a
counterpart signature page to the Partnership Agreement (attached hereto as Annex A). Upon
acceptance of this Agreement by the Grantee, the Partnership Agreement shall be amended to reflect
the issuance to the Grantee of the LTIP Units so accepted, effective as of the Closing Date.
Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner of the Partnership with
respect to the number of LTIP Units specified above, as set forth in the Partnership Agreement,
subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Section 2 below.
2. Restrictions and Conditions.
(a) The records of the Partnership evidencing the LTIP Units granted herein shall bear an
appropriate legend, as determined by the Partnership in its sole discretion, to the effect that
such LTIP Units are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Partnership Agreement.
(b) LTIP Units granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated
or otherwise disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, any LTIP Units subject to this Award
that have not become vested on or before the date that the Grantees employment with the Company
and its Affiliates (as defined in the Plan) terminates shall be forfeited as of the date that such
employment terminates.
3. Vesting of LTIP Units. The restrictions and conditions in Section 2 of
this Agreement shall lapse with respect to the number of LTIP Units specified below on the Vesting
Dates specified below, so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or an Affiliate
from the Closing Date until such Vesting Date or Dates.
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
LTIP Units Vested |
|
Vesting Dates |
|
|
, 20___ |
|
|
, 20___ |
|
|
, 20___ |
|
|
, 20___ |
|
|
, 20___ |
Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the LTIP Units on which all restrictions and
conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed restricted.
4. Acceleration of Vesting in Special Circumstances. All restrictions on all LTIP
Units subject to this Award shall be deemed waived by the Committee (as defined in the Plan) and
all LTIP Units granted hereby shall automatically become fully vested on the date specified below
if the Grantee remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate on such date:
(a) the date that the Grantees employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends on account
of the Grantees termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined below);
(b) the date that the Grantees employment ends on account of the Grantees death or total and
permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the Code)); or
2
(c) on the date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).
For purposes of the Award, the term Cause means the termination of the Grantees employment
by act of the Companys Board of Trustees on account of (i) (x) the Grantees failure to perform a
material duty or the Grantees material breach of an obligation set forth in the Employment
Agreement between the Grantee and the Company, dated as of , 2010, or a breach of a
material and written Company policy or a breach of the Covenant Not to Compete between the Grantee
and the Company, dated as of , 2010, in all cases other than by reason of mental or
physical illness or injury, (y) that is described in a written notice from the Board of Trustees
and (z) that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Trustees, within thirty
(30) days after such notice is received by the Grantee, (ii) the Grantees conviction of, or plea
of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or (iii) an act or failure to act
by the Grantee which in either case constitutes fraud involving assets of the Company, dishonesty
involving assets of the Company or that is significantly detrimental to the business reputation of
the Company.
5. Merger-Related Action. In contemplation of and subject to the consummation of a
consolidation or merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which
outstanding common shares are exchanged for securities, cash, or other property of an unrelated
corporation or business entity or in the event of a liquidation of the Company (in each case, a
Transaction), the Board of Trustees of the Company, or the board of trustees or directors of any
corporation assuming the obligations of the Company (the Acquiror), may, in its discretion, take
any one or more of the following actions, as to the outstanding LTIP Units subject to this Award:
(i) provide that such LTIP Units shall be assumed or equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the
acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof), and/or (ii) upon prior written notice to
the LTIP Unitholders (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of not less than 30 days, provide
that such LTIP Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Transaction. The
right to take such actions (each, a Merger-Related Action) shall be subject to the following
limitations and qualifications:
(a) if all LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are eligible, as of the time of the
Merger-Related Action, for conversion into Common Units (as defined and in accordance with the
Partnership Agreement) and the Grantee is afforded the opportunity to effect such conversion and
receive, in consideration for the Common Units into which his LTIP Units shall have been converted,
the same kind and amount of consideration as other holders of Common Units in connection with the
Transaction, then Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in (i) or (ii) above shall be
permitted and available to the Company and the Acquiror;
(b) if some or all of the LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are not, as of the time
of the Merger-Related Action, so eligible for conversion into Common Units (in accordance with the
Partnership Agreement), and the acquiring or succeeding entity is itself, or has a subsidiary which
is organized as a partnership or limited liability company (consisting of a so-called UPREIT or
other structure substantially similar in purpose or effect to that of the Company and the
Partnership), then Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in clause (i) of this Section 5
above must be taken by the Acquiror with respect to all LTIP Units subject to this Award which are
not so convertible at the time, whereby all such LTIP Units covered by this Award shall be assumed
by the acquiring or succeeding entity, or equivalent awards shall be
3
substituted by the acquiring or succeeding entity, and the acquiring or succeeding entity shall
preserve with respect to the assumed LTIP Units or any securities to be substituted for such LTIP
Units, as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances, the distribution, special allocation,
conversion and other rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP
Unitholders; and
(c) if some or all of the LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are not, as of the time
of the Merger-Related Action, so eligible for conversion into Common Units (in accordance with the
Partnership Agreement), and after exercise of reasonable commercial efforts the Company or the
Acquiror is unable to treat the LTIP Units in accordance with Section 5(b), then
Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in clause (ii) of this Section 5 above must be
taken by the Company or the Acquiror, in which case such action shall be subject to a provision
that the settlement of the terminated award of LTIP Units which are not convertible into Common
Units requires a payment of the same kind and amount of consideration payable in connection with
the Transaction to a holder of the number of Common Units into which the LTIP Units to be
terminated could be converted or, if greater, the consideration payable to holders of the number of
common shares into which such Common Units could be exchanged (including the right to make
elections as to the type of consideration) if the Transaction were of a nature that permitted a
revaluation of the Grantees capital account balance under the terms of the Partnership Agreement,
as determined by the Committee in good faith in accordance with the Plan.
6. Distributions. Distributions on the LTIP Units shall be paid currently to the
Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement. The right to distributions set
forth in this Section 6 shall be deemed a Dividend Equivalent Right for purposes of the
Plan.
7. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this
Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a
different meaning is specified herein.
8. Covenants. The Grantee hereby covenants as follows:
(a) So long as the Grantee holds any LTIP Units, the Grantee shall disclose to the Partnership
in writing such information as may be reasonably requested with respect to ownership of LTIP Units
as the Partnership may deem reasonably necessary to ascertain and to establish compliance with
provisions of the Code applicable to the Partnership or to comply with requirements of any other
appropriate taxing authority.
(b) The Grantee hereby agrees to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect
to the LTIP Units awarded hereunder, and has delivered with this Agreement a completed, executed
copy of the election form attached hereto as Annex B. The Grantee agrees to file the
election (or to permit the Partnership to file such election on the Grantees behalf) within thirty
(30) days after the Closing Date with the IRS Service Center at which such Grantee files his
personal income tax returns, and to file a copy of such election with the Grantees U.S.
4
federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the LTIP Units are awarded to the Grantee.
(c) The Grantee hereby agrees that it does not have the intention to dispose of the LTIP Units
subject to this Award within two years of receipt of such LTIP Units. The Partnership and the
Grantee hereby agree to treat the Grantee as the owner of the LTIP Units from the Grant Date. The
Grantee hereby agrees to take into account the distributive share of Partnership income, gain,
loss, deduction, and credit associated with the LTIP Units in computing the Grantees income tax
liability for the entire period during which the Grantee has the LTIP Units.
(d) The Grantee hereby recognizes that the IRS has proposed regulations under Sections 83 and
704 of the Code that may affect the proper treatment of the LTIP Units for federal tax purposes.
In the event that those proposed regulations are finalized, the Grantee hereby agrees to cooperate
with the Partnership in amending this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement, and to take such
other action as may be required, to conform to such regulations.
(e) The Grantee hereby recognizes that the U.S. Congress is considering legislation that would
change the federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of LTIP Units.
9. Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and
is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws
of descent and distribution, without the prior written consent of the Company.
10. Amendment. The Grantee acknowledges that the Plan may be amended or terminated in
accordance with Article XV thereof and that this Agreement may be amended or canceled by
the Committee, on behalf of the Partnership, for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for
any other lawful purpose, provided that no such action shall adversely affect the Grantees rights
under this Agreement without the Grantees written consent. The provisions of Section 5 of
this Agreement applicable to the termination of the LTIP Units covered by this Award in connection
with a Transaction (as defined in Section 5 of this Agreement) shall apply, mutatis mutandi
to amendments, discontinuance or cancellation pursuant to this Section 10 or the Plan.
11. No Obligation to Continue Employment. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of
the Company is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in
employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.
12. Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Partnership at its
principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file
with the Partnership or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently
furnish to the other party in writing.
5
13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles. The
parties agree that any action or proceeding arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection
with, out of , related to or from this Agreement, any breach hereof or any action covered hereby,
shall be resolved within the State of Delaware and the parties hereto consent and submit to the
jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the District of Delaware. The parties
hereto further agree that any such action or proceeding brought by either party to enforce any
right, assert any claim, obtain any relief whatsoever in connection with this Agreement shall be
brought by such party exclusively in federal or state courts located within the District of
Delaware.
14. Closing Date. As used herein, Closing Date shall mean the date of closing of
the initial public offering of common shares of beneficial interest of Chatham Lodging Trust.
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
a Maryland real estate investment trust |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING, L.P. |
|
|
a Delaware limited partnership |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
The foregoing agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed
to by the Grantee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grantees Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grantees name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX A
FORM OF LIMITED PARTNER SIGNATURE PAGE
The Grantee desiring to become one of the within named Limited Partners of Chatham Lodging,
L.P. (the Partnership), hereby becomes a party to the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the
Partnership Agreement) of Chatham Lodging, L.P. by and among Chatham Lodging Trust, as general
partner (the General Partner), and the Limited Partners, effective as of the Closing Date (as
defined in the Long Term Incentive Plan Unit Vesting Agreement, dated , among the Grantee,
the Partnership, and the General Partner). The Grantee agrees to be bound by the Partnership
Agreement. The Grantee also agrees that this signature page may be attached to, and hereby
authorizes the General Partner to attach this signature page to, any counterpart of the Partnership
Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of Limited Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Partners name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNEX B
ELECTION TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME IN YEAR OF
TRANSFER OF PROPERTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in
accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:
|
1. |
|
The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are:
Name: (the Taxpayer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Social security number: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2. |
|
Description of property with respect to which the election is being made: |
|
|
|
|
The election is being made with respect to LTIP Units in Chatham
Lodging, L.P. (the Partnership). |
|
|
3. |
|
The date on which the LTIP Units were transferred is ___, 20___. The taxable
year to which this election relates is calendar year 20___. |
|
|
4. |
|
Nature of restrictions to which the LTIP Units are subject: |
|
(a) |
|
The LTIP Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture
and are nontransferable on the date of transfer. |
|
|
(b) |
|
The Taxpayers LTIP Units vest and become transferable based on
the Taxpayers continued employment. |
|
5. |
|
The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any
restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the LTIP
Units with respect to which this election is being made was $0 per LTIP Unit. |
|
|
6. |
|
The amount paid by the Taxpayer for the LTIP Units was $0 per LTIP Unit. |
|
7. |
|
A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Partnership and to its general
partner, Chatham Lodging Trust. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
___, 20___ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of the Taxpayer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxpayers name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby consents to the making, by the undersigneds spouse, of the foregoing
election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature of the Taxpayers Spouse |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Spouses name and address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule to Section 83(b) Election-Vesting Provisions of LTIP Units
The LTIP Units are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting on , 20___, 20%
vesting on , 20___, 20% vesting on , 20___, 20% vesting on , 20___, and 20%
vesting on , 20___, subject to acceleration in the event of certain extraordinary
transactions or termination of the Taxpayers employment for cause in certain circumstances.
Unvested LTIP Units are subject to forfeiture in the event of the termination of the Taxpayers
employment with Chatham Lodging Trust or its affiliates in certain circumstances.
exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
Share Award Agreement
THIS SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT (the Agreement), dated as of the ___day of January, 2010, governs
the Share Award granted by CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the
Company), to (the Participant), in accordance with and subject to the
provisions of the Companys Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). A copy of the Plan has been made
available to the Participant. All terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Plan have
the same meaning given them in the Plan.
1. Grant of Share Award. In accordance with the Plan, and effective as of January ___,
2010 (the Date of Grant), the Company granted to the Participant, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, a Share Award of [ ] Common Shares (the Share Award).
2. Vesting. The Participants interest in the Common Shares covered by the Share
Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable to the extent provided in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)
below.
(a) Continued Service on Board. The Participants interest in one-third of the Common Shares
covered by the Share Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the first anniversary of the
Date of Grant if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of
Grant until the first anniversary of the Date of Grant. The Participants interest in an
additional one-third of the Common Shares covered by the Share Award shall become vested and
nonforfeitable on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant serves
continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the second anniversary of the
Date of Grant. The Participants interest in the remaining one-third of the Common Shares shall
become vested and nonforfeitable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant
serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the third anniversary of
the Date of Grant.
(b) Change in Control. The Participants interest in all of the Common Shares covered by the
Share Award (if not sooner vested), shall become vested and nonforfeitable on a Control Change Date
if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the
Control Change Date.
(c) Death or Disability. The Participants interest in all of the Common Shares covered by
the Share Award (if not sooner vested), shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the date that the
Participants service as a member of the Board ends if (i) the Participants service on the Board
ends on account of the Participants death or permanent and total disability (as defined in section
22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended)
and (ii) the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until
the date of such cessation of Board service.
Except as provided in this Section 2, any Common Shares covered by the Share Award that are not
vested and nonforfeitable on or before the date that the Participants service on the Board ends
shall be forfeited on the date that such service terminates.
3. Transferability. Common Shares covered by the Share Award that have not become
vested and nonforfeitable as provided in Section 2 cannot be transferred. Common Shares covered by
the Share Award may be transferred, subject to the requirements of applicable securities laws,
after they become vested and nonforfeitable as provided in Section 2.
4. Shareholder Rights. On and after the Date of Grant and prior to their forfeiture,
the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the
Common Shares covered by the Share Award, including the right to vote the shares and to receive,
free of all restrictions, all dividends declared and paid on the shares. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing the Common
Shares covered by the Share Award until the date that the Common Shares become vested and
nonforfeitable and the Participant hereby appoints the Companys Secretary as the Participants
attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, with the power to transfer to the Company and
cancel any Common Shares covered by the Share Award that are forfeited under Section 2.
5. No Right to Continued Service. The grant of the Share Award does not give the
Participant any rights with respect to continuing to serve on the Board.
6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
Maryland except to the extent that Maryland law would require the application of the laws of
another State.
7. Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in
effect on the Date of Grant and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All
references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant.
8. Participant Bound by Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that a copy of the
Plan has been made available to the Participant and the Participant agrees to be bound by all the
terms and provisions of the Plan.
9. Binding Effect. Subject to the limitations stated above and in the Plan, this
Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her successors in interest and the
Company and any successors of the Company.
[Signature page follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Agreement as of the
date first set forth above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST |
|
|
|
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exv10w8
Exhibit 10.8
FIRST AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
This FIRST AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS (First
Amendment) is dated as of this 24th day of December, 2009 and is made by and
between each of the parties named on Exhibit A hereto (each, individually, Seller
and, collectively, Sellers), and CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment
trust (Purchaser).
RECITALS
A. Sellers and Purchaser have entered into that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow
Instructions, dated as of November 16, 2009 (the Agreement).
B. Sellers and Purchasers now desire to amend a provision of the Agreement.
C. All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I of the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, including the promises, covenants, representations
and warranties hereinafter set forth, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged,
the parties, intending to be legally and equitably bound, agree as follows.
1. In the third sentence of Section 4.4.1 of the Agreement, the words: within three (3) days
are hereby deleted and the words: by 5:00 pm EST on December 30, 2009 are substituted in lieu
therefor.
2. As amended hereby, the Agreement is hereby restated and reaffirmed.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of
the 24th day of December, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SELLERS:
RLJ BILLERICA HOTEL, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
President |
|
|
1
Exhibit 10.8
[Signatures continued on next page.]
|
|
|
|
|
|
RLJ BLOOMINGTON HOTEL, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
President |
|
|
|
RLJ BRENTWOOD HOTEL, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
President |
|
|
|
RLJ DALLAS HOTEL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP By: RLJ Dallas Hotel Gen-Par, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
General Partner |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
RLJ FARMINGTON HOTEL, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
President |
|
|
|
RLJ MAITLAND HOTEL, L.L.C.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.
|
|
|
|
Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr. |
|
|
|
President |
|
|
|
PURCHASER:
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jeffrey H. Fisher
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Jeffrey H. Fisher |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
2
EXHIBIT A
PROPERTIES AND SELLERS
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER |
|
PROPERTY NAME AND ADDRESS |
|
SELLER |
1 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Billerica Hotel, L.L.C. |
|
|
35 Middlesex Turnpike |
|
|
|
|
Billerica, Massachusetts 01821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, L.L.C. |
|
|
2261 Killebrew Drive |
|
|
|
|
Bloomington, Minnesota 55425 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, L.L.C. |
|
|
5107 Peter Taylor Park |
|
|
|
|
Brentwood, Tennessee 37027 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership |
|
|
2747 North Stemmons Freeway |
|
|
|
|
Dallas, Texas 75207 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Farmington Hotel, L.L.C. |
|
|
2 Farm Glen Boulevard |
|
|
|
|
Farmington, Connecticut 06032 |
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER |
|
PROPERTY NAME AND ADDRESS |
|
SELLER |
6 |
|
Homewood Suites |
|
RLJ Maitland Hotel, L.L.C. |
|
|
290 Southhall Lane |
|
|
|
|
Maitland, Florida 32751 |
|
|
4
exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
THIS HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made and entered into this ___day of
___2010 (Effective Date) by and between [Chatham Lodging Trust TRS Subsidiary]
(Lessee), a ___, with a principal place of business at ,
and Island Hospitality Management II, Inc. (Manager), a Florida corporation with a principal
place of business at 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
A. Lessee is the lessee of the Hotel pursuant to the Lease, as well as party to a Franchise
Agreement governing the operation of the Hotel, all as described and identified in Schedule
I hereto.
B. Manager is an independent contractor engaged in the management of hotels throughout the
United States, and Manager is experienced in the various phases of hotel operations.
C. Lessee desires to utilize the services and experience of Manager in connection with the
operation of the Hotel, and Manager desires to render such services, all upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.
D. Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
agree as follows.
ARTICLE 1
APPOINTMENT AND TERM
1.01. Appointment. Lessee hereby appoints Manager as the exclusive manager of the Hotel with
the right and obligation to direct, supervise, manage, and operate the Hotel on the terms set forth
herein throughout the entire duration of the Term. Manager hereby accepts such appointment and
agrees to direct, supervise, manage, and operate the Hotel on the terms set forth herein throughout
the entire duration of the Term.
A. Term. Subject to the early termination rights of the parties as set forth herein, the
initial term of this Agreement (the Initial Term) will commence at 12:01 A.M. on the date
identified on Schedule I (the Commencement Date) and continue for sixty (60) calendar months
following the first full month of operations, and terminate at 11:59 on the last day of the
month at the conclusion of said period (the Initial Term Expiration Date). Unless Manager
otherwise provides written notice to Lessee by not later than ninety (90) days prior to the any
Term Expiration Date, and provided that Manager is not in default hereunder, the Initial Term
shall automatically be extended for up to two (2) extension terms (each, an Extension Term) of
similar duration. The Initial Term and any Extension Term may be collectively referred to
herein as the Term.
B. Early Termination by Lessee for Cause. Notwithstanding the given duration of the Term,
Lessee may terminate this Agreement for cause as follows.
1) Expense Test Failure. If, as of the end of any Fiscal Year during the
Term, other than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, Manager exceeds the aggregate
expenses budgeted for the Hotel as set forth in the Annual Plan for such Fiscal Year by an
amount greater than or equal to five percent (5%), except as may be necessitated by Force
Majeure, then there shall be an Expense Test Failure under this Agreement. The existence
of an Expense Test Failure for any Fiscal Year shall be determined on the basis of the
annual reports to be furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 1 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
2) Market Decline Failure. If, as of the end of any Fiscal Year during the Term, other
than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, (i) the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel
shall be more than fifteen (15) percentage points (the Decline Percentage) below ___%
(i.e., the Hotels RevPar Yield Index as of the Effective Date of this Agreement) (the
RevPar Index Baseline) and (ii) the RevPar Yield Index shall be below ninety-five percent
(95%), such combined decline shall constitute a Market Decline Failure under this
Agreement. As used herein, RevPar Yield Index when used with respect to the Hotel, shall
mean the percentage amount obtained by dividing the RevPar of the Hotel by the RevPar of the
Competitive Set, with the term RevPar having the meaning ascribed to it in the Smith
Travel Trends Report, Star Report, produced by Smith Travel Research. Lessee and Manager
shall work in good faith to determine any additions and deletions to the Hotels Competitive
Set, and any resulting resetting of the RevPar Index Baseline as necessary to reflect any
such changed circumstances, on or before December 15 of each Fiscal Year, with such changes
to be applicable to the following Fiscal Year. In the event Lessee and Manager cannot agree
to the Hotels Competitive Set or the RevPar Index Baseline changes by December 15 of any
Fiscal Year, such disputed items shall be determined by Smith Travel Research, or, if it
refuses or is unable to do so, by arbitration as provided herein. The costs of resetting the
Hotels Competitive Set or RevPar Index Baseline shall be borne equally by the parties. The
existence of a Market Decline Failure shall be determined on the basis of the Star Report
which contains a full calendar year calculation of the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel. If
the Star Report is no longer published or does not contain sufficient information for the
determination of a Market Decline, the existence of a Market Decline Failure shall be
instead determined using the methodology employed by the Star Report, from information on
the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel contained in any other publication reasonably selected
by Lessee and recognized by the hotel industry as being an authoritative source of such
information, or if no such publication exists, from an analysis of the RevPar Yield Index of
the Hotel conducted at the joint expense of the parties by a nationally recognized
accounting firm or other mutually agreeable entity with a hospitality division of which
neither Lessee nor any affiliate of Lessee, nor Manager nor any affiliate of Manager, is a
significant client. Lessees right to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Market
Decline Failure shall be subject to Managers right to cure such Market Decline Failure with
respect to the relevant Fiscal Year, by providing to Lessee, during the Notice Period, a
cash payment equal to the difference between (a) Lessees Priority that would have been paid
if the Gross Revenues for such Fiscal Year equaled the amount necessary to cause the RevPar
Yield Index for the Fiscal Year to be ninety-five percent (95%), less (b) Lessees Priority
paid for such Fiscal Year. Manager may only cure a Market Decline Failure (i) if it cures a
Profit Decline Failure in the same Fiscal Year (ii) on account of two (2) Fiscal Years
during the Initial Term, and, if applicable, one (1) Fiscal Year during any Extension Term.
3) Profit Decline Failure. If, with respect to any Fiscal Year during the Term other
than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, the ratio of Operating Profit to Gross
Revenues (the GOP Percentage) is five (5) percentage points less than the ratio of
Operating Profit to Gross Revenues actually achieved in the prior Fiscal Year (Prior Year
GOP Percentage), such event shall constitute a Profit Decline Failure under this
Agreement. The existence of a Profit Decline Failure shall be determined on the basis of the
annual reports to be furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement. Lessees right
to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Profit Decline Failure shall be subject to
Managers right to cure the Profit Decline Failure with respect to the relevant Fiscal Year
by providing to Lessee, during the Notice Period, a cash payment equal to fifty percent
(50%) of the amount by which expenses would have had to be reduced in order to have produced
a GOP Percentage five (5) percentage points less than the prior year GOP Percentage. Manager
may only cure a Profit Decline Failure (i) if it cures a Market Decline Failure in the same
Fiscal Year and (ii) on account of two (2) Fiscal Years during the Initial Term, and, if
applicable, one (1) Fiscal Year during any Extension Term.
4) Consecutive Uncured Failures. If during any two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years any
two (or more) of the following occur: (1) an Expense Test Failure; (2) a Market Decline
Failure; or (3) a Profit Decline Failure, and if Manager does not elect to avoid termination
by curing the same as provided for herein (to the extent such cure applies) then Lessee
shall have the right, at its sole option, to
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 2 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days notice (the Notice Period) to Manager, in
which event Manager shall immediately surrender possession of the Hotel to Lessee (or its
designee), and, if Manager fails to so surrender, Lessee shall have the right, without
notice, to enter upon and take possession of the Hotel and to expel or remove Manager and
its effects without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore. Manager
shall, and hereby agrees, to indemnify Lessee for the total of: (1) in the event that
Manager does not promptly surrender possession of the Hotel, the reasonable costs of
recovering possession of the Hotel and all other losses, liabilities and reasonable expenses
incurred by Lessee in connection with Managers failure to surrender; (2) the unpaid
Available Cash Flow due to Lessee (or its designee) as of the date of termination, plus
interest at the Overdue Rate accruing after the due date; and (3) all other sums of money
then owed by Manager to Lessee hereunder. Lessees option to terminate this Agreement under
this Section shall be exercised by serving written notice thereof on Manager within ninety
(90) days after the later of: (A) the receipt by Lessee of the annual reports to be
furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement for such second (2nd)
consecutive Fiscal Year and (B) with respect to the Market Decline, the date of publication
of information regarding the RevPar Index of the hotels within the Competitive Set, if
applicable. Lessees failure to exercise its right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
this Section shall not be deemed an estoppel or waiver of Lessees right to terminate this
Agreement as to any other specific period of two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years to which this
Section may apply.
5) Exceptions for Unavoidable Occurrences. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, Lessees right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 1.01.B.
shall be eliminated with respect to any given Fiscal Year to the extent that the termination
right is attributable to any of the following Unavoidable Occurrences (i) a Force Majeure
Event; provided that the same materially and disproportionately impacts the Hotel as
compared to other hotels in the Competitive Set: (ii) Major Capital Improvements at the
Hotel which result in forty percent (40%) or more of the Hotel rooms being out of service
for more than one hundred twenty (120) days; (iii) any taking by eminent domain which
materially and adversely affects the Operating Profit of the Hotel; or (iv) failure by
Lessee to provide capital as required by the terms of this Agreement.
C. Early Termination Upon Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may terminate this
Agreement at any time upon: (i) a sale of the Hotel; or (ii) any sale or transfer of a majority of
the beneficial interest of Lessee or Owner (provided that such sale or transfer is to a bona fide
third party or parties and not to an Affiliate or Affiliates of either Lessee or Owner) by giving
Manager not less than six (6) months prior written notice of its intent to terminate this
Agreement for either of the foregoing reasons.
1.03. Franchise Agreement. Subject to Lessees fulfillment of the obligations set forth in
the second sentence of this Section 1.03 (to the extent that the same may apply), during the Term,
the Hotel shall be managed and operated in strict compliance with the terms and conditions of the
Franchise Agreement (including but not limited to all terms and conditions regarding
confidentiality and operation of the Hotel), and Manager shall at all times comply with the
Franchise Agreement and advise and assist Lessee in the performance and discharge of its covenants
and obligations thereunder. Lessee shall comply with any capital expenditure, product improvement
plan, operating standard changes or other requirements imposed from time to time by the Franchisor
under the Franchise Agreement, the cost of which shall be paid in accordance with this Agreement.
In the event of any conflicts between any provisions of this Agreement and the Franchise Agreement,
the provision of the Franchise Agreement shall control. Lessee acknowledges that Franchisor shall
have the right to communicate directly with Manager regarding day-to-day operation of the Hotel but
copies of all written communications shall be promptly supplied to Lessee and Manager shall prepare
and promptly submit summaries of all oral communications with Franchisor that occur regarding
matters or policies respecting hotel operations or expenditures that under the terms of this
Agreement require consultation with or the approval of Lessee or are otherwise material to the
operation of the Hotel.
1.04. Managers Representations and Covenants regarding Status as an Eligible Independent
Contractor. Manager warrants and represents that as of the Effective Date, Manager qualifies as
an eligible independent contractor as defined in Section 856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986,
as amended (the Code). From the Commencement Date until the end of the Term, Manager
covenants that it shall satisfy the following requirements:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 3 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(i) Manager shall not permit wagering activities to be conducted at or in
connection with the Hotel by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers
and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with the Hotel;
(ii) Manager shall not own, actually or constructively (within the meaning of Section
856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the shares of beneficial
interest of Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (Chatham);
(iii) No more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in Managers
outstanding stock, assets or net profits shall be owned, actually or constructively (within
the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), by one or more persons owning, actually or
constructively (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), thirty-five percent
(35%) or more of the outstanding shares or beneficial interest of Chatham; and
(iv) Manager shall not sublet the Hotel or enter into any similar arrangement on any
basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the sublessee thereunder would be
based, in whole or in part, on either: (y) the net income or profits derived by the business
activities of the sublessee; or (z) any other formula such that any portion of the rent
would fail to qualify as rents from real property within the meaning of Section 856(d) of
the Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto.
(v) Manager shall operate the Hotel such that more than one-half of the dwelling units
in the Hotel shall be rented for occupancies of six (6) months or less in duration; and
(vi) Manager shall be (or shall, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the
Code, be related to a person (a Related Operator) that is) actively engaged in the trade
or business of operating qualified lodging facilities (within the meaning of Section
856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) for a person who is not a related person within the meaning of
Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code) with respect to Chatham or Lessee (Unrelated Persons).
In order to meet the requirement in Section 1.04(vi), Manager agrees that for each calendar
year it shall: (a) derive at least 10% of both its revenue and profit from operating qualified
lodging facilities (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code ) for Unrelated
Persons; and (b) comply with any regulations or other administrative guidance under Section
856(d)(9) of the Code with respect to the amount of hotel management business with Unrelated
Persons that is necessary to qualify as an eligible independent contractor with the meaning of
such Code Section. For purposes of the calculation called for by clause (a) of the immediately
preceding sentence, Manager may consolidate the operations of any Related Operators. A qualified lodging facility, as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code, means a
lodging facility (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection
with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is
legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A lodging
facility is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in
which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as
part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are
customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to
Chatham.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 4 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
ARTICLE 2
HOTEL OPERATIONS
2.01. Hotel Management Services. Manager shall provide the following management services
throughout the Term, provided that Lessee provides sufficient and adequate funds as required by the
terms of this Agreement.
(A) Franchise Agreement. Manager shall manage and operate the Hotel in accordance
with the requirements or the Franchise Agreement.
(B) Managerial Tasks. Without limiting Section 2.01(A), Manager will perform those
activities typically performed by management companies operating comparable facilities,
including those activities set forth in Schedule II.
(C) Establishment of Rates. Manager shall have the right to establish all prices,
price schedules, rates and rate schedules, rents, lease charges, and concession charges, all
within the parameters of the approved Annual Plan
(D) Administration of Operating Contracts. Manager shall have the right to
negotiate and enter into: (i) leases, licenses, and concession agreements for all public space
at the Hotel, including all stores, office space, and lobby space; and (ii) service contracts
required in the ordinary course of business in operating the Hotel (the Operating Contracts).
All Operating Contracts shall be in Lessees name and may be executed by Manager on Lessees
behalf as Lessees authorized representative; provided, however, that any Operating Contract
subject to the Agreement Limitations set forth in Schedule I shall be subject to Lessees
consent. Upon termination of this Agreement, Manager shall assign the Operating Contracts to
Lessee or the successor manager (unless such assignment is prohibited by the terms thereof), who
shall agree to assume liability thereunder. Manager shall sign such documents as are reasonably
necessary to effectuate the assignment and assumption of the Operating Contracts, but Lessee
shall be responsible for the cost of transferring any licenses or permits to Lessee or the
successor manager.
(E) Administration of Licenses and Permits. Manager shall obtain and maintain all
licenses and permits required for the operation of the Hotel (the Operating Licenses). The
Operating Licenses may be in either partys name in accordance with or as required by local
laws, customs and practices. Upon termination of this Agreement, and except as otherwise
provided herein, Manager shall assign the Operating Licenses to Lessee or the successor manager
(unless such assignment is prohibited by the terms thereof), who shall agree to assume liability
thereunder. Manager shall sign such documents as are reasonably necessary to effectuate the
assignment and assumption of the Operating Licenses, but Lessee shall be responsible for the
cost of transferring any licenses or permits to Lessee or the successor manager.
(F) Repairs and Maintenance. Manager shall keep the physical facility of the Hotel
in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Except as otherwise provided in the
provisions of this Agreement pertaining to hazard insurance, condemnation proceeds, and Capital
Replacements, Manager shall undertake necessary and appropriate maintenance, repairs,
replacements, and improvements to the Hotel. Maintenance and repair costs shall be deemed an
Operating Expense, provided that the same are not related to Capital Replacements, which shall
be funded separately by Lessee. All repairs shall, to the extent reasonably achievable, be
substantially equivalent in quality to the original work. Manager will not take or omit to take
any action, the taking or omission of which might materially impair the value or the usefulness
of the Hotel or any part thereof for its Primary Intended Use. Manager shall maintain accurate
records of all repair and maintenance activities.
(F) Cleanliness. Manager shall maintain the Hotel (interior and exterior),
including all public and back of the house areas, at a high level of cleanliness in accordance
with the brand standards of Franchisor.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 5 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
2.02. Employees.
(A) General Manager and Other Employees. Manager shall select a general manager
for the Hotel, provided that Managers selection shall be subject to Lessees approval. Manager
will select all other department heads for the Hotel as well as all other personnel which
Manager determines in its reasonable discretion to be necessary for the operation of the Hotel
(collectively Employees). The general manager approved by Lessee may not be transferred to
another hotel or similar property managed by Manager which is not owned or leased by an
affiliate of Lessee, unless such transfer is first approved by Lessee, provided that the same
shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(B) Terms of Employment. Manager shall establish and implement the terms of
employment for all Employees, including but not limited to compensation, bonuses, fringe
benefits, discharge, and replacement. Each Employee shall be the employee of Manager and not of
Lessee, and every person performing services in connection with this Agreement shall be acting
as an employee of and shall be on the payroll of Manager (or an Affiliate of Manager) and not of
Lessee (or any Affiliate of Lessee). Employee wages and related costs shall be funded from
Gross Revenues or other funds in the Hotel Accounts, and the same shall be treated as an
Operating Expense. In the event that Gross Revenues or funds in the Hotel Account(s) are
insufficient to meet such obligations, then Lessee shall, immediately upon Managers demand
therefor, fund the same by wire transfer. Lessee shall defend, indemnify, and hold Manager
harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, or liabilities which may arise as
a result of any failure or refusal to provide such funds. The obligations set forth in the
foregoing sentence shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
(C) Benefits Program. Manager shall enroll the Employees in Managers employee
benefits program (the Benefits Program). Manager will administer the Benefits Program in the
same manner that it administers the Benefits Program at the other hotels it operates, subject to
local laws, customs and practices. The Hotel will be charged as an Operating Expense the cost of
such Benefits Program under the same formula used to calculate the cost charged to other hotels
managed by Manager.
(D) Labor Relations. Manager shall respond to organizational efforts by unions and
shall negotiate and implement collective bargaining agreements with such unions on Lessees
behalf. With respect to Managers employees, Manager will control the terms of any union
agreements and will not be required to take actions which will unreasonably increase Managers
liabilities hereunder. Upon termination of this Agreement, Lessee will assume Managers
obligations under any such collective bargaining agreements with respect to the Hotel.
(E) Employee Claims. Manager shall pay from its own funds, and not from Gross
Revenues, for any employment practices claim which is: (i) directly attributable to a
substantial violation on Managers behalf of the standards of responsible employment practices
as generally practiced by operators of similar hotels in the general geographic area of the
Hotel; and (ii) the direct result of corporate policies of Manager that either encourage or fail
to discourage the conduct which gave rise to such claim and is not the isolated act of an
individual employee. Manager shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lessee from and against
any fines or judgments arising out of such conduct, and all litigation expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees) incurred in connection with such a claim. All other such claims
shall be accounted for as Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 3
ANNUAL PLAN AND MARKETING PLAN
3.01. Preparation and Submission. Manager will submit to Lessee, for its approval, by not
later than the dates indicated below (unless otherwise agreed by the parties) the proposed annual
plan for the Hotel (the Annual Plan), as well as a marketing plan (the Marketing Plan). Manager
shall submit to Lessee by no later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date of this
Agreement for the first partial Operating Year and by no later than November 1 of each following
Operating Year a draft of the Marketing Plan. Lessee acknowledges that the marketing plan for the
first partial Operating Year shall not be a new plan but shall be
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 6 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
a copy of the Marketing Plan in effect as of the Commencement Date. Manager shall submit to Lessee
by no later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date for the first partial Operating Year
and by no later than December 1 of each following Operating Year, a statement of the estimated
Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses and Gross Operating Profit for the next Operating Year,
including Managers good faith reasonable assumptions as to payroll costs, room rates and
occupancies, which will reflect the estimated results of the operation during each month of the
Operating Year (the Preliminary Operating Budget). By no later than February 15 of each
following Operating Year, Manager shall submit a revised and trued statement which takes into
account Hotel operations for the prior month of December (the Final Operating Budget). If
requested by Lessee, the Annual Plan for each Operating Year shall include Managers recommended
outlays for the renovation and improvement of the Hotel, including the acquisition of fixed assets
such furnishings, fixtures and equipment, as well as any other recommended capital expenditures
(the Capital Plan), provided that the costs of preparing any Capital Plan shall be deemed an
Operating Expense.
In preparing all budgets and forecasts and the estimated profit and loss statements comprising
the Annual Plan, Manager will use its good faith reasonable judgment and will base its estimates
upon the most recent and reliable information available, taking into account the location of the
Hotel and Managers experience in hotel operations. Manager expressly disclaims any warranty of or
representations as to any results of operations of the Hotel or achievement of the goals of the
Annual Plan.
3.02. Lessees Approval. Within thirty (30) days following submission of any components of
the Annual Plan to Lessee, Lessee shall give Manager written notice either: (a) that Lessee
approves such component of the Annual Plan; or (b) indicating with reasonable specificity the
respects in which Lessee objects to such component of the Annual Plan; provided, however, that
Lessees approval rights shall not apply with respect to non-discretionary budget items. In the
latter event, Lessee and Manager shall act promptly, reasonably, and in good faith resolve Lessees
objections. In the event that Lessee and Manager fail to reach agreement with respect to any
material component of the Operating Budget or Annual Plan within thirty (30) days after receipt of
Lessees written notice, the same shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution
procedures provided herein. Pending the results of such arbitration or the earlier agreement of the
parties, (i) as to any matters in the Final Operating Budget or Annual Plan which have not been
agreed upon, the Hotel will be operated in a manner reflecting the prior Operating Years actual
results adjusted by multiplying said number by the number obtained by dividing the average CPI for
the twelve months ended on September 30 of the most recently completed Operating Year by the
average CPI for the twelve months ended on September 30 of the prior Operating year, until a new
Operating Budget is adopted. In the event Lessee fails to deliver the notice set forth in this
Section 3.02 within the required time period, the component of the Annual Plan at issue shall be
deemed approved.
3.03. Compliance with Annual Plan. Manager will use good faith reasonable efforts to comply
with and operate the Hotel in accordance with the approved Annual Plan and will not incur any
material additional expense, nor shall Manager materially change the manner of operation of the
Hotel, without the written approval of Lessee, except in the event of an emergency as provided in
Section 3.05 hereof.
3.04. Agreement Limitations. Except as provided in Section 2.01, Manager will not enter into
any commitment on behalf of Lessee requiring payments of amounts in excess of the amount set forth
on Schedule I or requiring performance over a time period in excess of the period set forth on
Schedule I without the prior written approval of Lessee. Manager shall make no payments to its
Affiliates as Operating Expenses hereunder unless expressly set forth in the Operating Budget or
otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by Lessee in advance, in either case, after full written
disclosure by Manager to Lessee of the affiliation, competitive pricing, and any other related
information requested by Lessee. Manager may provide Hotel rooms at the Hotel on a complimentary
basis without charge or other consideration to employees of Manager or its Affiliates visiting the
Hotel from outside the area in which the Hotel is located
3.05. Emergencies. The limitations of Section 3.04 shall not apply to emergency repairs or
emergency actions. For the purposes of this Section 3.05, an emergency means an unforeseen
circumstance (including any unforeseen or unknown legal requirements, provided that such
requirements would not be reasonably foreseeable or unknown to a prudent, experienced management
company similarly situated to Manager and
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 7 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
possessing a high degree of management experience) that in the opinion of Manager requires
immediate action which cannot be delayed in order to minimize damage to the Hotel or injury to any
person or property, provided that Manager shall give Lessee immediate notice of any such emergency
action.
ARTICLE 4
HOTEL ACCOUNTS; MAINTENANCE OF MINIMUM BALANCE
4.01. Hotel Bank Accounts. Manager will select all banks with which the Hotel will conduct its
various banking affairs, subject however, to Lessees approval. Manager will have no liability for
any loss to Lessee as a result of any bank insolvency or failure or as a result of any negligence
or misconduct of the Bank or its employees. All funds received in the operation of the Hotel will
be deposited into one or more special accounts bearing the name of the Hotel (the Hotel Accounts)
in the banks so selected. Subject to the provisions of Article 7, all amounts in the Hotel Accounts
are the property of Lessee. The Lessees funds will not be co-mingled with funds of Manager or
funds of other Hotels managed by Manager which are not owned or leased by affiliates of Lessee.
Moreover, Lessees funds will not be commingled with the funds of other Hotels owned or leased by
Lessee or the landlord under the Lease in the event that such commingling is forbidden by any third
party lender with a secured interest in the Hotel, provided, however, that in the event that such
prohibition causes Manager to incur material, recurring costs in connection with keeping such funds
separate, then such costs shall be charged to the Hotel as an Operating Expense.
4.02. Minimum Balance. Upon establishment of the Hotel Accounts, the sum set forth on
Schedule I and designated as the Minimum Balance (the Minimum Balance) will be deposited in the
Hotel Accounts by Lessee and will be maintained by Lessee throughout the Term. Any additional funds
necessary to maintain the Minimum Balance will be funded by Lessee no later than one (1) business
day following receipt of a notice to that effect from Manager.
ARTICLE 5
BOOKS AND RECORDS
5.01. Maintenance of Books and Records. Manager will keep complete and adequate books of
account and such other records as are necessary to reflect the results of the operation of the
Hotel on a calendar year basis. Manager will keep the books and records for the Hotel in all
material respects in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts (where applicable), on
an accrual basis.
5.02. Location, Examination, and Inspection. Except for the books and records which may be
kept in Managers home office or other suitable location pursuant to the adoption of a central
billing system or other centralized service, the books of account and all other records relating to
or reflecting the operation of the Hotel will be the property of Lessee and will be kept at the
Hotel. All books and records will be available to Lessee and its representatives upon reasonable
request for examination, inspection and transcription.
5.03. Reports to Lessee.
(A) Manager shall deliver to Lessee, by not later than the twentieth (20th) day of each
month: (i) a profit and loss statement in the form of that set forth in Schedule III showing the
results of operation of the Hotel for the prior month and the year to date, with a comparison to
the budgets contained in the then current Annual Plan and to prior year results; (ii) a current
balance sheet; (iii) other reports similar to those produced by Manager or its Affiliates for
hotels they manage. Manager shall also deliver to Lessee, by not later than the twentieth
(20th) day of each quarter quarterly forecasts for Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses, and Gross
Operating Profit for the remainder of the Operating Year. In addition, Manager shall deliver
to Lessee, by not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the close of each Operating Year,
(i) a profit and loss statement showing the results of operation of the Hotel for such Operating
Year; (ii) a balance sheet for the Hotel as of the close of such Operating Year; and (iii) the
Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses and Gross Operating Profit for such Operating Year.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 8 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(B) Manager shall, if Lessee elects to conduct an audit, cooperate with the independent
certified
public accountant selected by Lessee so as to allow such independent public accountant to
deliver audited financial statements to Lessee within ninety (90) days after the end of each
Operating Year. Costs of such audit and of the audited financial statements or any other
reports prepared by such independent certified public accountant, if and when requested by
Lessee, will be an expense borne by Lessee and shall not be deemed an Operating Expense.
(C) At Lessees request, Manager will further deliver such additional financial reports as
may be reasonably requested by Lessee or required by third parties. All reasonable costs in
producing these reports will be borne by Lessee and will be coordinated by Manager and shall not
be deemed an Operating Expense.
(D) At Lessees request, Manager shall meet with Lessee via conference call or in person to
discuss the operating results of the Hotel on a quarterly basis and will comply with all
reasonable requests to meet with Lessee to discuss other issues.
5.04. Final Accounting. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Manager will
promptly deliver to Lessee, but will be permitted to retain copies of, the following:
(A) A final accounting, reflecting the balance of income and expenses of the Hotel as of
the date of termination;
(B) Any balance or moneys in the Hotel Accounts, or elsewhere, held by Manager with respect
to the Hotel (after payment or reservation with respect to all committed obligations) will be
distributed in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 6.01, provided that Manager
shall retain reasonable reserves in such amounts and for such time as may be required to provide
for contingent liabilities related to Managers operation of the Hotel; and
(C) All books and records of the Hotel (including data stored as electronic computer
files), and all contracts, bookings, reservations, leases, receipts for deposits, unpaid bills,
and other records, papers or documents which pertain to the Hotel, and duplicate copies of the
personnel records of Employees (subject to applicable legal restrictions).
5.05. Form of Reports. All reports will be in Managers customary detail and form and will be
transmitted electronically to Lessee.
ARTICLE 6
MANAGEMENT FEES AND OPERATING EXPENSES
6.01. Management Fees. In consideration of the services which it shall provide pursuant to
this Agreement, Lessee shall pay Manager a Base Management Fee, an Incentive Management Fee (if,
as, and when the same is due), and an Accounting and Revenue Management Fee, all of which may be
collectively referred to herein as the Management Fees.
(A) Base Management Fee. In consideration of the services to be performed during
the Term by Manager, Lessee shall pay Manager a periodic base management fee (Base Management
Fee) as provided in Schedule I, which shall be paid to Manager (i.e., retained by Manager from
the Hotel Accounts as provided below) at such time as the final monthly report for such month is
submitted to Lessee pursuant to Section 5.04.
(B) Incentive Management Fee. In addition to the Base Management Fee and in
consideration of the services to be performed during the Term, Lessee shall pay Manager for each
Year (or partial Year), an incentive fee (Incentive Management Fee), at the times and in the
amounts designated on Schedule I.
(C) Accounting and Revenue Management Fee. In addition to the Base Management Fee
and Incentive Management Fee, and in consideration of the accounting and revenue management
services to
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 9 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
be provided by Manager as detailed in Schedule II, Lessee shall pay Manager a periodic
accounting and revenue management fee (Accounting Fee) as provided in Schedule I, which shall
be paid to Manager in advance, on a monthly basis, (i.e., retained by Manager from the Hotel
Accounts as provided below).
6.02. Operating Expenses. In addition to the Management Fees set forth above, Lessee will
reimburse Manager for all costs and expenses incurred by Manager for Lessees account in relation
to the Operation of the Hotel (the Operating Expenses), which shall include but not be limited to
the following:
(A) The salaries and wages, including costs of payroll taxes, bonuses, retirement plan
contributions, fringe benefits, and related payroll items incurred with respect to Managers
employees assigned to the Hotel;
(B) Expenses for shared services and purchases (equitably allocated to each hotel
benefiting from the shared services or purchases in a manner consistent with Managers
allocation policy uniformly applied to all hotels which it manages) and reflected in the Annual
Plan;
(C) All reasonable travel expenses, meals and customary out of pocket expenses (i.e.,
telephone, fax and postage) for Managers home office personnel to the extent directly allocable
to the Hotel and not to other business for such home office personnel and the salaries of such
personnel for such time as such personnel are located at the Hotel and are performing exclusive
full time services for the benefit of the Hotel;
Operating Expenses shall be paid out of Gross Revenues (or, if necessary, withdrawn from
Working Capital in the Hotel Accounts) by no later than the date of the payment of the Base
Management Fee. Manager shall retain the Base Management Fee each month from Gross Revenues.
6.03. Purchasing, Rebates and Discounts.
(A) Manager shall purchase, for Lessees Account, all Operating Supplies and Equipment
necessary to operate the Hotel. Lessee shall have the right to review all national contracts
that Manager may have with regard to the purchasing of Operating Supplies and Equipment and may
from time to time ask to have any or all of these contracts re-bid with competitive vendors of
Lessees choice, provided that any fees incurred in breaking such national contracts will be
passed along to Lessee as an Operating Expense.
(B) Lessee will have the unilateral right to choose specific vendors for the purchasing of
capital and property improvement plan (PIP) items, provided that all such vendors and capital
items comply with the Brand Standards of Franchisor. Subject to the foregoing, Manager shall use
these vendors with regard to such activities and shall cooperate with such vendors in completing
the projects in which they are involved. It is understood that Manager may suggest national
vendors for capital or PIP projects. These vendors may be part of the competitive bidding
system, but Lessee retains the unilateral right of choice with regard to such vendors (subject
to the first sentence of this paragraph).
(C) All rebates, or other such remuneration to Manager, that derive from any purchasing
performed on behalf of Lessee by Manager in the course of the management of the Hotel shall be
passed on to Lessee or, at Managers discretion, be used to lower the cost of the purchased
items. Any such consideration shall be reported to Lessee and allocated on a pro-rata basis
among all hotels managed by Manager which benefited from such rebates, provided that a
reasonable administration charge may be retained by Manager for the administration of the same.
ARTICLE 7
PAYMENTS AND DISBURSEMENTS
7.01. Payments by Manager. All Gross Revenues will be deposited in the Hotel Accounts as and
when received. Manager is authorized to and shall disburse on a current basis, on behalf of Lessee,
funds from the Hotel Accounts (to the extent available) in the following order of priority:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 10 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(A) Payment of payroll, and payroll taxes, and other employment costs identified in Section
6.02(A);
(B) Payment of all remaining sales and use taxes, including sales and use taxes on fees and
reimbursements to Manager;
(C) Payment of all other Operating Expenses, including the Management Fees;
(D) Payment of the cost of the insurance required by this Agreement (other than property
insurance, which shall be paid separately by Lessee);
(E) Amounts in the Hotel Accounts which are in excess of the Minimum Balance shall be
disbursed to Lessee.
7.02. Payments by Lessee. Lessee is solely responsible for and shall pay from its own funds
all real and personal property taxes, other impositions, and mortgage debt service payments for the
Hotel.
ARTICLE 8
INSURANCE
8.01. Maintaining Insurance. Lessee (or Manager, where indicated) shall at all times keep the
Hotel insured with the kinds and amounts of insurance described in Section 8.03 below and in
accordance with the requirements of any mortgage and the Franchise Agreement. All policies of
insurance shall be written by qualified, solvent companies which can legally write insurance in the
state in which the Hotel is located. The policies must name Lessee and Manager as insured parties,
as their interest may appear, with minimum deductibles customary in the industry, but in any event,
not greater than $25,000. Losses shall be payable to Lessee except as provided in Section 8.03(D).
Subject to Section 8.11 below, any loss adjustment with respect to the insurance coverage set forth
in items (A), (B), and (C) of Section 8.03 below shall be made by Lessee. Evidence of insurance
shall be deposited with Manager prior to the Commencement Date.
8.02. Lessees Methods of Obtaining Insurance. At its option, Lessee may obtain the required
insurance by: (i) procuring the same directly; or (ii) agreeing to coverage under Managers blanket
policies in accordance with Managers proposal at a price established by Manager. Upon and in the
event of the selection of Managers insurance policy, such policy shall be deemed acceptable to
Lessee.
8.03. Coverage. The policies shall include:
(A) Building insurance of risks on the Special Form or All Risk Form in an amount not
less than 100% of the then full replacement cost thereof (as defined in Section 8.05 below) or
such other amount which is acceptable to Lessee and Manager, and personal property insurance on
the Special Form or All Risk Form in the full amount of the replacement cost thereof;
(B) Earthquake and, if the Hotel is in the 100-year floodplain, flood insurance in
reasonable and adequate amounts as reasonably determined by Lessee;
(C) Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from steam boilers, pressure vessels
or similar apparatus, now or hereafter installed in the Hotel, in the minimum amount of
$10,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary or as may be reasonably determined
by Lessee from time to time;
(D) Loss of income and business interruption insurance on the Special Form or All Risk
Form, in such amounts as Lessee and Manager shall mutually agree, which business interruption
proceeds, shall be paid into the Hotel Accounts and distributed in accordance with the formula
set forth in Section 7.01;
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 11 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(E) Commercial general liability insurance, with amounts not less than $40,000,000
covering each of
the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence, personal and
advertising injury, general aggregate, products and completed operations, and liquor law or
dram shop liability, if liquor or alcoholic beverages are served at the Hotel, with respect to
Lessee and Manager;
(F) Insurance covering such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for
comparable properties in the area of the Hotel and is available from insurance companies,
insurance pools or other appropriate companies authorized to do business in the state in which
the Hotel is located at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks
covered as may be reasonably determined by Lessee;
(G) Fidelity bonds with limits and deductibles as may be reasonably determined by Lessee,
covering Managers employees in job classifications normally bonded under prudent hotel
management practices in the United States or otherwise required by law;
(H) Workers compensation insurance coverage for all persons employed by Manager at the
Hotel. Such workers compensation insurance shall be in accordance with the requirements of
applicable local, state and federal law, and shall always be procured and maintained by Manager
(provided that the costs thereof shall be deemed an Operating Expense);
(I) Vehicle liability insurance for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, in the amount of
$40,000,000;
(J) Employment practices liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00,
which shall always be procured and maintained by Manager;
(K) Such other insurance as Lessee and Manager may reasonably determine for facilities such
as the Hotel and the operation thereof, or as Franchisor may require; and
(L) Crime Coverage in the amount of $500,000, Guest Property and Safe Deposit Liability in
the aggregate amount of $25,000 ($1,000 per guest), and Innkeepers Liability in the amount of
$25,000, which shall always be procured and maintained by Manager.
8.04. Responsibility for Premiums. All premiums (other than premiums for property insurance)
shall be reflected in the approved Annual Plan, paid out of Gross Revenues pursuant to Section 7.01
and deemed an Operating Expense. Premiums for property insurance shall be borne and paid directly
by Lessee and shall not be deemed an Operating Expense.
8.05. Replacement Cost. The term full replacement cost as used herein shall mean the actual
replacement cost of the Hotel requiring replacement from time to time including an increased cost
of construction endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal. In the event either
party believes that full replacement cost (the then-replacement cost less such exclusions) has
increased or decreased at any time during the Term of this Agreement, it shall have the right to
have such full replacement cost re-determined.
8.06. Waiver of Subrogation and Indemnities. All insurance policies carried by Lessee or
Manager covering the Hotel, including, without limitation, contents, fire and casualty insurance,
shall expressly waive any right of subrogation on the part of the insurer against the other party.
The parties hereto agree that their policies will include such waiver clause or endorsement so long
as the same are obtainable without extra cost, and in the event of such an extra charge the other
party, at its election, may pay the same, but shall not be obligated to do so.
8.07. Form Satisfactory. All of the policies of insurance referred to in this Section 8 shall
be written in a form, with deductibles and by insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to the
party to whom the benefit of the insurance runs in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Lessee shall deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Manager prior to their effective date
(and, with respect to any renewal policy, thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the existing
policy), and in the event of the failure of Lessee to effect such
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 12 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
insurance as herein called for, or to deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Manager at
the times required, Manager shall be entitled, but shall have no obligation, to effect such
insurance, the premiums for which will be paid in accordance with Section 8.04. Each insurer
mentioned in this Section 8 shall agree, by endorsement of the policy or policies issued by it, or
by independent instrument, that it will give to Lessee and Manager thirty (30) days written notice
before the policy or policies in question shall be materially altered, allowed to expire or
canceled.
8.08. Increase in Limits. If either Lessee or Manager at any time deems the limits of the
personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive public liability insurance then carried
to be either excessive or insufficient, Lessee and Manager shall endeavor in good faith to agree on
the proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall
thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further changed pursuant to the
provisions of this Article 8.
8.09. Blanket Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8,
Lessee may bring the insurance provided for herein within the coverage of a so-called blanket
policy or policies of insurance carried and maintained by Lessee; provided, however, that the
coverage afforded to Lessee and Manager will not be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different
from that which would exist under a separate policy meeting all other requirements of this
Agreement by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the
requirements of this Article 8 are otherwise satisfied.
8.10. Separate Insurance. Lessee shall not on Lessees own initiative or pursuant to the
request or requirement of any third party, take out separate insurance concurrent in form or
contributing in the event of loss with that required in this Article to be furnished, or increase
the amount of any then-existing insurance by securing an additional policy or additional policies,
unless all parties having an insurable interest in the subject matter of the insurance, including
in all cases Manager, are included therein as additional insured, and the loss is payable under
such additional separate insurance in the same manner as losses are payable under this Agreement.
Lessee shall immediately notify Manager that Lessee has obtained any such separate insurance or of
the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing insurance.
8.11. Reports on Insurance Claims. Manager, with the assistance of Lessee, shall promptly
investigate and make a complete and timely written report to the appropriate insurance company as
to all accidents, claims for damage relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the
Hotel, any damage or destruction to the Hotel and the estimated cost of repair thereof and shall
prepare any and all reports required by any insurance company in connection therewith. All such
reports shall be timely filed with the insurance company as required under the terms of the
insurance policy involved, and a final copy of such report shall be furnished to Lessee. Manager
shall not adjust, settle, or compromise any insurance loss, or execute proofs of such loss with
respect to any casualty or other event without the prior written consent of Lessee.
8.12. Deductibles to be Operating Expenses. Any and all deductibles, self insured retentions
or similar costs paid toward insurance claims shall be deemed Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 9
INDEMNITIES
9.01. Indemnification of Manager. Lessee will defend, indemnify and hold Manager harmless from
and against any and all actions, suits, claims, penalties, losses, liabilities, damages and
expenses, including attorneys fees, arising out of Managers performing the services to be
performed by Manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including liabilities under
statutes requiring notice as a prerequisite to the discharge of employees if Lessee terminates this
Agreement, except claims based upon Managers gross negligence or willful misconduct or actions
beyond the authority granted to Manager by this Agreement.
9.02. Indemnification of Lessee. Manager will defend, indemnify, and hold Lessee harmless from
and against all claims that arise on account of Managers gross negligence, willful misconduct, or
action beyond the authority granted to Manager by this Agreement.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 13 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
9.03. Indemnified Parties. The indemnities contained in this Article 9 will run to the benefit
of both Manager and Lessee, and the directors, officers, partners, agents, and employees of Lessee
and Manager and of their Affiliates.
ARTICLE 10
CONDEMNATION
10.01. Definitions Regarding Condemnation.
(A) Condemnation means a Taking resulting from (1) the exercise of any governmental power,
whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a Condemnor, and (2) a voluntary sale or transfer by
Lessee and/or its Lessor or other related entity to any Condemnor, either under threat of
condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.
(B) Date of Taking means the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property
being condemned.
(C) Award means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded paid or received on a
total or partial Condemnation.
(D) Condemnor means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or
individual, having the power of Condemnation.
(E) Taking means a taking or voluntary conveyance during the term of this Agreement of all
or a part of the Hotel, or any interest therein, or right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the
result of, or in settlement of, any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the
Hotel whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.
10.02. Parties Rights and Obligations. If during the Term there is any Condemnation of all or
any part of the Hotel, the rights and obligations of Lessee and Manager shall be determined by this
Article 10.
10.03. Total Taking. If title to the fee of the whole, or substantially all, of the Hotel is
condemned by any Condemnor, this Agreement shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking by
the Condemnor. If title to the fee of less than the whole of the Hotel is so taken or condemned,
which nevertheless renders the Hotel Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee
and Manager shall each have the option, by notice to the other, at any time prior to the Date of
Taking, to terminate this Agreement as of the Date of Taking. Upon such date, if such notice has
been given, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and terminate. If this Agreement terminates
pursuant to this Section 10.03, Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee
shall be solely entitled to any Award, subject to Managers right to seek an award from the
condemning authority for its loss of business interest only, if such separate claim is permitted.
In the event the Condemnor does award Manager for such loss, Manager shall only be entitled to
retain that portion of the Award which is necessary to compensate Manager for its lost Base and
Incentive Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any additional amount to Lessee. In the event any
jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to seek an award for their loss of business
interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit Lessee from making a separate claim
therefor.
10.04. Partial Taking. If title to less than the whole of the Hotel is condemned, and the
Hotel is still suitable for its Primary Intended Use, and not Uneconomic for its Primary Intended
Use, or if Manager or Lessee is entitled but neither elects to terminate this Agreement as provided
in Section 10.03 above, Lessee at its cost shall with all reasonable dispatch, but only to the
extent of any condemnation awards available to Lessee, restore the untaken portion of the Hotel so
that it constitutes a complete architectural unit of the same general character and condition (as
nearly as may be possible under the circumstances) as existed immediately prior to the
Condemnation. If the Award is not adequate to restore the Hotel to that condition, each of Lessee
and Manager shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without in any way affecting
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 14 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
any other management agreements in effect between Lessee and Manager, by giving notice to the
other. Upon the date set forth in such notice, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and terminate,
Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee shall be solely entitled to any
Award, subject to Managers right to seek an award from the Condemnor for its loss of business
interest only, if such separate claim is permitted. In the event the Condemnor does award Manager
for such loss, Manager shall only be entitled to retain that portion of the Award which is
necessary to compensate Manager for its lost Management Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any
additional amount to Lessee. In the event any jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to
seek an award for their loss of business interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit
Lessee from making a separate claim therefor.
10.05. Temporary Taking. If the whole or any part of the Hotel is condemned by any Condemnor
for its temporary use or occupancy, which nevertheless renders the Hotel Unsuitable or Uneconomic
for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee and Manager shall each have the option, by notice to the
other, at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Agreement as of the Date of
Taking. Upon such date, if such notice has been given, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and
terminate. If this Agreement terminates pursuant to this Section 10.05, Manager will comply with
the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee shall be solely entitled to any Award, subject to
Managers right to seek an award from the Condemnor for its loss of business interest only, if such
separate claim is permitted. In the event the Condemnor does award Manager for such loss, Manager
shall only be entitled to retain that portion of its condemnation award which is necessary to
compensate Manager for its lost Management Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any additional amount
to Lessee. In the event any jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to seek an award for
their loss of business interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit Lessee from making
a separate claim therefor. If, however, the whole or any part of the Hotel is condemned by any
Condemnor for its temporary use or occupancy, and the Hotel is still suitable for its Primary
Intended Use, and not Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, this Agreement shall not terminate
by reason thereof. Except only to the extent that Manager may be prevented from so doing pursuant
to the terms of the order of the Condemnor, Manager shall continue to perform and observe all of
the other terms, covenants, conditions and obligations hereof on the part of Manager to be
performed and observed, as though such Condemnation had not occurred. Lessee covenants that upon
the termination of any such period of temporary use or occupancy it will, at its sole cost and
expense, restore the Hotel as nearly as may be reasonably possible to the condition in which the
same was immediately prior to such Condemnation, but only to the extent of the Award available to
Lessee, unless such period of temporary use of occupancy extends beyond the expiration of the Term,
in which case Lessee shall not be required to make such restoration.
10.04. Award Proceeds. In the event of any Condemnation as in this Article described, the
amount of any Award made for such Condemnation and available to Lessee, to the extent required to
make all payments required under Section 7.01 herein, shall be deposited in the Hotel Accounts and
disbursed by Manager, with the balance to be retained by Lessee.
10.05. Limitation on Manager Claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article
10, Managers right to assert any claim or collect any Condemnation proceeds shall be allowed only
if the same does not reduce the amount of such Condemnation proceeds otherwise payable to any third
party lender with a secured interest in the Hotel.
ARTICLE 11
CASUALTY
11.01. Insurance Proceeds. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.03(D) with respect to loss
of income insurance and Section 11.05 below and the terms of any mortgage, all proceeds payable by
reason of any loss or damage to the Hotel, or any portion thereof, insured under any policy of
insurance required by Section 8.03(A) through (C) and (F) above shall be settled or compromised by
and paid to Lessee and held in trust by Lessee in an interest-bearing account, shall be made
available, if applicable, for reconstruction or repair, as the case may be, of any damage to or
destruction of the Hotel, or any portion thereof, and, if applicable, shall be paid out by Lessee
from time to time for the reasonable costs of such reconstruction or repair upon terms specified in
this Agreement and such other reasonable terms and conditions specified by Lessee consistent
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 15 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
with the disbursement procedures for a construction loan of similar size and scope. Any excess
proceeds of insurance remaining after the completion of the restoration or reconstruction of the
Hotel shall be paid to Lessee. If neither Lessee nor Manager is required or elects to repair and
restore, and this Agreement is terminated as described in Section 11.02 below, all such insurance
proceeds shall be retained by Lessee. All salvage resulting from any risk covered by insurance
shall belong to Lessee.
11.02. Reconstruction Damage or Destruction Covered by Insurance.
(A) Except as provided in Section 11.05 below, if during the Term the Hotel is totally or
substantially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above and the
Hotel thereby is rendered Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee shall, at Lessees
option, either (1) restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition as existed immediately
before the damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
but only to the extent of insurance proceeds available to Lessee, or (2) terminate this
Agreement by written notice thereof to Manager. If Lessee elects restoration of the Hotel, the
insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessee from time to time for the reasonable costs of
such restoration upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and conditions, and any excess proceeds
remaining after such restoration shall be paid to Lessee.
(B) Except as provided in Section 11.05 below, if during the Term the Hotel is partially
destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above, but the Hotel is not
thereby rendered Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee (with the cooperation of
Manager) shall restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition as existed immediately
before the damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement,
but only to the extent of insurance proceeds available to Lessee. Such damage or destruction
shall not terminate this Agreement. However, if, under this Section 11.02 (B), Lessee cannot
within a reasonable time obtain all necessary government approvals, including building permits,
licenses and conditional use permits, after diligent efforts to do so, to perform all required
repair and restoration work and to operate the Hotel for its Primary Intended Use in
substantially the same manner as that existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction
and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Lessee may (a) give Manager
written notice of termination of this Agreement or (b) restore the Hotel using the proceeds of
insurance. If Lessee restores the Hotel, the insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessee from
time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration, and any excess proceeds remaining
after such restoration shall be paid to Lessee.
11.03. Reconstruction Damage or Destruction not Covered by Insurance. Except as provided in
Section 11.06 below, if during the Term the Hotel is totally or substantially destroyed by a risk
not covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above, whether or not such damage or
destruction renders the Hotel Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee at its option shall
either (a) restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition it was in immediately before such
damage or destruction and such damage or destruction shall not terminate this Agreement, or (b)
terminate this Agreement. If Lessee terminates this Agreement, Manager will comply with the
provisions of Section 5.05.
11.04. Abatement. Any damage or destruction due to casualty notwithstanding, this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect provided that the obligation of Manager to make payments and
to pay all other charges required hereunder shall abate during the period required for the
applicable repair and restoration.
11.05. Damage Near End of Term. Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 11.02 or 11.03
appearing to the contrary, if damage to or destruction of the Hotel rendering it unsuitable for its
Primary Intended Use occurs during the last 4 months of the Term, then Lessee shall have the right
to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Manager within thirty (30) days after the
date of damage or destruction, whereupon.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 16 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
ARTICLE 12
DEFAULT
12.01. Events of Default by Manager. If any one or more of the following events (each, a
Manager
Default) occurs, then, and in any such event, Lessee may exercise one or more remedies available
to it herein or at law or in equity, including but not limited to its right to terminate this
Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, provided, however, that any such termination shall
only be effective following sixty (60) days prior written notice or such longer period as may be
required for the parties to comply with applicable employment laws (including without limitation
the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time
to time, or any applicable state counterpart thereto):
(A) If Manager fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this
Agreement and such failure is not cured by Manager within a period of thirty (30) days after
receipt by Manager of notice thereof from Lessee, unless such failure cannot with due diligence
be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case Manager shall have an additional
reasonable period of time to cure such breach provided Manager proceeds promptly and with due
diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof; provided,
however, that a failure of Manager to observe or perform any covenant contained in
Section 1.04 hereof which causes Manager to forfeit its status as an eligible independent
contractor shall result in an immediate Manager Default, and there shall be no cure period
applicable thereto; or
(B) If Manager shall file a petition in bankruptcy or reorganization for an arrangement
pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law, or shall be
adjudicated a bankrupt or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a shall admit
in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if a petition or
answer proposing the adjudication of Manager as a bankrupt or its reorganization pursuant to any
federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law shall be filed in any court
and Manager shall be adjudicated a bankrupt and such adjudication shall not be vacated or set
aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after the entry of an order in respect thereof, or if a
receiver of Manager or of the whole or substantially all of the assets of Manager shall be
appointed in any proceedings brought by Manager or if any such receiver, trustee or liquidator
shall be appointed in any proceeding brought against Manager shall not be vacated or set aside
or stayed within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or
(C) If Manager is liquidated or dissolved, or begins proceedings toward such liquidation or
dissolution, or, if Manager in any manner, permits the sale or divestiture of substantially all
of its assets; or
(D) If the interest of Manager in this Agreement or any part thereof or the majority
ownership interest in Manager is voluntarily or involuntarily transferred, assigned, conveyed,
levied upon or attached in any proceeding, except: (i) where Manager is contesting such lien or
attachment in good faith in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement: (ii) such
transfer or assignment is undertaken by Managers majority shareholder for estate planning
purposes, or (iii) as otherwise expressly permitted herein;
(E) If, except as a result of a total or substantial Condemnation or Casualty that renders
the Hotel unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Manager (without the consent of Lessee)
voluntarily ceases operations of the Hotel for a period in excess of twenty-four (24) hours; or
(F) If an event of default has been declared by the Franchisor under the Franchise
Agreement with respect to the Hotel as a result of any action or failure to act by Manager
(other than a failure resulting from Lessees failure to provide adequate funds for the
operation and maintenance of the Hotel) and Manager has failed, within thirty (30) days
thereafter, to cure such default by curing the underlying default under the Franchise Agreement
and paying all costs and expenses associated therewith, provided, however, that if Manager is in
good faith disputing an assertion of default by the Franchisor or is proceeding diligently to
cure such default, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such reasonable period of
time as Manager continues during this period to dispute such default in good faith or diligently
proceeds to cure such default; or
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 17 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
12.02. Events of Default by Lessee. If Lessee fails to observe or perform any term, covenant
or
condition of this Agreement or the Franchise Agreement (including without limitation the obligation
to provide funds required for the operation and maintenance of the Hotel) and such failure is not
cured by Lessee within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee of notice thereof from
Manager, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30)
days, in which case it shall not be deemed a Lessee Default if Lessee proceeds promptly and with
due diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof, then Manager may
exercise one or more remedies available to it herein or at law or in equity, including, but not
limited to its right to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Lessee shall be
afforded no more than five (5) business days from the date of any notice from Manager to replenish
Working Capital in the Hotel Accounts, and Lessees failure to do so shall be Lessee Default
without a cure period past or beyond said five (5) day period.
12.03. Unavoidable Delay. No Manager Default or Lessee Default (other than a failure to make a
payment of money) shall be deemed to exist during any time the curing thereof is prevented by an
Unavoidable Delay, provided that upon the cessation of such Unavoidable Delay, Lessee or Manager,
as the case may be, remedies Event of Default or Lessees Default without further delay.
ARTICLE 13
DEFINITIONS
Affiliate means, with regard to any entity, (a) any entity that, directly or indirectly,
controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such entity, (b) any other entity that
owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding
capital stock, shares or equity interests of such entity, or (c) any officer, director, partner or
trustee of such entity or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such
entity (excluding trustees and Persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an
Affiliate of such entity).
Annual Plan has the meaning contained in Section 3.01.
Commencement Date means the date contained on Schedule I.
CPI means the Consumer Price Index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United
States Department of Labor, U.S. City Average, All Items for Urban.
Employees has the meaning contained in Section 2.02.
Excluded Revenues means (i) gratuities, or payments in the nature of gratuities, which Manager
is obligated to pay over to employees; (ii) sales taxes, excise taxes, gross receipt taxes,
admission taxes, entertainment taxes, tourist taxes or other similar taxes, (iii) proceeds from the
sale or refinancing of the Hotel, (iv) abatement of taxes, and (v) proceeds of insurance, except
business interruption insurance.
Fixed Costs mean .
Franchise Agreement means the franchise agreement identified in Schedule I.
Franchisor means the hotel franchise company identified in Schedule I.
Franchise Costs means expenditures for compliance with the requirements of the Franchise
Agreement, including without limitation payment of franchise fees, marketing contributions, and
reservation system fees, but excluding the cost of compliance with Franchisors operating standards
requiring Capital Replacements.
GAAP means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Gross Revenues means all revenues of the Hotel and all its uses of every nature and kind
regardless of source, excluding Excluded Revenues. By way of illustration but not limitation, Gross
Revenues will include:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 18 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(A) The amount received as payment for the use and occupancy of all guest rental units;
(B) The amount received as payment for the use and occupancy of all meeting rooms, banquet
function rooms, and public areas;
(C) All revenues derived from the sale of food and other edibles in restaurants, lounges,
meeting rooms, banquets, guest rooms and any other location at the Hotel;
(D) All revenues derived from the sale of liquor, beverages, and other potables in
restaurants, lounges, meeting rooms, banquets, guest rooms, and any other location at the Hotel;
(E) All revenues derived from the use of telephones or Internet Service in guest rooms or
in public areas;
(F) All revenues derived from leases, site licenses, subleases, concessions, vending, valet
services, swimming pool memberships, banquet extras, movies, or income of a similar or related
nature; and
(G) Proceeds of business interruption insurance.
Hotel means the hotel described on Schedule I.
Hotel Account(s) has the meaning contained in Section 4.01.
Lessee means the entity identified on Schedule I or its successors.
Manager means Island Hospitality Management, II Inc. or its successor.
Net Operating Income means ___.
Operating Equipment means all china, glassware, linens, silverware, uniforms and similar items
used in, or held in storage for use in (or if the context so dictates, required in connection
with), the operation of the Hotel.
Operating Expenses means any and all amounts paid or expenses incurred in connection with the
operation of the Hotel, as determined in accordance with GAAP or the Uniform System of Accounts for
Hotels, excluding taxes (other than the sales and use and payroll taxes described below), interest,
principal, and other payments on any debt or other obligation for borrowed money, including debt
service on any mortgage debt, and non-cash items such as depreciation (which excluded items shall
be paid directly by Lessee). By way of illustration but not limitation, Operating Expenses include:
(A) Salaries, wages, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefits and payroll processing
fees.
(B) Legal, accounting and other professional fees.
(C) Fees for licenses and permits.
(D) Costs of Operating Supplies including sales and use taxes imposed thereon.
(E) Costs of Operating Equipment including sales and use taxes imposed thereon.
(F) Franchise Costs.
(G) Department expenses not otherwise itemized above directly related to rooms, food,
beverage, telephone, and other segregated outlets.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 19 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
(H) Expenses not attributed to a specific department in the ordinary course and not
otherwise itemized above including administrative and general; advertising, sales and promotion;
heat, light and power; and repairs and maintenance (but not of Capital Replacements).
(I) The Base Management Fee and Accounting Fee.
Operating Expenses shall not include any items which are deemed to be capital expenditures
under GAAP or the Uniform System of Accounts. Lessee and Manager agree to mutually develop in good
faith a capital expenditure policy for the Hotel.
Operating Supplies means consumable items used in or held in storage for use in (or if the
context so dictates, required in connection with), the operation of the Hotel, including but not
limited to food and beverages, fuel, soap, cleaning material, matches, stationery and other similar
items.
Operating Year means each twelve month period commencing on the first day of January (except
for the first year, which will commence on the Commencement Date), and ending on the subsequent
December 31 (except for the last year which will end on the date of termination, whether by
expiration or termination).
Unavoidable Delays means delays due to strikes, lock-outs, labor unrest, inability to procure
materials, power failure, acts of God, governmental restrictions, enemy action (including terrorist
activities), civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or other similar causes beyond the control
of the party responsible for performing an obligation hereunder, provided that lack of funds shall
not be deemed a cause beyond the control of either party hereto unless such lack of funds is caused
by the failure of the other party hereto to perform any obligations of such party under this
Agreement or any guaranty of this Agreement.
Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use means a state or condition of the Hotel such that, in
the good faith judgment of Lessee and Manager, reasonably exercised, the Hotel cannot be operated
on a commercially practicable basis for hotel purposes and such other uses as may be necessary or
incidental thereto, taking into account, among other relevant factors, the number of usable rooms
and projected revenues and expenses.
Uniform System of Accounts means the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotel (Tenth Revised
Edition, 2007) as revised from time to time.
Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use means a state or condition of the Hotel such that, in
the good faith judgment of Lessee and Manager, reasonably exercised, due to casualty damage or loss
through Condemnation, the Hotel cannot function as an integrated hotel facility consistent with
standards applicable to a well maintained and operated hotel.
ARTICLE 14
GENERAL PROVISIONS
14.01. Estoppel Certificates. Lessee and Manager each, upon at least ten (10) days notice,
will execute and deliver to the other, and to any third party having, or about to have, a bona fide
interest in the Hotel, a written certificate stating that this Agreement is unmodified and in full
force and effect, or if not, stating the details of any modification, and stating that as modified
it is in full force and effect, the date to which payments have been paid, and whether there is any
existing default on the part of the other.
14.02. Dispute Resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, including the breach thereof, shall
be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with
its Commercial Arbitration Rules. All arbitrations shall be held in Palm Beach, Florida and heard
by a single arbitrator with experience in hotels and lodging. This Agreement and the rights and
obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed exclusively by the laws of the State of
Maryland. All costs of arbitration shall be paid by the losing party, including any and all
attorneys fees. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 above, the award rendered by
the arbiter or arbiters shall be final and binding upon the parties, and judgment may be entered
and enforced in any court having competent jurisdiction.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 20 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
14.03. No Partnership, Joint Venture, or Agency. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be
construed to be or create a partnership or joint venture between Lessee, any affiliate of Lessee,
its successors or assigns, on the one part, and Manager, any affiliate of Manager, its successors
and assigns, on the other part. Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor of Lessee
for purposes of this Agreement and not an agent. Manager shall not be Lessees fiduciary, nor shall
Manager owe Lessee a fiduciary duty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager may execute certain
Operating Contracts on behalf of Lessee as provided herein as Lessees duly authorized
representative.
14.04. Modifications and Changes. This Agreement cannot be changed or modified except by
another agreement in writing signed by the party sought to be charged therewith.
14.05. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes all of the understandings and agreements
of whatsoever nature or kind existing between the parties with respect to Managers management of
the Hotel and supersedes any and all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral.
14.06. Headings. The section headings contained herein are for convenience or reference only
and are not intended to define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this
Agreement.
14.07. Survival. Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in order to be
effective, must survive the termination of this Agreement, will survive any such termination.
14.08. Waivers. No failure by Manager or Lessee to insist upon the strict performance of any
covenant, agreement, term, or condition of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy
consequent upon the breach of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any breach or any
subsequent breach of the covenant, agreement, term, or conditions. No covenant, agreement, term, or
condition of this Agreement and no breach of this Agreement will be waived, altered, or modified,
except by written instrument. No waiver of any breach will affect or alter this Agreement, but each
and every covenant, agreement, term and condition of this Agreement will continue in full force and
effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach.
14.09. Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices required or
permitted to be given hereunder, or which are to be given with respect to this Agreement, will be
in writing sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by a
reputable overnight delivery service such as Federal Express, or by facsimile transmission,
provided that a simultaneous copy of the faxed notice is sent via overnight delivery, addressed to
the party to be so notified as set forth on Schedule I. Any notice will be deemed delivered when
received or receipt thereof is rejected. Notices may also be delivered by hand, or by special
courier, if, in either case, receipt is acknowledged by the addressee. Any notice delivered by
hand, or by special courier, will be deemed delivered when received. Either party may at any time
change the addresses for notices by written notice to the other party.
14.10. Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of
the successors in interest and the assigns of the parties hereto, provided that no assignment,
transfer, sale, pledge, encumbrance, mortgage, lease or sublease by or through Manager or by or
through Lessee, as the case may be, in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, will vest any
rights relative to this Agreement in the assignee, transferee, purchaser, secured party, mortgagee,
pledgee, lessee, sublessee, or occupant, or will diminish, reduce or release the obligations of
the parties hereto.
14.11. Consents and Approvals. Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, wherever this
Agreement calls for a party to obtain the consent or approval of the other party, the same shall
not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.
14.12. Confidentiality. Manager and Lessee agree that the contents of this Agreement will not
be disclosed to any other individual or entity (except as directed by law or judicial order),
provided that either
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 21 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
party may disclose the contents of this Agreement to (i) its Affiliates, its partners and limited
partners, and/or shareholders and directors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other
professional advisors; (ii) individuals or entities providing, or proposing to provide, financing
to Lessee; and (iii) the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) if and to the extent required
by applicable SEC rules.
14.13. Conflicts. In the event of any conflicts between the terms of this Agreement and the
Franchise Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control as between the Parties.
14.14. Third-Party Beneficiary. None of the obligations of this Agreement of either party will
run to or be enforceable by any party other than the party to this Agreement or its assignee
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Lessee is expressly authorized to assign its rights under
this Agreement to any mortgagee of the Hotel.
14.15. Subordination. This Agreement and all of the rights and benefits of Manager hereunder
are, and shall be subject and subordinate to the Lease and any mortgage, deed of trust or ground
lease which now or hereafter encumbers the Hotel or the land upon which it is situated or the
leasehold estate created by the Lease. This subordination provision shall be self-operative and no
other or further instrument of subordination shall be required; Manager agrees, however, within ten
(10) days of a request by Lessee or any lender or ground lessor, duly to execute and deliver any
reasonable subordination agreement, estoppel certificate, or similar legal instrument requested by
such party to evidence and confirm: (i) the subordination effected under this Section 14.15,
including without limitation Managers acknowledgment that its real estate interest in and to the
Hotel, if any, created by this Agreement is subordinate to the Lease and any mortgage, deed of
trust, or ground lease encumbering the Hotel or the land upon which it is situated or the leasehold
estate created by the Lease; or (ii) any other such information, confirmation, or representation as
may reasonably be required by the party requesting the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing in this Section 14.15 or in any document executed by Manager pursuant hereto shall affect,
modify, diminish, or compromise the obligations of Lessee as set forth herein.
14.16. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.
14.17. Liquor License. To the extent permitted by law, upon any sale of the Hotel to a
third-party, Manager shall make reasonable efforts to endeavor to provide an interim liquor
licenses for up to one hundred eighty (180) days to the purchaser of the Hotel (or to a third-party
designated by such purchaser), provided that Manager may condition such provision on its receipt of
market standard fees and a commercially reasonable indemnity from such purchaser with respect to
such claims as may arise in connection with the purchasers sale of liquor from Hotel premises.
Managers foregoing obligation to provide an interim liquor license upon any sale of the Hotel
shall continue regardless of whether Manager or Lessee terminates this Agreement.
14.18. Cooperation with Third Parties. Manager shall provide Lessee with reasonable assistance
and cooperation in connection with Lessees negotiations with Franchisor, any current or
prospective lender for the Hotel, or any government agency with jurisdiction over the Hotel and its
operations, provided that Managers material costs incurred in connection with such assistance and
cooperation shall be billed to the Hotel as an Operating Expense. Moreover, Manager shall not
undertake any actions that would impair Lessees relationships with such parties.
14.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, which, when
taken together, constitute the entire Agreement.
{signatures appear on following page}
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 22 of 23
Exhibit 10.9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be
executed, all as of the day and year specified on Schedule I.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LESSEE:
|
|
MANAGER: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
## |
|
|
|
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 23 of 23
SCHEDULE I
Terms of Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
DESCRIPTION OF HOTEL:
|
|
|
|
|
{name} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{address} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{city, state, zip} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
DATE OF AGREEMENT:
|
|
_____________________ ___, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
LEASE:
|
|
{parties and date} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
FRANCHISE AGREEMENT:
|
|
{parties and date} |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
TERM: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INITIAL TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
|
_____________________ ___, 2010 |
|
|
FIRST EXTENSION TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
|
_____________________ ___, 2015 (if applicable) |
|
|
SECOND EXTENSION TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
|
_____________________ ___, 2020 (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
|
5. |
|
AGREEMENT LIMITATIONS (per Section 3.04): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Amount:
|
|
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) |
|
|
Time Period:
|
|
One (1) Year |
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
MINIMUM BALANCE:
|
|
## TBD## |
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
ACCOUNTING FEE:
|
|
$1,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
8. |
|
BASE MANAGEMENT FEE: Three percent (3%) of Gross Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
9. |
|
RETURN THRESHHOLD: _________ |
|
|
|
|
|
10. |
|
INCENTIVE MANAGEMENT FEE: Ten percent (10%) of the Hotels Net Operating Income less Fixed
Costs, Base Management Fees, and the Return Threshold, provided that the Incentive Management Fee
shall be capped at one percent (1%) of Gross Revenues for any given year of the Term. |
|
|
|
|
|
11. |
|
NOTICES: |
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Schedule I
Exhibit 10.9
SCHEDULE II
Management Services Included in Management Fee
PROPERTY LEVEL
1. |
|
Establish staffing requirements; |
2. |
|
Select key employees and department heads; |
3. |
|
Provide property level training; |
4. |
|
Establish rates and charges for the goods and services to be sold by the Hotel; |
5. |
|
Implement sales and marketing strategies; |
6. |
|
Supervise property operations; and |
7. Maintain the Hotel in good order, repair, and condition;
HOME OFFICE
1. |
|
Provide a regional director of operations to supervise property activities; |
2. |
|
Provide human resources management; |
3. |
|
Provide management information systems; |
4. |
|
Make available Managers legal staff to provide assistance in day-to-day property operations; |
5. |
|
Negotiate national vending contracts; |
6. |
|
Purchase all Operating Supplies and Equipment, and negotiate and sign purchase orders and
service agreements on Lessees behalf as Lessees duly authorized representative. |
7. |
|
Pay all Operating Expenses incurred in the operation of the Hotel; |
9. |
|
Prepare a schedule of suggested insurance coverage and administer the purchase of insurance,
if requested by Lessee; and |
10. |
|
Implement Managers standard administrative, accounting, budgeting, marketing, and
operational policies and practices. |
11. |
|
Establish employment policies such as hiring policies, terms of employment, wage scales and
vacation and benefit packages; |
12. Perform accounting and revenue management services as detailed below.
ACCOUNTING SERVICES
1. |
|
Prepare sales and use tax returns; |
2. |
|
Process accounts payable; |
3. |
|
Prepare monthly and yearly financial statements; |
4. |
|
Provide cash management services; and |
5. |
|
Process payroll and related payroll items. |
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Schedule II
Exhibit 10.9
SCHEDULE III
Sample Statement of Profit and Loss
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
2. |
|
Chatham TRS Holding, Inc. |
3. |
|
Chatham Leaseco I, LLC |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of our report dated
November 4, 2009 relating to the balance sheet of Chatham Lodging Trust (a development
stage company), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to
us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
February 12, 2010
exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Chatham Lodging Trust
of our report dated November 30, 2009 relating to the combined financial statements of RLJ
Billerica Hotel, LLC, RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel
Limited Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ Maitland
Hotel, LLC (collectively the Initial Acquisition Hotels), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading Experts in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 12, 2010
exv99w4
Exhibit 99.4
CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BE NAMED TRUSTEE
Chatham Lodging Trust (the Company) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11
(together with any amendments or supplements, the Registration Statement) registering its common
shares of beneficial interest for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the
Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a trustee of the Company beginning
immediately after the closing of the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: February 2, 2010 |
/s/ Glen R. Gilbert
|
|
|
Signature |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Glen R. Gilbert
|
|
|
Printed Name |
|
|
|
|
|